Anda di halaman 1dari 218

Copyright © 2009 by Tim Penyusun and PT Intan Pariwara.

No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system,


or transmitted, in any form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise, without prior written
permission of the publisher.
© Hak cipta dilindungi undang-undang, 2009 pada Tim Penyusun dan hak penerbitan pada PT Intan Pariwara, Anggota IKAPI Nomor
016/JTE/79, Nomor Kode Penerbitan IP/82/2009.
Dilarang mencetak ulang, menyimpan dalam sistem retrival, atau memindahkan dalam bentuk apa pun dan dengan cara bagaimanapun,
elektronik, mekanik, fotokopi, rekaman, dan sebagainya, tanpa izin tertulis dari penerbit.
Kode file IP2_BING9A_PG09.

Penyusun: Widda T.N., Yuniarti D. Arini, Sugeng Aryanto; Editor: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana, Cicik Kurniawati; Ilustrator: Agung Suroso,
Andi Kurniawan, Aris Partomo, Nunung Suparna, Rio Kuswanto; Desainer kover: Aris Partomo; Perwajahan: M. Andina Risky D.,
M. Aris Wibowo, M.M. Endang Iriyanti.
Penanggung jawab produksi: Bachtiar Bima Mustriana.
Dicetak oleh: PT Macanan Jaya Cemerlang, Kotak Pos 181, Klaten 57438, Indonesia (isi di luar tanggung jawab percetakan).

PT Intan Pariwara

Jalan Ki Hajar Dewantoro, Kotak Pos 111, Klaten 57438, Indonesia,


Telp. (0272) 322441, Fax (0272) 322607, e-mail: intan@intanpariwara.co.id
Layanan Konsumen: 0272 - 310 - 1515, e-mail: cs@intanpariwara.co.id
Bapak/Ibu Guru tentu sudah memahami bahwa Pemerintah telah menetapkan buku-buku yang
layak dipakai di dalam proses belajar mengajar. Buku-buku (BSE) itu dapat diunduh melalui internet
oleh siapa saja dan tidak dipungut biaya. Siapa pun bisa menggunakannya. Namun ternyata, itu saja
belum cukup. Siswa masih memerlukan bahan latihan agar kompetensi mereka benar-benar terukur.
Kenyataannya tidak banyak buku latihan yang sesuai dengan kebutuhan siswa dan guru. Salah satu
buku yang selalu ditunggu kehadirannya adalah buku PR Bahasa Inggris yang dilengkapi Pegangan
Guru (PG).
Buku PR Bahasa Inggris sudah terbit dalam beberapa edisi. Bapak/Ibu Guru yang sudah
menggunakan buku latihan ini beserta PG-nya mengakui kebergunaan materi yang ada dalam buku
ini pada saat mengajar. Mereka merasa sangat terbantu dengan adanya buku PR Bahasa Inggris
karena materinya selalu aktual dan mendukung tercapainya kompetensi. Dengan demikian, siswa
mempunyai banyak kesempatan berlatih mengembangkan kemampuan mereka, baik secara lisan
(spoken) maupun tertulis (written).
Kali ini buku PR Bahasa Inggris yang juga dilengkapi PG kembali hadir dengan beberapa
peningkatan mutu. Perubahan itu atas masukan Bapak/Ibu Guru yang sudah menggunakan buku
latihan ini. Salah satunya adalah disediakannya materi akhir unit di buku siswa (disebut Assessment)
dan juga di Pegangan Guru (disebut Review). Materi akhir unit di buku Pegangan Guru (Review)
tidak ada di buku siswa. Dengan demikian, Bapak/Ibu Guru dapat memberi bentuk latihan akhir unit
yang berbeda dengan yang ada di buku siswa. Kedua materi itu belum ada di buku Pegangan Guru
PR Bahasa Inggris edisi sebelumnya.
Penyusun sangat berharap buku latihan ini sesuai dengan keinginan Bapak/Ibu Guru. Buku ini
juga kami harapkan benar-benar dapat membantu siswa meningkatkan kompetensi mereka dan
membantu Bapak/Ibu Guru menciptakan generasi penerus yang cerdas.
Penyusun tetap mengharapkan masukan Bapak/Ibu Guru guna penyempurnaan dan
pengembangan buku latihan ini.

Klaten, April 2009

Penyusun

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 iii


Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk
Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas IX SMP/MTs

Minggu Efektif Waktu Pembelajaran Waktu Pembelajaran Jumlah Jam


Alokasi
Komponen Per Tahun Per Tahun Per Tahun Per Tahun
Waktu
Ajaran (jam pembelajaran) (menit) (@ 60 menit)

A. Mata Pelajaran
1. Pendidikan Agama 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
2. Pendidikan
Kewarganegaraan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
3. Bahasa Indonesia 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
4. Bahasa Inggris 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
5. Matematika 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
6. IPA 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
7. IPS 4 34–38 136–152 5.440–6.080 91–101
8. Seni Budaya dan
Keterampilan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
9. Pendidikan
Jasmani, Olahraga,
dan Kesehatan 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51
10. Keterampilan/TIK 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3040 45–51

B. Muatan Lokal 2 34–38 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

Jumlah 32 374–418 1.088–1.216 43.520–48.640 725–811

Diolah dari Lampiran Peraturan Mendiknas RI Nomor 22 Tahun 2006 tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah:
Bab II Kerangka Dasar dan Struktur Kurikulum, Bab III Beban Belajar.
Keterangan:
1. Satuan pendidikan dimungkinkan menambah maksimum 4 jam pelajaran per minggu secara keseluruhan.
2. Alokasi waktu satu jam pembelajaran adalah 40 menit.
3. Cara menghitung:
a. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (Jam Pembelajaran) = Alokasi Waktu × Minggu Efektif Per Tahun
b. Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (JP) × 1 Jam Pembelajaran (menit)
c. Jumlah Jam Per Tahun = Waktu Pembelajaran Per Tahun (menit) : 60 menit
4. Pengembangan diri bukan merupakan mata pelajaran yang harus diasuh oleh guru. Pengembangan diri bertujuan memberikan
kesempatan kepada peserta didik untuk mengembangkan dan mengekspresikan diri sesuai kebutuhan, bakat, dan minat setiap
peserta didik sesuai dengan kondisi sekolah.
5. *) Ekuivalen 2 jam pembelajaran.

Alokasi Waktu Kegiatan Tatap Muka Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas IX Semester 1

Waktu Pembelajaran Waktu Pembelajaran Jumlah Jam


Alokasi Minggu Efektif
Mata Pelajaran Per Semester Per Semester Per Semester
Waktu Per Semester
(jam pembelajaran) (menit) (@ 60 menit)

4. Bahasa Inggris 4 17–19 68–76 2.720–3.040 45–51

iv Struktur Kurikulum dan Kegiatan Tatap Muka untuk Keseluruhan Mata Pelajaran Kelas IX SMP/MTs
Peraturan Menteri Pendidikan Nasional Republik Indonesia Nomor 22 Tahun 2006
tentang Standar Isi untuk Satuan Pendidikan Dasar dan Menengah
Lampiran 2 : Standar Kompetensi dan Kompetensi Dasar
Mata Pelajaran Bahasa Inggris untuk Sekolah Menengah Pertama (SMP)/Madrasah Tsanawiyah (MTs)
Kelas IX, Semester 1

Standar Kompetensi Kompetensi Dasar

Mendengarkan
1. Memahami makna dalam per- 1.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done)
cakapan transaksional dan dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima
interpersonal lisan pendek untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari yang melibatkan tindak tutur:
sederhana untuk berinteraksi meminta dan memberi kepastian, serta mengungkapkan dan menanggapi keraguan
dalam konteks kehidupan sehari- 1.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done)
hari dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana secara akurat, lancar dan berterima
untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari yang melibatkan tindak tutur
berikut meminta pengulangan, menunjukkan perhatian, dan menyatakan kekaguman

2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan 2.1 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana secara
fungsional dan monolog pendek akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari
sederhana berbentuk procedure 2.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam monolog pendek sederhana secara akurat,
dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari dalam
konteks kehidupan sehari-hari teks berbentuk procedure dan report

Berbicara
3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam 3.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done) dan
percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam bahasa
interpersonal lisan pendek lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan
sederhana untuk berinteraksi sehari-hari yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta dan memberi kepastian dan
dalam konteks kehidupan sehari- mengungkapkan dan menanggapi keraguan
hari 3.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional (to get things done)
dan interpersonal (bersosialisasi) pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan ragam
bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks
kehidupan sehari-hari yang melibatkan tindak tutur: meminta pengulangan,
menunjukkan perhatian, dan menyatakan kekaguman

4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam 4.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks lisan fungsional pendek sederhana dengan
teks lisan fungsional dan monolog menggunakan ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk
pendek sederhana berbentuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari
procedure dan repor t untuk 4.2 Mengungkapkan makna dalam monolog pendek sederhana dengan menggunakan
berinteraksi dalam konteks ragam bahasa lisan secara akurat, lancar, dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam
kehidupan sehari-hari konteks kehidupan sehari-hari dalam teks berbentuk procedure dan report

Membaca
5. Memahami makna teks tulis 5.1 Membaca nyaring bermakna teks fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk
fungsional dan esei pendek procedure dan report dengan ucapan, tekanan dan intonasi yang berterima
sederhana berbentuk procedure 5.2 Merespon makna yang terdapat dalam teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana secara
dan repor t untuk berinteraksi akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari
dalam konteks kehidupan sehari- 5.3 Merespon makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana secara akurat,
hari lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari dalam
teks berbentuk procedure dan report

Menulis
6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks 6.1 Mengungkapkan makna dalam bentuk teks tulis fungsional pendek sederhana dengan
tulis fungsional dan esei pendek menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk ber-
sederhana berbentuk procedure interaksi dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari
dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam 6.2 Mengungkapkan makna dan langkah retorika dalam esei pendek sederhana dengan
konteks kehidupan sehari-hari menggunakan ragam bahasa tulis secara akurat, lancar dan berterima untuk berinteraksi
dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari dalam teks berbentuk procedure dan report

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 v


SILABUS 1– 34
– Unit 1 Report
– Unit 2 Procedure
– Unit 3 Report

UNIT 1 Report 35– 88


– Asking for and Giving Certainty
– Showing Amazement
– Genre: Report
– Not only . . . but also . . .
– Both . . . and . . .
– Comparative and Superlative Degrees
– Announcements and Notices

UNIT 2 Procedure 89–140


– Showing and Responding to Doubt
– Showing Attention
– Genre: Procedure
– Subordinating Conjunctions: Before, After, When, Because
– Coordinating Conjunctions: And, But, Or
– Conditional Sentences Type 1
– Spoken Warnings and Labels

UNIT 3 Report 141–190


– Asking Someone to Repeat His/Her Words
– Showing Amazement
– Genre: Report
– Question Tags
– Too, Enough
– Weather Forecasts and Announcements

Latihan Ulangan Semester 191–202

Reading Materials 203–209

Daftar Pustaka 210

vi Kegiatan
Daftar Isi Tatap Muka
SILABUS
Unit 1 Report
Nama Sekolah : SMP/MTs . . .
Kelas/Semester : IX/1
Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris
Unit : 1
Genre : Report
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan
1. Memahami makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan
sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

1.1 Merespons • Percakapan- 1. Memahami • Bereaksi atau • Non tes • Uraian • Read the dialogs 2 u 40' • Buku PR
makna percakapan percakapan, lalu merespons dengan objektif and study the Bahasa
yang terdapat transaksional dan memahami penjelasan benar ungkapan explanation. Inggris SMP/
dalam interpersonal yang dan berbagai ungkapan meminta dan MTs IXA
percakapan memuat ungkapan meminta dan memberi memberi kepastian, Intan
transaksional meminta dan kepastian, serta serta menyatakan Pariwara
(to get things memberi menyatakan kekaguman. hal. 1–5.
done) kepastian, serta kekaguman. • Kamus
dan menyatakan Inggris–
interpersonal kekaguman. 2. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the Indonesia
(bersosialisasi) apersepsi yang singkat questions orally. dan
pendek berkaitan dengan Indonesia–
sederhana ungkapan yang Inggris.
secara akurat, dipelajari. • Buku-buku
lancar, dan lain yang
berterima untuk 3. Melengkapi • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your relevan.
berinteraksi percakapan sesuai teacher.
dalam dengan percakapan Complete the
konteks yang dibacakan guru. dialog based on
kehidupan what you have
sehari- heard.
hari yang
melibatkan 4. Menyimak percakapan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Listen to your
tindak yang dibacakan guru, singkat teacher. Answer
tutur: meminta lalu menjawab the questions
dan memberi pertanyaan based on the
kepastian, berdasarkan dialog you have

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1


serta percakapan tersebut. heard.

1
2
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

mengungkapkan 5. Menyatakan • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Listen to your


dan pernyataan yang benar/salah teacher. Decide
menanggapi tersedia benar atau whether the

Silabus Unit 1 Report


keraguan. salah berdasarkan statements below
percakapan yang are true (T) or
1.2 Merespons diperdengarkan, serta false (F). Correct
makna membetulkan the false ones.
yang terdapat pernyataan yang salah.
dalam
percakapan 6. Menyusun kalimat- • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Listen to your
transaksional kalimat yang tersedia kalimat teacher.
(to get things berdasarkan acak Rearrange the
done) dan percakapan yang sentences based
interpersonal diperdengarkan. on the dialog you
(bersosialisasi) have heard.
pendek
sederhana 7. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Choose A, B, C,
secara akurat, tepat berdasarkan ganda or D for the
lancar, dan percakapan yang ada correct answer
berterima untuk di kegiatan based on the
berinteraksi sebelumnya. dialog in Task D.
dalam
konteks
kehidupan
sehari-
hari yang
melibatkan
tindak
tutur berikut:
meminta
pengulangan,
menunjukkan
perhatian, dan
menyatakan
kekaguman.
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan
2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk procedure dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam
konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

2.1 Merespons • Teks lisan 1. Membaca dan • Merespons makna • Non tes • Uraian • Read the text and 2 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang fungsional memahami yang terdapat objektif study the Bahasa
terdapat dalam pendek: pengumuman dan dalam teks lisan explanation. Inggris SMP/
teks lisan pengumuman keterangan yang fungsional pendek MTs IXA Intan
fungsional lisan tersedia. (pengumuman) Pariwara
pendek (announcements). secara akurat, hal. 20–22.
sederhana 2. Menjawab pertanyaan lancar, dan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the • Kamus
secara akurat, mengenai berterima. singkat questions orally. Inggris–
lancar, dan pengumuman dan Indonesia dan
berterima notice. Indonesia–
untuk Inggris.
berinteraksi 3. Melengkapi teks • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your • Buku-buku
dalam konteks berdasarkan teacher. Complete lain yang
kehidupan pengumuman yang the text based on relevan.
sehari-hari. diperdengarkan/ what you have
dibacakan oleh guru. heard.

4. Menentukan • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Listen to your


pernyataan yang benar/salah teacher. Decide
tersedia benar atau whether the
salah berdasarkan statements are
pengumuman yang true (T) or false
dibacakan guru. (F).
5. Membetulkan
pernyataan yang salah

6. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Listen to your


tepat berdasarkan ganda teacher. Choose
pengumuman yang A, B, C or D for
dibacakan guru. the corect answer.

2.2 Merespons • Teks report lisan. 7. Menyimak monolog • Merespons makna • Non tes • Uraian • Listen to the 3 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang yang dibacakan guru yang terdapat objektif monolog and Bahasa
terdapat dalam dan mempelajari dalam monolog study the Inggris SMP/
monolog keterangan yang pendek sederhana explanation. MTs IXA Intan
pendek tersedia mengenai berbentuk report Pariwara
sederhana monolog tersebut. secara akurat, hal. 7–14.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1


secara akurat, lancar, dan
lancar, dan berterima.

3
berterima
4
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

untuk 8. Menjawab pertanyaan • Mengembangkan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the • Kamus
berinteraksi apersepsi yang wacana singkat questions below. Inggris–
dalam konteks berkaitan dengan transaksional dan Indonesia dan

Silabus Unit 1 Report


kehidupan genre. interpersonal Indonesia–
sehari-hari pendek menjadi Inggris.
dalam teks 9. Menyimak monolog obrolan atau • Tes tulis • Menjodoh- • Listen to your • Buku-buku
berbentuk yang dibacakan guru interaksional yang kan teacher. Match lain yang
procedure dan dan menjodohkan lebih panjang. each monolog relevan.
report. setiap monolog dengan with its suitable
gambar yang sesuai. picture.

10. Menyimak guru dan • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Listen to your


menyusun kalimat kalimat teacher.
acak menjadi urut acak Rearrange the
berdasarkan monolog sentences based
yang didengar. on the monolog
you have heard.

11. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Answer the


berdasarkan monolog singkat questions based
yang sudah urut pada on the proper
kegiatan sebelumnya. monolog in Task B.

12. Melengkapi kalimat • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your


berdasarkan monolog teacher. Fill in the
yang telah blanks based on
diperdengarkan. the monolog you
have heard.

13. Menentukan • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • State whether the


pernyataan yang benar/salah statements below
tersedia benar atau are true (T) or
salah berdasarkan false (F) based on
monolog yang telah the complete
diperdengarkan pada text in Task D.
kegiatan sebelumnya, Correct the false
lalu membetulkan ones.
pernyataan yang salah.

14. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Listen to your


tepat berdasarkan ganda teacher. Choose
monolog yang A, B, C or D for
diperdengarkan/ the correct
dibacakan oleh guru. answer.
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara
3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks
kehidupan sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

3.1 Meng- • Percakapan 1. Mempraktikkan • Melakukan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Practice the 3 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan transaksional dan percakapan yang berbagai kerja dialog with Bahasa
makna dalam interpersonal yang tersedia dengan percakapan dalam a friend. Inggris SMP/
percakapan melibatkan tindak seorang teman. wacana lisan MTs IXA Intan
transaksional tutur: meminta dan transaksional dan Pariwara
(to get things memberi interpersonal yang hal. 5–7.
done) dan kepastian, serta 2. Memilih jawaban yang melibatkan tindak • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Choose A, B, C • Kamus
interpersonal menyatakan tepat berdasarkan tutur meminta dan ganda or D for the Inggris–
(bersosialisasi) kekaguman. percakapan yang ada memberi kepastian, correct answer Indonesia dan
pendek di kegiatan serta menyatakan based on the Indonesia–
sederhana sebelumnya. kekaguman. dialog in Task A. Inggris.
dengan meng- • Buku-buku
gunakan 3. Melengkapi • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the lain yang
ragam bahasa percakapan dengan dialog with the relevan.
lisan secara kata-kata yang sesuai correct words in
akurat, lancar, yang ada di dalam the box. Then,
dan berterima kotak. practice the
untuk 4. Memperagakan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja dialog with
berinteraksi percakapan yang telah kerja a friend.
dalam konteks lengkap.
kehidupan
sehari- 5. Menyusun kalimat- • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Rearrange the
hari yang kalimat yang tersedia kalimat sentences into
melibatkan menjadi sebuah acak a proper
tindak tutur: percakapan yang urut. dialog.Then,
meminta 6. Memperagakan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja practice the
dan memberi percakapan yang telah kerja dialog with
kepastian dan urut dengan teman. a friend.
mengungkapkan
dan 7. Secara berpasangan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • In pairs, make
menanggapi membuat percakapan kerja dialogs based on
keraguan. berdasarkan situasi one of the
yang tersedia, lalu situations.
3.2 Meng- memperagakan Then, practice the
ungkapkan percakapan yang telah dialogs.
makna dalam dibuat.
percakapan

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1


transaksional
(to get things

5
done) dan
6
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

interpersonal 8. Secara mandiri • Tes tulis • Uraian • Make a dialog


(bersosialisasi) membuat percakapan based on the
pendek berdasarkan gambar picture.

Silabus Unit 1 Report


sederhana yang tersedia. Use the
dengan expressions you
menggunakan 9. Dengan bantuan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja have learned.
ragam bahasa teman, memperagakan kerja Then, practice the
lisan secara percakapan yang telah dialog with a
akurat, lancar, dibuat. friend.
dan berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dalam konteks
kehidupan
sehari-
hari yang
melibatkan
tindak
tutur: meminta
pengulangan,
menunjukkan
perhatian, dan
menyatakan
kekaguman.
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara
4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana yang berbentuk procedure dan report untuk berinteraksi
dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

4.1 Meng- • Teks lisan 1. Menyimak guru dan • Mengungkapkan • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your 1 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan fungsional melengkapi makna/gagasan teacher. Complete Bahasa
makna dalam pendek: pengumuman sesuai dalam teks lisan the text based on Inggris SMP/
bentuk teks pengumuman dengan yang fungsional pendek what you have MTs IXA Intan
lisan fungsional (announcement). dibacakan guru. berbentuk heard. Pariwara
pendek pengumuman. hal. 22–23.
sederhana 2. Membaca • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Read the • Kamus
dengan pengumuman yang singkat complete Inggris–
menggunakan telah lengkap pada announcement in Indonesia dan
ragam bahasa kegiatan sebelumnya, Task A. Answer Indonesia–
lisan secara lalu menjawab the questions Inggris.
akurat, lancar, pertanyaan orally. • Buku-buku
dan berterima berdasarkan lain yang
untuk pengumuman tersebut. relevan.
berinteraksi
dalam konteks 3. Menceritakan kembali • Tes lisan • Uraian • Retell the
kehidupan pengumuman pada announcement in
sehari-hari. kegiatan sebelumnya Task A using your
menggunakan kata- own words.
kata sendiri.

4. Menceritakan kembali • Tes lisan • Uraian • What


pengumuman yang announcement
sudah pernah pernah have you heard
didengar. recently? Retell it
using your own
words.

4.2. Meng- • Monolog report. 5. Membaca teks yang • Melakukan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Read the text. 1 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan tersedia dan monolog dalam teks kerja Retell the text Bahasa
makna dalam menceritakannya berbentuk report using your own Inggris SMP/
monolog kembali menggunakan dengan ragam words. MTs IXA Intan
pendek kata-kata sendiri. bahasa lisan secara Pariwara
sederhana akurat, lancar, dan hal. 15–16.
dengan 6. Menyusun kalimat- berterima. • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Rearrange the
menggunakan kalimat yang tersedia kalimat sentences into
ragam bahasa menjadi teks yang acak a proper text.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1


lisan secara runtut.
akurat, lancar,

7
8
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

dan berterima 7. Menceritakan kembali • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Retell the text in • Kamus
untuk teks yang runtut pada kerja Task B using your Inggris–
berinteraksi kegiatan sebelumnya own words. Indonesia

Silabus Unit 1 Report


dalam konteks secara lisan. dan
kehidupan Indonesia–
sehari-hari 8. Membaca kembali • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Read the text in Inggris.
dalam teks teks yang ada di singkat Task B. Answer • Buku-buku
berbentuk kegiatan sebelumnya the questions lain yang
procedure dan dan menjawab orally. relevan.
report. pertanyaan
berdasarkan teks
tersebut.

9. Bermonolog report • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Look at the


berdasarkan data dan kerja picture and read
gambar yang tersedia. the data. Tell a
report text based
on them. You can
add more
information from
other related
sources.

10. Mencari teks report • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Find a report text
mengenai sebuah kerja about a public
tempat umum dan place. Tell it in
menceritakannya front of the class
secara lisan using your own
menggunakan kata- words.
kata sendiri.
Standar Kompetensi : Membaca
5. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esai pendek sederhana berbentuk procedure dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam kontes
kehidupan sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

5.1 Membaca • Tesk tulis 1. Membaca nyaring • Membaca nyaring • Tes lisan • Membaca • Read the text and 1 u 40' • Buku PR
nyaring fungsional notice dan memahami secara bermakna nyaring study the Bahasa
bermakna teks pendek: notices. penjelasan yang ada. teks fungsional dan explanation. Inggris SMP/
fungsional dan esai pendek secara MTs IXA Intan
esei pendek • Teks report. 2. Membaca nyaring teks akurat, lancar, dan • Tes lisan • Membaca • Read the text with Pariwara
sederhana dengan lafal dan berterima. nyaring proper hal. 16, 20.
intonasi yang tepat. pronunciation and • Kamus
berbentuk
Inggris–
procedure dan intonation.
Indonesia dan
report dengan Indonesia–
ucapan, Inggris.
tekanan, dan • Buku-buku
intonasi yang lain yang
berterima. relevan.

5.2 Merespons 3. Menjodohkan setiap • Mengidentifikasi • Tes tulis • Menjodoh- • Where do you 1 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang notice dengan gambar dan merespons kan usually find each Bahasa
terdapat dalam yang tepat. informasi/gagasan notice below? Inggris SMP/
teks tulis dalam teks Match each notice MTs IXA Intan
fungsional fungsional pendek with the suitable Pariwara
pendek dalam bentuk notice picture. hal. 23–24.
sederhana dengan benar. • Kamus
secara akurat, 4. Menjodohkan setiap • Tes tulis • Menjodoh- • Match the notices Inggris–
lancar, dan notice dengan arti kan with their correct Indonesia dan
berterima yang tersedia. meanings in the Indonesia–
untuk box. Inggris.
berinteraksi • Buku-buku
dalam konteks lain yang
kehidupan relevan.
sehari-hari.

5.3 Merespons • Tesk report. 5. Membaca dan • Mengidentifikasi • Non tes • Uraian • Read the text and 3 u 40' • Buku PR
makna dan memahami teks dan informasi/gagasan objektif study the Bahasa
langkah • Pair conjunctions keterangan yang dalam wacana ber- explanation. Inggris SMP/
retorika dalam not only . . . but tersedia. bentuk teks report MTs IXA Intan
esei pendek also . . . dan both termasuk main Pariwara
sederhana . . . and . . .). 6. Mempelajari dan ideas, supporting • Non tes • Uraian • Study the hal. 16–19.
secara akurat, memahami not only details, serta objektif patterns. Read

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1


lancar, dan • Comparative dan . . . but also . . . dan makna kata, frasa, the sentences.
berterima superlative penggunaannya dalam dan kalimat.

9
degrees. kalimat.
10
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

untuk • Kosakata yang 7. Mempelajari dan • Non tes • Uraian • Read the • Kamus
berinteraksi terkait tema yang memahami both . . . objektif sentences and Inggris–
dalam konteks dipilih. and . . . dan study the Indonesia

Silabus Unit 1 Report


kehidupan penggunaannya explanation. dan
sehari-hari dalam kalimat. Indonesia–
dalam teks Inggris.
berbentuk 8. Mempelajari dan • Non tes • Uraian • Read the • Buku-buku
procedure dan memahami objektif sentences. Study lain yang
report. comparative dan the explanation. relevan.
superlative degrees
serta penggunaannya
dalam kalimat.

9. Melengkapi teks • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the text


dengan kata-kata with the suitable
dalam kotak yang words in the box.
tersedia.

10. Menyatakan kalimat • Tes tulis • Benar/Salah • Read the text.


yang tersedia benar Decide whether
atau salah the statements
berdasarkan teks are true (T) or
yang telah dibaca, lalu false (F). Correct
mengoreksi kalimat the false ones.
yang salah.

11. Menyusun paragraf • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Rearrange the


menjadi teks yang paragraf paragraphs into
runtut, kemudian • Identifikasi a proper text.
mengidentifikasi Then, identify its
struktur teksnya. text structure.

12. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan ganda • Read the text.
tepat untuk setiap soal Choose A, B, C or
berdasarkan teks D for the correct
yang dibaca. answer.
Standar Kompetensi : Menulis
6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional esai pendek sederhana berbentuk procedure dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam
konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

6.1 Meng- • Teks tulis 1. Menyusun kalimat- • Menulis teks • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Rearrange the 1 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan fungsional pendek kalimat acak menjadi fungsional kalimat sentences into Bahasa
makna dalam sederhana: notice. notice yang runtut. sederhana dalam acak proper notices. Inggris SMP/
bentuk teks bentuk notice MTs IXA Intan
tulis 2. Membuat notice dengan benar dan • Tes tulis • Uraian • Read the Pariwara
fungsional berdasarkan situasi berterima. situations. hal. 24.
pendek yang tersedia. Write notices • Kamus
sederhana based on them. Inggris–
dengan Indonesia dan
menggunakan Indonesia–
ragam bahasa Inggris.
tulis • Buku-buku
secara akurat, lain yang
lancar, dan relevan.
berterima untuk
berinteraksi
dalam
konteks
kehidupan
sehari-hari.

6.2 Meng- • Teks report. 3. Membaca teks yang • Menulis teks-teks • Tes tulis • Esai • Read the text. 1 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan tersedia dan dalam bentuk report Rewrite it using Bahasa
makna dan • Not only . . . but menuliskannya kembali dengan langkah- your own words. Inggris SMP/
langkah also . . . dan both . dengan kata-kata langkah retorika MTs IXA Intan
retorika dalam . . and . . . . sendiri. dan struktur teks Pariwara
esei pendek yang benar dan hal. 19–20.
sederhana • Comparative and 4. Menggabungkan berterima. • Tes tulis • Uraian • Combine the • Kamus
dengan superlative kalimat-kalimat sentences using Inggris–
menggunakan degrees of menggunakan not only not only . . . but Indonesia dan
ragam bahasa quantity. . . . but also . . . dan also . . . and both Indonesia–
tulis secara both . . . and . . . . . . . and . . . . Inggris.
akurat, lancar, • Buku-buku
dan berterima lain yang
untuk relevan.
berinteraksi
dalam konteks

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1


11
Penilaian

12
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

kehidupan 5. Melihat benda-benda • Tes tulis • Uraian • Look at the things


sehari-hari sekitar, lalu menulis around you.
dalam teks perbandingan antara Compare their

Silabus Unit 1 Report


berbentuk kondisi benda-benda condition(s) now
procedure dan tersebut sebelumnya to their previous
report. dengan kondisinya condition(s). Use
sekarang. comparative or
superlative
degrees.

6. Menulis teks report • Tes tulis • Esai • Create a report


tentang alun-alun text based on the
berdasarkan gambar. picture. It is about
town squares.
Use facts and
avoid opinions.
SILABUS
Unit 2 Procedure
Nama Sekolah : SMP/MTs . . .
Kelas/Semester : IX/1
Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris
Unit : 2
Genre : Procedure
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan
1. Memahami makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks kehidupan
sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

1.1 Merespons • Percakapan- 1. Memahami percakapan • Berekasi atau • Non tes • Uraian • Read the dialogs 3 u 40' • Buku PR
makna percakapan dalam gambar, lalu merespons dengan objektif and understand Bahasa
yang terdapat transaksional dan memahami penjelasan benar terhadap the expressions. Inggris SMP/
dalam interpersonal yang dan berbagai ungkapan tindak tutur: MTs IXA
percakapan memuat ungkapan menunjukkan keraguan menunjukkan Intan
transaksional menunjukkan dan perhatian. keraguan dan Pariwara
(to keraguan dan perhatian. hal. 30–33.
get things perhatian. 2. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Remember Unit • Kamus
done) yang berkaitan dengan singkat 1, and then Inggris–
dan ungkapan yang telah answer the Indonesia
interpersonal dipelajari pada unit questions below. dan
(bersosialisasi) sebelumnya. Indonesia–
pendek Inggris.
sederhana 3. Menulis ungkapan- • Tes tulis • Dikte • Listen to your • Buku-buku
secara akurat, ungkapan yang teacher. Write lain yang
lancar, dan dibacakan guru. down the relevan.
berterima untuk expressions you
berinteraksi have heard.
dalam
konteks 4. Melengkapi • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your
kehidupan percakapan ber- teacher. Fill in
sehari- dasarkan percakapan the blanks based
hari yang utuh yang dibacakan on the dialog you
melibatkan guru. have heard.
tindak
tutur: meminta
dan memberi

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1


kepastian, serta

13
14
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

mengungkapkan 5. Menentukan • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Listen to your


dan pernyataan yang benar/salah teacher. State
menanggapi tersedia benar atau whether the
keraguan. salah berdasarkan statements are

Silabus Unit 2 Procedure


percakapan yang true (T) or false
1.2 Merespons diperdengarkan pada (F) based on the
makna kegiatan sebelumnya. dialog you have
yang terdapat 6. Membetulkan heard. Correct the
dalam pernyataan yang false ones.
percakapan salah.
transaksional
(to 7. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Listen to your
get things berdasarkan singkat teacher. Answer
done) percakapan yang the questions
dan dibacakan guru. based on the
interpersonal dialog you have
(bersosialisasi) heard.
pendek
sederhana 8. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Listen to your
secara akurat, tepat berdasarkan ganda teacher. Choose
lancar, dan percakapan yang A, B, C, D or E for
berterima untuk dibacakan guru. the correct
berinteraksi answer.
dalam
konteks
kehidupan
sehari-
hari yang
melibatkan
tindak
tutur berikut:
meminta
pengulangan,
menunjukkan
perhatian, dan
menyatakan
kekaguman.
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan
2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk procedure dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam
konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

2.1 Merespons • Teks lisan 1. Memahami contoh • Merespons makna • Non tes • Uraian • Read the text and 2 u 40' • Buku PR
makna fungsional pendek peringatan lisan dan yang terdapat objektif understand the Bahasa
yang terdapat peringatan lisan label serta memahami dalam teks lisan explanation. Inggris SMP/
dalam teks (spoken penjelasan tentang teks fungsional pendek MTs IXA Intan
lisan warnings). tersebut. berbentuk: spoken Pariwara
fungsional warnings secara hal. 45–47.
pendek 2. Menjawab pertanyaan akurat, lancar, dan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Remember Unit 1 • Kamus
sederhana yang berkaitan dengan berterima. singkat and answer the Inggris–
secara teks fungsional pendek questions below. Indonesia dan
akurat, lancar, yang telah dipelajari Indonesia–
dan pada unit sebelumnya. Inggris.
berterima • Buku-buku
untuk 3. Menyimak teks yang • Tes lisan • Uraian • Listen to your lain yang
berinteraksi dibacakan guru, lalu teacher. What relevan.
dalam menjelaskan isi teks does he/she tell
konteks tersebut. you about?
kehidupan
sehari-hari. 4. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Answer the
berdasarkan teks yang singkat questions based
disimak pada kegiatan on the text you
sebelumnya. have heard in
Task A.

5. Melengkapi peringatan • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your


berdasarkan teacher. Complete
peringatan lengkap the
yang dibacakan guru. announcement
based on what
you have heard.

• Tes tulis • Identifikasi • Put a tick (✔) on


6. Menandai gambar yang the pictures
tidak sesuai dengan showing the
teks pada kegiatan activities that we
sebelumnya. can’t do in the
park based on the
text in Task C.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1


15
16
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

7. Melengkapi • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the


pernyataan statements below
berdasarkan teks based on the text
yang telah in Task C.

Silabus Unit 2 Procedure


diperdengarkan pada
kegiatan sebelumnya.

2.2 Merespons • Teks procedure. 8. Memahami teks • Merespons makna • Non tes • Uraian • Read the dialog 3 u 40' • Buku PR
makna procedure lisan serta yang terdapat objektif and understand Bahasa
yang terdapat penjelasannya. dalam monolog the explanation. Inggris SMP/
dalam pendek sederhana MTs IXA Intan
monolog 9. Menjawab pertanyaan berbentuk • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Remember Unit 1 Pariwara
pendek apersepsi yang procedure secara singkat and then answer hal. 34–35,
sederhana berkaitan dengan teks akurat, lancar, dan the questions 38–39.
secara yang telah dipelajari berterima. below. • Kamus
akurat, lancar, pada unit sebelumnya. Inggris–
dan Indonesia dan
berterima untuk 10. Menyimak monolog • Tes lisan • Uraian • Listen to your Indonesia–
berinteraksi yang dibacakan guru, teacher. What Inggris.
dalam lalu menjelaskan isi does he/she tell • Buku-buku
konteks monolog tersebut. you about? lain yang
kehidupan relevan.
sehari-hari 11. Menentukan • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • State whether the
dalam pernyataan yang benar/salah statements are
teks berbentuk tersedia benar atau true (T) or false
procedure dan salah berdasarkan (F) based on the
report. monolog pada monolog in Task
kegiatan sebelumnya, A. Correct the
lalu membetulkan false ones.
pernyataan yang
salah.

12. Melengkapi monolog • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your


berdasarkan monolog teacher. Fill in the
utuh yang dibacakan blanks based on
guru. the monolog you
have heard.

13. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Answer the


berdasarkan monolog singkat questions based
yang telah on the monolog in
diperdengarkan pada Task C.
kegiatan sebelumnya.
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

14. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Listen to your


tepat berdasarkan ganda teacher. Choose
monolog yang A, B, C or D for
dibacakan guru. the correct
answer.

Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara


3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks
kehidupan sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

3.1 Meng- • Percakapan- 1. Memperagakan • Melakukan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Practice the 2 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan percakapan percakapan secara percakapan dalam kerja dialogs with your Bahasa
makna dalam transaksional dan berpasangan. wacana lisan friend. Inggris SMP
percakapan interpersonal yang transaksional dan VIIA Intan
transaksional melibatkan tindak 2. Menyusun kalimat acak interpersonal yang • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Rearrange the Pariwara
(to get things tutur menunjukkan menjadi percakapan melibatkan tindak kalimat sentences into hal. 33–34.
done) dan keraguan dan yang urut. tutur menunjukkan acak a proper dialog. • Kamus
interpersonal perhatian. 3. Memperagakan keraguan dan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja Then, practice the Inggris–
(bersosialisasi) percakapan yang telah perhatian. kerja proper dialog with Indonesia dan
pendek urut dengan teman. your friend. Indonesia–
sederhana • Mengembangkan Inggris.
dengan 4. Membuat percakapan wacana • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • In pairs, make • Buku-buku
menggunakan berdasarkan panduan transaksional dan kerja a dialog based on lain yang
ragam bahasa yang tersedia. interpersonal the guideline. relevan.
lisan secara pendek menjadi Then, practice the
akurat, lancar, obrolan atau dialog.
dan berterima interaksional yang
untuk 5. Membuat percakapan lebih panjang. • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Make dialogs
berinteraksi berdasarkan situasi kerja based on the
dalam konteks yang tersedia, lalu situations below.
memperagakan Then, practice the
percakapan tersebut. dialogs.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1


17
18
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

kehidupan
sehari-
hari yang
melibatkan

Silabus Unit 2 Procedure


tindak
tutur: meminta
dan memberi
kepastian dan
mengungkapkan
dan
menanggapi
keraguan.

3.2 Meng-
ungkapkan
makna dalam
percakapan
transaksional
(to get things
done) dan
interpersonal
(bersosialisasi)
pendek
sederhana
dengan
menggunakan
ragam bahasa
lisan secara
akurat, lancar,
dan berterima
untuk
berinteraksi
dalam konteks
kehidupan
sehari-
hari yang
melibatkan
tindak
tutur: meminta
pengulangan,
menunjukkan
perhatian, dan
menyatakan
kekaguman.
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara
4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana yang berbentuk procedure dan report untuk berinteraksi
dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

4.1 Meng- • Teks lisan 1. Melengkapi teks • Mengungkapkan • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the text 2 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan fungsional pendek: dengan kata-kata makna/gagasan with the correct Bahasa
makna dalam spoken warning dalam kotak, lalu dalam teks lisan words in the box. Inggris SMP/
bentuk teks (peringatan lisan). membacakan teks fungsional pendek Then, read the MTs IXA Intan
lisan fungsional tersebut. berbentuk text with proper Pariwara
pendek peringatan lisan. pronunciation and hal. 48.
sederhana • Kamus
intonation.
dengan meng- Inggris–
gunakan ragam
2. Membuat peringatan • Tes lisan • Uraian • Create a warning Indonesia dan
bahasa lisan
secara akurat, lisan berdasarkan kata- based on the Indonesia–
lancar, dan kata kunci, lalu following key Inggris.
berterima untuk membacakan points. • Buku-buku
berinteraksi peringatan tersebut. lain yang
dalam konteks relevan.
kehidupan 3. Membuat peringatan • Tes lisan • Uraian • Create a warning
sehari-hari. lisan yang didengar di you may hear in
tempat tertentu. a certain place,
such as
a hospital, a park,
a zoo or a beach.

4.2. Meng- • Monolog 4. Melakukan monolog • Melakukan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Work in pairs. 2 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan procedure. berdasarkan teks yang monolog dalam kerja Deliver a Bahasa
makna dalam tersedia. teks berbentuk monolog based Inggris SMP/
monolog procedure dengan on the text below. MTs IXA Intan
pendek ragam bahasa lisan Pariwara
sederhana 5. Melakukan monolog secara akurat, • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Deliver hal. 39–40.
dengan meng- berdasarkan gambar kerja
lancar, dan a monolog based • Kamus
gunakan ragam
dan kata-kata yang berterima. on the pictures Inggris–
bahasa lisan
tersedia. and words Indonesia dan
secara akurat,
lancar, dan provided. Find Indonesia–
berterima untuk any reference if Inggris.
ber-interaksi necessary. • Buku-buku
dalam konteks lain yang
kehidupan 6. Melakukan monolog • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • What is your relevan.
sehari-hari tentang makanan atau kerja favorite food or
dalam teks minuman favorit. drink? Tell your

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1


berbentuk friends how to
procedure dan make it.
report.

19
Standar Kompetensi : Membaca

20
5. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esai pendek sederhana berbentuk procedure dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam kontes
kehidupan sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

Silabus Unit 2 Procedure


5.1 Membaca • Teks tulis 1. Membaca nyaring • Membaca nyaring • Tes lisan • Membaca • Read the texts 1 u 40' • Buku PR
nyaring fungsional label yang tersedia secara bermakna nyaring with proper Bahasa
bermakna teks pendek: label. dan menjelaskan teks fungsional dan pronunciation. Inggris SMP/
fungsional dan isinya. esai pendek What is it about? MTs IXA Intan
esei pendek • Teks procedure. sederhana dengan Pariwara hal.
sederhana 2. Membaca nyaring teks benar dan • Tes lisan • Membaca • Read the text 40–41, 48.
berbentuk dengan lafal dan berterima. nyaring aloud. Mind your • Kamus
intonasi yang tepat. pronunciation and Inggris–
procedure dan
Indonesia dan
report dengan intonation.
Indonesia–
ucapan, Inggris.
tekanan, dan • Buku-buku
intonasi yang lain yang
berterima. relevan.

5.2 Merespons • Teks tulis 3. Menentukan • Merespons • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • State whether the 2 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang fungsional pernyataan yang informasi/gagasan benar/salah statements are Bahasa
terdapat dalam pendek: label. tersedia benar atau dalam teks true (T) or false Inggris SMP/
teks tulis salah berdasarkan fungsional pendek (F) based on the MTs IXA Intan
fungsional teks yang ada di dalam bentuk text in Task A. Pariwara
pendek kegiatan sebelumnya. peringatan lisan. Correct the false hal. 49.
sederhana ones. • Kamus
secara akurat, Inggris–
lancar, dan 4. Melengkapi teks • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the text Indonesia dan
dengan kata-kata di with the correct Indonesia–
berterima
Inggris.
untuk dalam kotak. words in the box.
• Buku-buku
berinteraksi lain yang
dalam konteks 5. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Answer the relevan.
kehidupan berdasarkan teks yang singkat questions based
sehari-hari. ada di kegiatan on the text in Task
sebelumnya. C.

5.3 Merespons • Teks procedure. 6. Memahami teks • Mengidentifikasi • Non tes • Uraian • Read the 4 u 40' • Buku PR
makna dan procedure tulis serta informasi/gagasan objektif monolog and Bahasa
langkah • Subordinating penjelasannya. dalam teks understand the Inggris SMP/
retorika dalam conjunctions: berbentuk explanation. MTs IXA Intan
esei pendek before, after, procedure secara Pariwara
sederhana when, because. 7. Memahami pola dan akurat, lancar, dan • Non tes • Uraian • Read the text and hal. 35–38,
penggunaan grammar berterima. objektif understand the 40–44.
secara akurat,
lancar, dan yang dibahas. explanation.
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

berterima untuk • Coordinating 8. Mengidentifikasi • Tes tulis • Identifikasi • Identify the • Kamus
berinteraksi conjunctions: and, struktur teks yang ada structure of the Inggris–
dalam konteks but, or. di kegiatan sebelum- text in Task A. Indonesia dan
kehidupan nya. Indonesia–
sehari-hari • Conditional Inggris.
dalam teks sentences type 1. 9. Menentukan • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • State whether the • Buku-buku
berbentuk pernyataan yang benar/salah statements are lain yang
procedure dan tersedia benar atau true (T) or false relevan.
report. salah berdasarkan (F) based on the
teks yang ada text in Task A.
kegiatan sebelumnya, Correct the false
lalu membetulkan one(s).
pernyataan yang
salah.

10. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Read the text,


berdasarkan teks. singkat and then answer
the questions.

11. Melengkapi teks • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the text


dengan kata-kata di with the words in
dalam kotak. the box. Read the
complete text
aloud.

12. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Choose A, B, C,


tepat berdasarkan ganda D or E for the
teks yang tersedia. correct answer.

13. Menggabungkan • Tes tulis • Uraian • Combine the


kalimat menggunakan sentences using
conjunctions dalam the words in
kurung. brackets. See the
example.

14. Melengkapi kalimat • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the


dengan and, but, atau sentences with
or. and, but or or.

15. Melengkapi kalimat • Tes tulis • Uraian • Continue the


pengandaian tipe 1 conditional

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1


dengan kata-kata sentences type 1
sendiri. using your own
words.

21
Standar Kompetensi : Menulis

22
6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional esai pendek sederhana berbentuk procedure dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam
konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

Silabus Unit 2 Procedure


6.1 Meng- • Teks tulis 1. Menyusun kalimat- • Menulis teks • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Rearrange the 2 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan fungsional kalimat acak menjadi fungsional kalimat sentences into Bahasa
makna dalam pendek: label. label yang tepat. sederhana dalam acak a proper label. Inggris SMP/
bentuk teks bentuk label MTs IXA Intan
tulis fungsional 2. Membuat label dengan benar dan • Tes tulis • Uraian • Write a label Pariwara
pendek berdasarkan data. berterima. based on the data hal. 50.
sederhana below. • Kamus
dengan Inggris–
menggunakan 3. Membuat label tentang • Tes tulis • Uraian • Find something Indonesia dan
ragam bahasa sesuatu di sekitar around you. Write Indonesia–
tulis secara siswa. its label. Inggris.
akurat, lancar, • Buku-buku
dan berterima lain yang
untuk berinte- relevan.
raksi dalam
konteks
kehidupan
sehari-hari.

6.2 Meng- • Teks procedure. 4. Menyusun kalimat- • Menulis teks-teks • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Work in pairs. 2 u 40' • Buku PR
ungkapkan kalimat acak menjadi dalam bentuk kalimat Rearrange the Bahasa
makna dan teks procedure yang procedure dengan acak sentences into Inggris SMP/
langkah urut. langkah-langkah a proper MTs IXA Intan
retorika dalam retorika dan tata procedural text. Pariwara
esei pendek bahasa yang akurat hal. 44–45.
sederhana 5. Menyusun kalimat- dan berterima. • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Look at the series • Kamus
dengan
kalimat acak kalimat of pictures below. Inggris–
menggunakan
ragam bahasa berdasarkan gambar acak Then, rearrange Indonesia dan
tulis secara yang tersedia sehingga the sentences Indonesia–
akurat, lancar, menjadi teks procedure based on the Inggris.
dan berterima yang urut. pictures. • Buku-buku
untuk berinte- lain yang
raksi dalam 6. Menulis teks procedure • Tes tulis • Esai • Write a procedural relevan.
konteks tentang salah satu text based on one
kehidupan topik. of the following
sehari-hari topics.
dalam teks
berbentuk
procedure dan
report.
SILABUS
Unit 3 Report
Nama Sekolah : SMP/MTs . . .
Kelas/Semester : IX/1
Mata Pelajaran : Bahasa Inggris
Unit : 3
Genre : Report
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan
1. Memahami makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks
kehidupan sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Bentuk Contoh Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

1.2 Merespon • Percakapan 1. Memahami percakapan • Bereaksi atau • Non tes • Uraian • Read the dialogs. 2 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang transaksional dan yang ada dan merespons dengan objektif Pay attention to Bahasa
terdapat dalam interpersonal yang mempelajari ungkapan- benar terhadap the bold-typed Inggris SMP/
percakapan memuat ungkapan ungkapan meminta tindak tutur: expressions. MTs IXA
transaksional meminta seseorang untuk meminta Intan
(to get things pengulangan dan mengulang kalimat atau pengulangan dan Pariwara hal.
done) dan menyatakan ucapannya dan menyatakan 56–59.
interpersonal kekaguman. menyatakan kekaguman. • Kamus
(bersosialisasi) kekaguman. Inggris–
pendek • Frasa/kosakata Indonesia
sederhana yang berkaitan 2. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the dan
secara akurat, dengan deskripsi apersepsi tentang singkat questions orally. Indonesia–
lancar dan suatu tempat. ungkapan yang Inggris.
berterima untuk dipelajari. • Buku-buku
berinteraksi lain yang
dalam konteks 3. Menyimak guru • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your relevan.
kehidupan membacakan teacher.
sehari-hari percakapan yang Complete the
yang lengkap. dialogs based on
melibatkan 4. Melengkapi percakapan what you have
tindak tutur soal berdasarkan heard.
berikut percakapan utuh yang
meminta dibacakan guru.
pengulangan,
menunjukkan 5. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Read the
perhatian, dan pemahaman singkat complete dialogs
menyatakan berdasarkan isi in Task A.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1


kekaguman. percakapan yang ada Answer the
di kegiatan sebelumnya. questions based
on them.

23
24
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok dan Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Uraian Materi Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

6. Menyimak percakapan • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Listen to your


yang dibacakan guru. benar/salah teacher. State
7. Menentukan pernyataan whether the

Silabus Unit 3 Report


benar atau salah statements are
berdasarkan true (T) or false
percakapan yang (F). Correct the
diperdengarkan. false ones.

8. Menyimak percakapan • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Listen to your


yang dibacakan guru. ganda teacher. Choose
9. Memilih jawaban yang A, B, C or D for
benar berdasarkan the correct
percakapan yang answer.
diperdengarkan.
Standar Kompetensi : Mendengarkan
2. Memahami makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk procedure dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam
konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

2.1 Merespon • Teks lisan 1. Menyimak teks lisan • Mampu merespons • Non tes • Uraian • Look at the table 2 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang fungsional fungsional pendek makna/gagasan objektif below and listen Bahasa
terdapat dalam pendek: weather berbentuk weather dalam teks lisan to your teacher. Inggris SMP/
teks lisan forecast. forecast yang fungsional pendek Understand the MTs IXA
fungsional dibacakan guru, lalu berbentuk weather explanation. Intan
pendek mempelajari forecast secara Pariwara hal.
sederhana penjelasan tentang lancar, akurat, dan 71–72.
secara akurat, teks tersebut. berterima. • Kamus
lancar, dan Inggris–
berterima untuk 2. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the Indonesia
berinteraksi apersepsi guru singkat following dan
dalam konteks tentang teks questions. Indonesia–
kehidupan fungsional pendek Inggris.
sehari-hari. yang dipelajari. • Buku-buku
lain yang
3. Menyimak teks • Tes tulis • Isian • Listen to your relevan.
fungsional yang teacher. Complete
dibacakan guru, lalu the text based on
melengkapi teks soal what you have
dengan kata-kata heard.
yang sesuai.

4. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the


berdasarkan teks singkat questions based
yang diperdengarkan on the text you
pada kegiatan have heard in
sebelumnya. Task A

5. Menyimak teks • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Listen to your


fungsional yang benar/salah teacher. Decide
dibacakan guru, lalu whether the
menentukan statements are
pernyataan yang ada true (T) or false
benar atau salah (F). Correct the
berdasarkan teks false ones.
tersebut.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1


25
26
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

2.2 Merespon • Monolog report. 6. Menyimak teks report • Merespons makna/ • Non tes • Uraian • Read the text with 2 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang lisan yang dibacakan gagasan yang objektif proper pronuncia- Bahasa
terdapat dalam • Kosakata yang guru serta memahami terdapat dalam tion. Understand Inggris SMP/

Silabus Unit 3 Report


monolog terkait dengan penjelasannya. monolog sederhana the explanation. MTs IXA
pendek topik yang dipilih. berbentuk report Intan
sederhana 7. Menjawab pertanyaan secara akurat, • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the Pariwara hal.
secara akurat, apersepsi guru lancar, dan singkat questions orally. 62, 64–65.
lancar, dan tentang jenis teks. berterima. • Kamus
berterima untuk Inggris–
berinteraksi 8. Melengkapi teks • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the text Indonesia
dalam konteks dengan kata-kata while listening to dan
kehidupan sesuai dengan teks your teacher. Indonesia–
sehari-hari lengkap yang Inggris.
dalam teks dibacakan guru. • Buku-buku
berbentuk lain yang
procedure dan 9. Menjawab pertanyaan- • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the relevan.
report. pertanyaan singkat questions below
pemahaman based on the text
berdasarkna teks yang in Task A.
diperdengarkan
sebelumnya.

10. Menyimak teks yang • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • Listen to your


dibacakan guru. benar/salah teacher. State
11. Menentukan whether the
pernyataan yang statements are
tersedia benar atau true (T) or false
salah berdasarkan teks (F). Correct the
yang diperdengarkan false ones.
tersebut.
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara
3. Mengungkapkan makna dalam percakapan transaksional dan interpersonal lisan pendek sederhana untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks
kehidupan sehari-hari.

Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

3.2 Mengung- • Percakapan 1. Melengkapi • Melakukan • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the 3 u 40' • Buku PR
kapkan makna transaksional dan percakapan soal berbagai tindak dialog with the Bahasa
dalam interpersonal yang dengan kata-kata yang tutur dalam wacana proper words in Inggris SMP/
percakapan memuat tersedia di dalam lisan transaksional/ the box. Practice MTs IXA
transaksional ungkapan kotak. interpersonal the dialog with Intan
(to get things meminta 2. Memperagakan sepeti: • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja your friend in Pariwara hal.
done) dan pengulangan dan percakapan yang meminta kerja front of the class. 59–61.
interpersonal menyatakan sudah lengkap dengan pengulangan dan • Kamus
(bersosialisasi) kekaguman. teman. menyatakan Inggris–
pendek kekaguman. Indonesia
sederhana 3. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the dan
dengan pemahaman • Mengembangkan singkat questions based Indonesia–
menggunakan berdasarkan wanaca on the dialog in Inggris.
ragam bahasa percakapan yang ada transaksional dan Task A orally. • Buku-buku
lisan secara di kegiatan interpersonal lain yang
akurat, lancar sebelumnya. pendek menjadi relevan.
dan berterima sebuah obrolan
untuk 4. Menyusun kalimat- atau interaksional • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Rearrange the
berinteraksi kalimat acak menjadi yang lebih panjang. kalimat acak sentences into
dalam konteks percakapan yang urut. a proper dialog.
kehidupan 5. Memperagakan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja Practice the
sehari-hari percakapan yang kerja dialog with your
yang sudah urut dengan friend.
melibatkan teman.
tindak tutur:
meminta 6. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the
pengulangan, pemahaman singkat questions based
menunjukkan berdasarkan on the dialog in
perhatian, dan percakapan yang ada • Pernyataan Task C orally.
menyatakan di kegiatan sebelumnya. benar/salah
kekaguman.
7. Melengkapi • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the
percakapan soal dialogs with the
dengan ungkapan- proper
ungkapan yang telah expressions you
dipelajari. have learned.
8. Memperagakan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja Practice the

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1


percakapan yang kerja dialogs with your
sudah lengkap dengan friend.

27
teman.
28
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

9. Secara individu • Tes tulis • Uraian • Make dialogs


membuat percakapan based on the
berdasarkan gambar pictures and the

Silabus Unit 3 Report


dan situasi situations. Use the
menggunakan expressions you
ungkapan yang telah have learned.
dipelajari. Practice the
10. Memperagakan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja dialogs with your
percakapan yang kerja friends.
sudah dibuatnya di
depan kelas dengan
teman.

11. Secara individu • Tes tulis • Uraian • Make dialogs


membuat percakapan based on the
berdasarkan situasi situations. Use the
soal. expressions you
12. Memperagakan • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja have learned.
percakapan yang kerja Practice the
sudah dibuatnya di dialogs with your
depan kelas dengan friends.
teman.
Standar Kompetensi : Berbicara
4. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks lisan fungsional dan monolog pendek sederhana berbentuk procedure dan report untuk berinteraksi
dalam konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

4.1 Mengung- • Teks lisan 1. Menyampaikan • Mengungkapkan • Tes lisan • Unjuk kerja • Say the weather 1 u 40' • Buku PR
kapkan makna fungsional weather forecast yang makna/gagasan forecast below Bahasa
dalam bentuk pendek: weather ada di buku secara dalam teks aloud. Mind your Inggris SMP/
teks lisan forecast. lisan dengan lafal dan fungsional pendek pronunciation. MTs IXA Intan
fungsional intonasi yang benar. lisan berbentuk Pariwara hal.
pendek weather forecast 72–73.
sederhana 2. Menjawab pertanyaan dengan benar dan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the • Kamus
dengan pemahaman tentang berterima. singkat questions based Inggris–
menggunakan teks yang ada di on the text in Task Indonesia dan
ragam bahasa kegiatan sebelumnya. A orally. Indonesia–
lisan secara Inggris.
akurat, lancar 3. Membuat weather • Tes lisan • Unjuk kerja • Create a weather • Buku-buku
dan berterima forecast berdasarkan forecast based on lain yang
untuk data yang tersedia, the data below. relevan.
berinteraksi lalu Tell it to your
dalam konteks menyampaikannya friends.
kehidupan dengan lafal dan
sehari-hari. intonasi yang benar.

4.2 Mengung- • Monolog report 4. Membaca teks report • Mengungkapkan • Tes lisan • Unjuk kerja • Read the text 2 u 40' • Buku PR
kapkan makna yang ada di buku makna/gagasan aloud. Mind your Bahasa
dalam monolog • Frasa yang dengan lafal dan dalam monolog pronunciation. Inggris SMP/
pendek berkaitan ucapan yang benar report dengan MTs IXA Intan
sederhana dengan topik dan berterima. ragam bahasa lisan Pariwara hal.
dengan teks yang dipilih. secara akurat, 65–66.
menggunakan 5. Menjawab pertanyaan lancar, dan • Tes lisan • Jawaban • Answer the • Kamus
ragam bahasa pemahaman berterima. singkat questions based Inggris–
lisan secara berdasarkan teks yang on the text in Indonesia dan
akurat, lancar, ada di kegiatan Task A. Indonesia–
dan berterima sebelumnya. Inggris.
untuk • Buku-buku
berinteraksi 6. Melengkapi teks • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the text lain yang
dalam konteks dengan kata-kata yang with the correct relevan.
kehidupan tersedia di dalam kotak. words in the box.
sehari-hari
dalam teks 7. Menceritakan kembali • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Retell the text in
berbentuk isi teks yang ada di kerja Task C using your

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1


procedure dan kegiatan sebelumnya own words in front
report. secara lisan dengan of the class.
kata-kata sendiri.

29
30
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

8. Bermonolog report • Tes unjuk • Unjuk kerja • Find a report text


tentang peristiwa kerja about a natural
alam. phenomenon from

Silabus Unit 3 Report


any sources. Tell it
to your friends.
Standar Kompetensi : Membaca
5. Memahami makna teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk procedure dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam konteks
kehidupan sehari-hari.
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

5.1 Membaca • Teks tulis 1. Menyimak guru • Membaca nyaring • Tes lisan • Membaca • Read the 1 u 40' • Buku PR
nyaring fungsional membacakan secara bermakna nyaring announcement Bahasa
bermakna teks pendek pengumuman yang teks fungsional aloud. Mind your Inggris SMP/
fungsional dan berbentuk: ada di buku. pendek pronunciation MTs IXA Intan
esei pendek pengumuman 2. Membaca nyaring (pengumuman) dan and intonation. Pariwara hal.
sederhana (announcement). pengumuman tersebut wacana report. 66, 73.
berbentuk dengan lafal dan • Kamus
procedure dan • Teks report. intonasi yang benar. Inggris–
report dengan Indonesia dan
ucapan, tekanan 3. Membaca nyaring teks • Tes lisan • Membaca • Read the text. Indonesia–
dan intonasi report yang ada di nyaring Identify its Inggris.
yang berterima. buku dengan lafal dan structure. • Buku-buku
ucapan yang lancar lain yang
dan benar. relevan.
4. Mengidentifikasi
struktur teks tersebut.

5.2 Merespon • Teks tulis 5. Membaca dan • Mengidentifikasi • Non tes • Uraian • Read the text. 1 u 40' • Buku PR
makna yang fungsional memahami makna/gagasan Understand the Bahasa
terdapat dalam pendek pengumuman serta dalam teks tulis explanation. Inggris SMP/
teks tulis berbentuk: penjelasan tentang fungsional pendek MTs IXA Intan
fungsional pengumuman jenis teks tersebut. berbentuk: Pariwara hal.
pendek (announcement). pengumuman 71, 74.
sederhana 6. Memilih jawaban yang (announcement). • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Read the text in • Kamus
secara akurat, benar berdasarkan ganda Task A. Choose Inggris–
lancar dan pengumuman yang A, B, C or D for Indonesia dan
berterima untuk ada di kegiatan the correct Indonesia–
berinteraksi sebelumnya. answer. Inggris.
dalam konteks • Buku-buku
kehidupan lain yang
sehari-hari. relevan.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1


31
32
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

5.3 Merespon • Berbagai teks 7. Membaca dan • Mengidentifikasi • Non tes • Uraian • Read the text 3 u 40' • Buku PR
makna dan report. memahami struktur makna gagasan objektif below. Bahasa
langkah retorika teks report dan dalam wacana Understand the Inggris SMP/

Silabus Unit 3 Report


dalam esei • Tata bahasa yang penjelasannya. berbentuk report, explanation. MTs IXA Intan
pendek terkait dengan meliputi main ideas, Pariwara hal.
sederhana jenis teks, yaitu: 8. Mempelajari tata supporting details, • Non tes • Uraian • Read the dialog 62–64, 67–70.
secara akurat, question tags bahasa yang terkait, serta makna kata, objektif and pay attention • Kamus
lancar dan serta too dan yaitu question tags frasa dan kalimat. to the bold-typed Inggris–
berterima untuk enough. serta too dan enough. words. Indonesia
berinteraksi dan
dalam konteks 9. Menjodohkan kata-kata • Tes tulis • Menjodoh- • Match the words Indonesia–
kehidupan dengan artinya yang kan in column A with Inggris.
sehari-hari sesuai. their correct • Buku-buku
dalam teks meanings in lain yang
berbentuk column B. relevan.
procedure dan
report. 10. Menentukan • Tes tulis • Pernyataan • State whether the
pernyataan soal benar benar/salah statements are
atau salah berdasarkan true (T) or false
teks di kegiatan (F) based on the
sebelumnya. text in Task A.

11. Melengkapi teks • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the text


dengan kata-kata yang with the proper
tersedia di dalam words in teh box.
kotak.

12. Memilih jawaban yang • Tes tulis • Pilihan • Choose A, B, C or


benar berdasarkan ganda D for the correct
teks yang ada di answer based on
kegiatan sebelumnya. the complete text
in Task D.

13. Menyusun paragraf- • Tes tulis • Menyusun • Rearrange the


paragraf acak menjadi paragraf jumbled
teks report yang urut. acak paragraphs into
a proper report
text.

14. Membaca dan • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Read the text.


memahami isi teks, lalu singkat Answer the
menjawab pertanyaan questions that
yang ada. follow.
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

15. Melengkapi kalimat- • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the


kalimat soal dengan sentences with
question tags yang proper question
benar. tags.

16. Melengkapi kalimat- • Tes tulis • Isian • Complete the


kalimat soal dengan sentences with
too atau enough. ‘too’ or ‘enough’.

17. Membaca nyaring teks • Read the text


yang ada di buku. aloud. Mind your
pronunciation.

18. Menjawab pertanyaan • Tes tulis • Jawaban • Answer the


pemahaman singkat questions based
berdasarkan teks yang on the text in
ada di kegiatan Task J.
sebelumnya.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1


33
Standar Kompetensi : Menulis

34
6. Mengungkapkan makna dalam teks tulis fungsional dan esei pendek sederhana berbentuk procedure dan report untuk berinteraksi dalam
konteks kehidupan sehari-hari.
Penilaian
Kompetensi Materi Pokok/ Alokasi
Kegiatan Pembelajaran Indikator Sumber Belajar
Dasar Pembelajaran Bentuk Contoh Waktu
Teknik
Instrumen Instrumen

Silabus Unit 3 Report


6.1 Mengung- • Teks tulis 1. Membaca dan • Menulis teks tulis • Tes tulis • Uraian • Write 1 u 40' • Buku PR
kapkan makna fungsional memahami situasi fungsional pendek announcements Bahasa
dalam bentuk pendek soal. berbentuk based on the Inggris SMP/
teks tulis berbentuk: 2. Membuat pengumuman topics. MTs IXA
fungsional pengumuman pengumuman (announcement) Intan
pendek (announcement). berdasarkan situasi dengan baik dan Pariwara hal.
sederhana tersebut. berterima. 74.
dengan • Kamus
menggunakan 3. Secara mandiri, • Tes tulis • Uraian • Write Inggris–
ragam bahasa membuat atau an announcement. Indonesia
tulis secara menulis pengumuman You are free to dan
akurat, lancar dengan topik yang choose your own Indonesia–
dan berterima ditentukan sendiri. topic. Inggris.
untuk • Buku-buku
berinteraksi lain yang
dalam konteks relevan.
kehidupan
sehari-hari.

6.2 Mengung- • Berbagai teks 4. Membaca teks yang • Menulis teks-teks • Tes tulis • Esai • Read the text, 2 u 40' • Buku PR
kapkan makna report. ada, lalu menulis berbentuk report and then rewrite it Bahasa
dan langkah kembali teks tersebut dengan langkah- using your own Inggris SMP/
retorika dalam dengan kata-kata langkah retorika words. MTs IXA
esei pendek sendiri. yang benar serta Intan
sederhana tata bahasa yang Pariwara hal.
dengan 5. Secara mandiri, benar dan • Tes tulis • Esai • Write a report text 70.
menggunakan menulis teks report berterima. about a natural • Kamus
ragam bahasa tentang fenomena phenomenon. You Inggris–
tulis secara alam. may refer to any Indonesia
akurat, lancar sources. Mind the dan
dan berterima structure of Indonesia–
untuk a report text. Inggris.
berinteraksi • Buku-buku
dalam konteks lain yang
kehidupan relevan.
sehari-hari
dalam teks
berbentuk
procedure dan
report.
Objectives:
At the end of this unit you will
be able to:
1. ask for and give certainty,
2. show amazement,
3. create short functional texts
(announcements),
4. tell something in general using
spoken English,
5. write short functional texts
(notices),
6. write report texts about
public places, and
7. use pair conjunctions
(not only . . . but also . . .
and both . . . and . . .) and
comparative and
superlative degrees.

Suppose your teacher has asked you to carry out an observation


of public places, like hospitals, bus stations or traditional markets.
After doing to the observation, you have to report your result in
a written form. Do you know the proper text type that you use to write
your report? It is a report text. Then, how to write a report text
properly? You will find the answer in this unit. You will learn the
structure and characteristics of a report text.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 35


1.1 Expressions

Asking for and Giving Certainty

Read the dialogs and study the explanation.

Are you sure this is


the bookstore we
are looking for? I’m sure. It’s at
Jalan Diponegoro
number 15, right?
Just like what my
brother said.

It is an African bird,
you know . . . .
2

Is that so?

Absolutely. I’ve read an article


about that bird in my encyclopedia.
An ostrich is a bird but it can’t fly.
I see. However, it can run very fast.

Look at the bold-typed sentences in the dialogs above. In dialog 1, Ade and Amelia are
looking for a bookstore. Amelia asked her brother before about the bookstore. When they
finally find it, Ade asks Amelia, “Are you sure this is the bookstore we are looking for?”
It means he is uncertain about the bookstore. He uses such an expression to ask for
certainty. Then, Amelia answers, “I’m sure” to show her certainty.
In dialog 2, Bagas tells Indra that an ostrich is an African bird. Indra says, “Is that so?” to ask
for Bagas’ certainty. Then, Bagas shows his certainty by saying, “Absolutely.”
In summary, “Are you sure this is the bookstore we are looking for?” and “Is that so?”
are the expressions of asking for certainty while “I’m sure.” and “Absolutely.” are the
expressions of showing certainty.

36 UNIT 1 Report
Here are some other expressions you can use to ask for and give certainty.

Asking for Certainty Giving Certainty


Are you certain? I’m quite sure.
Are you sure? I’ve no doubt about . . . .
Is that so? You bet!/Of course./Sure./Absolutely!
Is it confirmed? I’m positive./It’s possible.
Do you?/Will you?/Can you? That sounds good/perfect.
What if . . .? O.K./No problem.
Will it be O.K. if . . .? Fine. Go ahead.
How about this/that one? I’m definitely sure./I’m absolutely certain.
How about these/those ones? Sure, I’m certain.
No doubt about it./Without doubt.

Showing Amazement

Read the dialogs and study the explanation.


1. Dita and Mela are enjoying their holiday at Lake Toba.
Dita : What a beautiful and large lake it is! I wonder how long we will take to wade
across the lake.
Mela : Around a week, maybe?
Dita : Well, . . . I don’t know.
2. Irma is spending her holiday at her cousin’s house, Dandi. Then, Dandi takes Irma
around his town. Both of them are at a mall now.
Irma : Wow, terrific! I really love this mall. I can find everything I want here.
Dandi : So, aren’t there any malls like this in your town?
Irma : Unh . . . unh . . . . We can only find a dead mall who has very few customers.
You know, my town isn’t as big as yours.

Note:
● ‘Unh . . . unh . . . ’ means ‘no’.
● ‘Dead mall’ means a mall that has a few visitors and isn’t interesting anymore.

Look at the bold-typed sentences in the dialogs.


To show amazement, in dialog 1, Dita says, “What a beautiful and large lake it is!” while in
dialog 2, Irma says, “Wow, terrific!”
Here are some other expressions to show amazement that you can use in your daily
conversations.

Showing Amazement

Amazing! Wow, fabulous! How beautiful!


Fantastic! Terrific! How easy!
Incredible! Perfect! Perfect!
What a day! What a . . .!*) Unbelievable!
Note:*) It is followed by a noun phrase.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 37


Answer the questions orally.
1. Have you ever heard someone asking for and giving certainty?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have.
2. What expressions of asking for certainty did you hear lately?
Contoh jawaban: There were “Are you certain?”; “Are you sure?”; “Is that so?”; “Is it confirmed?”
3. What expressions of showing certainty did you hear lately?
Contoh jawaban: There were “Sure, I’m certain.”; “No doubt about it.”; “Without doubt.”
4. What amazing thing did you see lately?
Contoh jawaban: A 3-D cinema; a very big tart; a piano recital.
5. What did you say to show your amazement?
Contoh jawaban: I said, “How amazing!”; “Terrific!”; or “Fantastic!”

A. Listen to your teacher.


Complete the dialog based on what you have heard.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Mrs. Winata : Ratna, (1) can you go together with me to the market tomorrow morning?
Ratna : Well, (2) tomorrow is Sunday. I think I can go with you, Mom.
Mrs. Winata : (3) Are you certain?
Ratna : (4) Without doubt. I’m free tomorrow morning.
Mrs. Winata : (5) Good! Er . . ., (6) do you know that I’m also going to buy you (7) a new
sweater?
Ratna : (8) Really, Mom? Thanks a lot.
Mrs. Winata : (9) You’re welcome. But you must help me bring the stuff.
Ratna : (10) Don’t worry, Mom. I’ll help you.

Variasi:
Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B.
A Jawaban:
B
1. h
1. together a. pasar 2. a
2. market b. mengganggu 3. k
c. barang-barang 4. j
3. tomorrow
d. akhirnya 5. i
4. certain 6. e
e. bebas
5. doubt f. membeli 7. f
6. free g. membawa 8. g
7. buy h. bersama-sama 9. c
i. ragu 10. l
8. bring
j. yakin/pasti
9. stuff k. besok
10. worry l. khawatir

38 UNIT 1 Report
B. Listen to your teacher.
Answer the questions based on the dialog you have heard.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:


Sari : Dani, we will have a math test today!
Dani : Are you sure? I can’t believe it.
Sari : You bet! I heard it from Titi, Class IXD.
Dani : But, Mr. Saputra hasn’t told us about that, right?
Sari : He hasn’t. It also happened in Class IXD, but the test kept on going.
Dani : What should we do now? I haven’t studied last night.
Sari : I think you still have some time to study.
Dani : You’re right.

1. What are the speakers talking about?


Jawaban: A math test.
2. Where do you think the dialog takes place?
Jawaban: In the classroom.
3. Who is Mr. Saputra?
Jawaban: A math teacher.
4. Who is not ready for the test?
Jawaban: Dani is.
5. What can you learn from the dialog?
Contoh jawaban: We should study whether we are going to have a test or not.

C. Listen to your teacher.


Decide whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F).
Correct the false ones.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:


Tari and Tika are at the zoo. Tari sees cenderawasih for the first time. She is amazed.
Tari : Wow! What a beautiful bird! It has extraordinary attractive feathers. What is it?
Tika : It’s cenderawasih. Some people call it the bird of paradise.
Tari : I’ve never seen it before.
Tika : Of course, you haven’t. It’s rarely found.
Tari : I see. Let’s take a picture of it.
Tika : O.K.

1. ______ Tari and Tika are going to draw cenderawasih.


2. ______ Tari thinks that the cenderawasih is amazing.
3. ______ At first, Tari didn’t know about cenderawasih.
4. ______ Cenderawasih is a rare species.
5. ______ Cenderawasih comes from paradise.
Jawaban:
1. F. Tari and Tika are seeing cenderawasih at the zoo.
2. T
3. T
4. T
5. F. The bird of paradise is another name of cenderawasih. It doesn’t mean that the bird comes
from paradise.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 39


D. Listen to your teacher.
Rearrange the sentences based on the dialog you have heard.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:


Alya : How beautiful! Where did you get that scarf from?
Sonia : Thank you, buddy. I bought this in Madison department store.
Alya : It really suits your dress.
Sonia : Are you sure, Alya?
Alya : Absolutely! It looks good on you, Sonia.
Sonia : Well, this scarf is quite cheap actually. It’s on sale.
Alya : Wow! I want to buy one, but in a different color.
Sonia : Well, you still have time. The sale is until next week.
Alya : Good! Anyway, would you go together with me to Madison department store?
Sonia : No problem.

Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:


7 Alya : Wow! I want to buy one, but in a different color.
10 Sonia : No problem.
9 Alya : Good! Anyway, would you go together with me to Madison department store?
6 Sonia : Well, this scarf is quite cheap actually. It’s on sale.
5 Alya : Absolutely! It looks good on you, Sonia.
4 Sonia : Are you sure, Alya?
1 Alya : How beautiful! Where did you get that scarf from?
8 Sonia : Well, you still have time. The sale is until next week.
3 Alya : It really suits your dress.
2 Sonia : Thank you, buddy. I bought this in Madison department store.

E. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct Jawaban: B


answer based on the dialog in Task D. Dalam percakapan tersebut Sonia
memanggil Alya dengan sebutan buddy
1. What is the dialog about? yang artinya teman. Jadi, dapat
A. A department store. disimpulkan bahwa hubungan antara Alya
B. A beautiful dress. dan Sonia adalah teman (friends).
C. A colorful scarf. 3. The scarf ________ good on Sonia.
D. A beautiful cheap scarf. A. watches
Jawaban: D B. stares
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena C. looks
sesuai dengan isi percakapan. Sejak awal D. gazes
percakapan, Alya dan Sonia Jawaban: C
membicarakan tentang syal Sonia yang Pilihan jawaban yang paling tepat untuk
bagus dan murah. melengkapi kalimat soal adalah (C) looks
2. Who are talking in the dialog? yang artinya terlihat. Pilihan jawaban yang
A. Mother and daughter. lain salah karena tidak sesuai dengan
B. Two friends. konteks. Watches artinya menonton,
C. A shop assistant and a customer. sedangkan stares dan gazes artinya
D. A student and a teacher. menatap.

40 UNIT 1 Report
4. “Well, this scarf is quite cheap actually.” 5. “Would you go together with me to
What is the opposite meaning of the Madison department store?”
underlined word? The word ‘you’ refers to ________.
A. Expensive. A. Sonia
B. Economical. B. Alya
C. Low-priced. C. the speakers
D. Efficient. D. the shop assistant
Jawaban: A Jawaban: A
Lawan kata ’cheap’ yang artinya ’murah’ Pilihan jawaban (A) benar karena kalimat
adalah expensive yang artinya mahal. tersebut diucapkan Alya dan ditujukan
untuk lawan bicaranya, yaitu Sonia. Jadi,
kata ’you’ mengacu pada Sonia.

A. Practice the dialog with a friend.


Ira wants to send an SMS to her friend. Unfortunately, she lost her mobile phone. She remembers
that she put it on her bed. Now it is not there. She asks her brother about it.
Ira : Ari, did you see my mobile phone?
Ari : No. What’s up?
Ira : I think I’ve lost it. I remember that I put it on my bed. But now, I can’t find it.
Ari : Are you sure?
Ira : Absolutely!
Ari : Have you asked mom about it?
Ira : Why mom?
Ari : She has just cleaned up your messy room.
Ira : Let me ask her. Thanks.
Ari : Don’t mention it.

B. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct Jawaban: D


answer based on the dialog in Task A. Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan dari
kalimat pengantar percakapan, ”She asks
1. What is Ira looking for? her brother about it.”.
A. Her mom. 3. “Now, it is not there.”
B. Her bedcover. What does the underlined word refer to?
C. Her mobile phone. A. Ira’s mobile phone.
D. Her brother. B. Ira’s home.
Jawaban: C C. Ira’s bed.
Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan dari D. Ira’s room.
kalimat Ira, ”Ari, did you see my mobile Jawaban: A
phone?”, sehingga dia kehilangan mobile Kata ’it’ mengacu pada telepon genggam
phone. Ira. Hal tersebut disimpulkan dari objek
2. Who are talking in the dialog? dalam kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu ”Did you
A. Mother and her son. see my mobile phone?”.
B. Two friends. 4. Whom should Ira ask about her lost
C. Two teachers. mobile phone to?
D. Sister and brother. A. Her friend. B. Her mother.
C. Her father. D. Her brother.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 41


Jawaban: B 5. “She has just cleaned up your messy
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena Ari room.” The word ‘messy’ can be best
mengusulkan agar Ira menanyakan replaced by ________.
tentang telepon genggamnya kepada ibu A. untidy B. neat
mereka yang telah membersihkan kamar C. tidy D. precise
Ira (kalimat: ”Have you asked mom about Jawaban: A
it?” yang artinya ”Sudahkah kamu Kata ’messy’ memiliki arti yang sama
menanyakannya kepada ibu?”). dengan ’untidy’, yaitu ’berantakan’. Pilihan
jawaban (B) dan (C) artinya rapi,
sedangkan (D) artinya tepat.

Variasi:
Read the dialog with proper pronunciation.
Then, answer the questions.
Angga and Dyah are sister and brother. They are at the amusement park.
Angga : Dyah, . . . . do you know where the toilet is?
Dyah : Um . . . it’s near the parking area.
Angga : Are you sure? As I know, there’s no toilet over there.
Dyah : Certainly! It’s newly built. No wonder you don’t know about it. You’ve been leaving this
town for several months, right?
Angga : Yeah!
Questions:
1. What does Angga ask Dyah about?
Jawaban: He asks about where the toilet is.
2. Who is Angga?
Jawaban: Dyah’s brother.
3. Where does the dialog take place?
Jawaban: At the amusement park.
4. What is newly built?
Jawaban: The toilet.
5. Why doesn’t Angga know abut the toilet?
Jawaban: Because he has been leaving his town for several months.

C. Complete the dialog with the correct words in the box.


Then, practice the dialog with a friend.

a. a deep puddle b. my wound c. painful


d. looks e. what happened f. without doubt
g. How come h. fell i. What’s wrong
j. definitely

Dede : Ouch! It’s really (1) ________.


Renita : (2) ________ with you?
Dede : I (3) ________ of my bicycle.
Renita : (4) ________?
Dede : I didn’t notice (5) ________ in front of me. I slipped, and you can guess (6) ________
next.

42 UNIT 1 Report
Renita : Poor you. Your wound (7) ________ terrible.
Dede : You’re (8) ________ right. It looks as terrible as it feels.
Renita : Have you tried Biomed balm?
Dede : Do you think it’s good for (9) ________?
Renita : (10) ________.
Jawaban:
1. c 2. i 3. h 4. g 5. a 6. e 7. d 8. j 9. b 10. f

Variasi:
Find the words in the dialog based on the following definitions.
1. causing pain
2. uncertain
3. dropped from a higher level to a lower level
4. not true
5. a road vehicle with two wheels that you ride by pushing the pedals with your feet
6. inward from the surface
7. a small amount of water or other liquid, especially rain that has collected in one place on
the ground
8. very unpleasant
9. a liquid or cream that has pleasant smell and is used to make wounds less painful or skin
softer
10. an injury to part of the body
Jawaban:
1. painful 2. doubt 3. fell 4. wrong
5. bicycle 6. deep 7. puddle 8. terrible
9. balm 10. wound

D. Rearrange the sentences into a proper dialog.


Then, practice the dialog with a friend.

Percakapan yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:


1 Putra : Hi, Bobby. Where have you been?
12 Bobby : I know that. Magicians always have tricks. But still . . . the show was interesting.
9 Putra : Are you sure?
4 Bobby : I’ve just watched a circus.
7 Putra : What’s so special about the show?
10 Bobby : I’m quite sure. I saw the show in person.
5 Putra : How’s the show?
8 Bobby : The magic show was interesting. You know, the magician could fly in the sky!
3 Putra : What was happening there?
6 Bobby : Spectacular! It was really incredible.
11 Putra : I think the magician seemed to fly, but he didn’t really fly.
2 Bobby : I’ve been from the city park.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 43


Variasi:
Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the dialog in Task D.
Correct the false ones.
1. ______ Bobby and Putra were in the city park.
2. ______ Bobby enjoyed the circus at the city park.
3. ______ Putra doesn’t believe if a magician can fly.
4. ______ Bobby is a magician.
5. ______ Bobby believes that a magician can’t fly.
Jawaban:
1. F. It’s only Bobby who has been from the city park.
2. T
3. T
4. F. Bobby is not a magician. He is the one who is interested in the magician’s show.
5. T

E. In pairs, make dialogs based on the situations.


Then, practice the dialogs.

1. You and your friend are at the cinema. You are going to see a new film. You are amazed at the
change of the cinema. It’s cleaner than before. How would the conversation go?
2. You go to a supermarket. You buy several things there. You also want to buy a bar of your
favorite chocolate. You’ve been looking for it, but you couldn’t find it. You ask the shop
assistant where to find it. The shop assistant responds your question politely. Use
expressions of asking for and showing certainty.
Contoh jawaban:
1. You : Wow . . . fabulous! This cinema has changed a lot. It’s cleaner than the last time
we went here.
Your friend : Yes, I agree with you. I heard that we can also enjoy 3D movies here, with more
fee of course.
You : It’s interesting.
2. You : Excuse me. I want to buy a bar of chocolate. I’ve been looking for it, but
I still can’t find it. Do you know where it is?
Shop assistant : It’s in the candies isle. Have you looked for it there?
You : Yes, I have.
Shop assistant : Are you sure?
You : I’m positive.
Shop assistant : Let’s check it again.
You : O.K. Thanks.

44 UNIT 1 Report
F. Make a dialog based on the picture.
Use the expressions you have learned.
Then, practice the dialog with a friend.

Contoh jawaban:
Ardi, Ida and Wahyu are on a picnic at the beach now. They are going to make a big sand castle.
Ardi : Hey, everybody. Look! I’ve found a nice place.
Ida : What is it, Ardi?
Ardi : Listen, we are going to make a big castle, aren’t we?
Wahyu : Yeah, we are. And then?
Ardi : Look at that place! It is shady and far from the sea. The waves won’t ruin our castle.
Ida : You’re right. It’s perfect! Let’s make a castle under the tree over there.
Wahyu : Great! What a brilliant idea! I think it’s a safe place too.
Ida : You’re right. Let’s go there.

1.2 Genre

Spoken Text

Listen to the monolog and study the explanation.


Hello, everybody. In this occasion, I’d like to tell you about supermarkets in general. I’m
sure all of you have been familiar with that term. Um . . ., how many times in a month do you
usually go there? I assume that you go there more than once or twice, don’t you?
We can find supermarkets in every town. They come with aisles of different kinds of
food and products. For example, you can find fifteen to twenty different kinds of cheese in
the dairy section. You can find many different brands of toilet tissue in the paper products
section. You will also find the frozen food section that has everything from cans of frozen
apple juice to bags of mixed vegetables and frozen pizza.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 45


Well, many supermarkets also have a big health care products aisle. This section is like
a small drugstore, with different brands of medicines, shampoo, toothpaste and other health
care items.
Some supermarkets even sell something else, such as magazines, books, shoes,
underwear, gardening tools and other household products. Here you can also use your card in
money machines to take money out of your bank.
You know, shoppers in many supermarkets can buy snacks and cold drinks from vending
machines. Well, in some places, tired and hungry shoppers can sit down and enjoy a fresh
cup of coffee and a doughnut at a supermarket snack bar or coffee shop. Therefore, it is
obvious that supermarkets with their variety of products and services are more popular today.
Well, I think that’s all about supermarkets.

The text is a report text in spoken form (monolog). It functions to describe the way
things are, with reference to a range of natural, man-made and social phenomenon in our
environment. In a monolog, we may use some fillers, such as well . . ., er . . ., I’ll tell you
something, listen . . ., let me tell you what, etc.

Written Text

Read the text and study the explanation.

General
Supermarkets are enormous these days.
Classification

Supermarkets come with aisles of different kinds of food and


products. For example, you can find fifteen to twenty different
kinds of cheese in the dairy section. You can find many different
brands of toilet tissue in the paper products section. The frozen
food section has everything from cans of frozen apple juice to
bags of mixed vegetables and frozen pizza.
Many supermarkets also have a big health care products
aisle. This section is like a small drugstore, with different brands
of medicines, shampoo, toothpaste, and other health care items.
Description Some supermarkets even sell something else, such as
magazines, books, shoes, underwear, gardening tools and other
household products. Here you can also use your card in money
machines to take money out of your bank.
Shoppers in many supermarkets can buy snacks and cold
drinks from vending machines. In some places, tired and hungry
shoppers can sit down and enjoy a fresh cup of coffee and
a doughnut at a supermarket snack bar or coffee shop.
Supermarkets with their variety of products and services are more
popular today.

46 UNIT 1 Report
The text is called a report text in written form.
A report text describes the way things are, with reference to a range of natural,
man-made and social phenomenon in our environment. It may contain descriptions, but it
often does more than describing phenomenon (a thing, event or situation). It also
classifies information. It has a logical sequence of facts that are stated without any
personal involvement (personal opinion) from the writer. In informational report, the tense
is timeless present. It means, the action always happens in the way in which it is
described, e.g. Human needs oxygen to breathe. You can find informational report in
textbooks, research assignments, lectures, reference articles, etc.

The structure of a report text is:


● general classification. It tells what the phenomenon under discussion is.
● description. It tells what the phenomenon under discussion is like in terms of parts;
qualities; habits or behaviors (if living) and uses (if non-natural).

The significant features of a report text are:


● focus on generic participants,
● use of the simple present tense to indicate ‘timeless’ nature of information,
● no temporal sequence, e.g. at first, and then, after that and finally,
● noun phrases are used rather than personal pronouns and the use of personal
pronouns is limited,
● some reports use technical vocabulary or scientific terms, e.g. species, oxygen, etc,
● using verbs of being and having (are, is, am, have, has) rather than action verbs
(sell, buy, use, take, etc.), and
● descriptive language is used (factual rather than imaginative e.g. language for
describing color, shape, size, body parts, habits, behaviors, functions, uses, etc.).

Info for teachers:


There are several steps to make a report text as follow.
1. Choose a subject for your report.
2. Make a list of questions about your subject that require facts for answers.
3. Research your subject. You can obtain information by using your school or local
library, searching the Internet, interviewing people and reading newspapers or
magazines.
4. Write the answers based on the information you have found during your research.
5. Organize your notes into the order in which you want to present your informational
report.
6. Write your first draft as an outline. It means writing the topic sentences and
putting a list of supporting points to make a paragraph.
7. Check that your draft contains facts, describes your subject, gives details about
your subject, uses a new paragraph to introduce new information, uses the
timeless present tense and uses the technical language related to the subject.
8. Use the informational report scaffold (general structure), which consists of general
classification and description to write your finished piece of text.
9. Read your final result to check for any mistake and revise it.
10. Publish or present your report.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 47


Grammar Section

Not only . . . but also . . .

Read the sentences and study the patterns.


Below are some sentences using not only in combination with but also.
1.
S Verb Not only Noun But also Noun
Adi eats not only chicken steak but also French fries.
We dance not only Kecak but also Serimpi.

2.
S Be Not only Adjective But also Adjective
Aditya is not only energetic but also generous.
Nita are not only tidy but also kind.
and Lia

3.
S Verb Not only Adverb But also Adverb
Eva sings not only helpful but also beautifully.
The girls make the bed not only smart but also neatly.

4.
S Not only Verb But also Verb
Agung not only swims but also dives.
I not only make the gift but also wrap it myself.

Look at the pattern number 4. It is different from the patterns number 1, 2 and 3. In number 4,
not only comes after the subject and before the verb of the sentence. In numbers 1, 2 and
3, not only comes after the verb/be.

Both . . . and . . .

Read the sentences and study the patterns.


Below are some sentences using both in combination with and. They follow similar patterns
to the previous one (not only . . . but also . . .). Learn them further by observing the following
patterns and sentences.
1.
S Verb Both Noun And Noun
My cat likes both playing ball and eating salty fish.
I am drinking both avocado juice and guava juice.

48 UNIT 1 Report
2.
S Be Both Adjective And Adjective
Nikita is both beautiful and kind.
Herman is both smart and cool.

3.
S Verb Both Adverb And Adverb
Kaka speaks English both fluently and clearly.
Shelly spends her pocket money both efficiently and effectively.

4.
S Both Verb And Verb
Novi both watches TV and eats her lunch.
Fandi both washes his bike and sings a song.

The pattern number 4 is different from the patterns number 1, 2 and 3. In number 4, both
comes after the subject and before the verb. In numbers 1, 2 and 3, both comes after the
verb. Notice the parallel structure in the examples. The same grammatical form (nouns,
verbs, adjectives, adverbs) should follow each word of the pair (both . . . and . . .).
Patterns:
● . . . both + noun + and + noun + . . .
● . . . both + adverb + and + adverb + . . .
● . . . both + adjective + and + adjective +. . .
● . . . both + verb + and + verb + . . .

Info:
● When two subjects are connected by not only . . . but also . . ., the subject that is
closer to the verb determines whether the verb is singular or plural.
● Two subjects connected by both . . . and . . . take a plural verb.
Examples:
1. Not only Radit but also Nova is at school now.
2. Both Radit and Nova are at school now.

Comparative and Superlative Degrees

Read the sentences.


Study the explanation.
In English, there are the comparative degrees and the superlative degrees. Look at the
following pictures and sentences to see the differences between comparative and the
superlative degrees.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 49


Vina Dodik Hendra

● Vina is the shortest among all.


● Vina is shorter than Didik.
● Dodik is taller than Vina.
● Hendra is the tallest among all.

Vina’s bag Dodik’s bag Hendra’s bag

● Vina’s bag is the cheapest among all.


● Dodik’s bag is more expensive than Vina’s.
● Hendra’s bag is more expensive than Dodik’s.
● Hendra’s bag is the most expensive among all.
Patterns:

● . . . adjective + -er + than . . .


Comparative degrees: ● . . . more + adjective + than . . .

Superlative degrees: ● the + adjecive + -est


● the + most + adjective

Info:
More and most are followed by more than two syllable adjectives, such as enormous,
comfortable, beautiful, diligent, expensive, careful, etc.

50 UNIT 1 Report
Comparative degrees (or sometimes are called comparative adjectives) are used to compare
or contrast more than two nouns. Superlative degrees (or sometimes are called superlative
adjectives) are used to compare or contrast more than two nouns. However, there are some
irregular comparative and superlative forms as follow.

Adjective Comparative Superlative

good better the best


bad worse the worst
little smaller/less the smallest/the least
much (many) more the most
far farther/further the farthest/the furthest
old older, elder the oldest, the eldest

Here are some more examples of sentences using comparative and superlative degrees.
1. Tanti’s note book is thicker than Toni’s.
2. I think Wawan is more intelligent than his brother.
3. Wahyu is the eldest child in his family.
4. It is the most delicious ice cream I’ve ever eaten.
Now, pay attention to the sentences below.
1. The river is getting shallower and shallower.
2. The smaller the package, the easier it is to bring.
The use of comparative in the sentences above means “semakin . . . semakin . . .”.

Answer the questions below.

1. Have you ever read a report text?


Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have.
2. Do you remember the topic of a report text you have read? What is it about?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. It is about human body.
3. Do you know the difference between a report text and a descriptive text? What is it?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. A report text describes the way things are; a descriptive text
describes a particular thing, person or place.
4. Where do you usually find report texts?
Contoh jawaban: In magazines, newspapers, textbooks, encyclopedia, etc.
5. Do you like reading a report text? Why?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I do. I like reading it because it gives me more knowledge.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 51


A. Listen to your teacher.
Match each monolog with its suitable picture.

Teks-teks yang dibacakan guru:


Text 1
You know, . . . bus stop is a designated place where a public transport bus stops for the
purpose of allowing passengers to board or leave a bus. Individual bus stops may simply be
placed on the sidewalk next to the roadway, although they can also be placed to facilitate use
of a bus way. Er . . . several bus stops may be grouped together to facilitate easy transfer
between routes. These may be arranged in a simple row along the street, or in parallel or
diagonal rows of multiple stops.
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Bus_stop (January 7, 2009)
Text 2
Have you ever gone to the bank? What did you do there? You know, a bank is an
institution that deals in money. They substitutes and provides other money-related services.
In its role as a financial intermediary, a bank accepts deposits and makes loans. Many banks
provide related services such as financial management and products such as mutual funds
and credit cards.
Adapted from: http://www.britannica.com/EBchecked/topic/51892/bank (January 7, 2009)
Text 3
I believe that you often go to the Internet cafe. What is an Internet cafe actually? Well,
an Internet cafe or cyber cafe is a place where one can use a computer with the Internet
access, most for a fee, usually per hour or minute. It may serve as a regular café as well, with
food and drinks being served. You know, many people use the place when traveling to access
web mail and instant messaging services to keep in touch with family and friends. In many
developing countries, Internet cafes are the primary form of the Internet access for citizens
because it is more affordable than personal ownership of equipment.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Internet_cafe (January 7, 2009)
Text 4
Well, friends, an airport is a transportation center used for the landing and take off of
aircrafts. Airports provide transportation not only for people but also for freight, such as mail,
foods and other important items. Um . . . an airport is composed of several areas and
structures that are designed to serve the needs of both aircraft and passengers, such as
runways where airplanes take off and land, maintenance and refueling facilities for aircraft and
hangars. For security purposes, access to major airports is usually limited to special roads.
Adapted from: http://encarta.msn.com/encyclopedia_761551920/Airport.html (January 7, 2009)

52 UNIT 1 Report
1 2 3 4

Picture source: http:// Picture source:http:// Picture source: http://


www.wordpress.com upload.wikimedia2.org www.aci.az.gov

Jawaban:
1. Text 3 2. Text 4 3. Text 1 4. Text 2

B. Listen to your teacher.


Rearrange the sentences based on the monolog you have heard.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


Have you ever been treated in a hospital? Do you think that you’ve got good treatment
there? You know, hospital is an institution for the care of the sick. It must give the patients the
best treatment.
Well, there are two main types of hospitals. They are general hospitals and special
hospitals. General hospitals are for all types of illness, while special hospitals are concerned
with only one disease or group of diseases.
Toward the end of the 19th century, hospital care was revolutionized by the discovery of
anesthesia, improvement in sanitation, establishment of hospital nursing schools and other
advances.
Hospitals in large cities have become huge medical centers equipped not only to treat the
ill but also to further the education of the medical staff, train nursing staff, perform a vital
research into the cause and cure of disease, and help the patient with convalescent (person
who is recovering from illness) and social problems.
Adapted from: http://www.encyclopedia.com/doc/1E1-hospital.html (January 7, 2009)

Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:


4 Hospitals in large cities have become huge medical centers equipped not only to treat
the ill but also to further the education of the medical staff, train nursing staff, perform a vital
research into the cause and cure of disease, and help the patient with convalescent
(person who is recovering from illness) and social problems.
1 Have you ever been treated in a hospital? Do you think that you’ve got good treatment
there? You know, hospital is an institution for the care of the sick. It must give the patients
the best treatment.
3 Toward the end of the 19th century, hospital care was revolutionized by the discovery of
anesthesia, improvement in sanitation, establishment of hospital nursing schools, and other
advances.
2 Well, there are two main types of hospitals. They are general hospitals and special
hospitals. General hospitals are for all types of illness, while special hospitals are
concerned with only one disease or group of diseases.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 53


C. Answer the questions based on the proper monolog in Task B.

1. What is the text about?


Jawaban: It’s about hospitals in general.
2. What is a hospital?
Jawaban: It is an institution for the care of the sick.
3. How many kinds of hospital are mentioned in the monolog? What are they?
Jawaban: Two. They are general hospitals and special hospitals.
4. What was called the revolution in hospital care toward the end of the 19th century?
Jawaban: The discovery of anesthesia, improvement in sanitation, establishment of hospital
nursing schools and other advances.
5. What are the functions of hospitals in large cities?
Jawaban: Their functions are not only to treat the ill but also to further the education of the
medical staff, train nursing staff, perform a vital research into the cause and cure of
disease, and help the patient with convalescent and social problems.

D. Listen to your teacher.


Fill in the blanks based on the monolog you have heard.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:


Is there a public library in your town? Have you ever read
or borrowed some books there?
You know, (1) a public library, also called a circulating
library, is a library which is (2) accessible by the public. It is
generally funded from (3) public sources, such as tax moneys,
and may be operated by (4) civil servants.
Actually, public libraries (5) exist in most nations of the
world. They are often considered an (6) essential part of
having an educated and (7) literate population. Well, public
libraries are different from (8) research libraries, school
libraries or other (9) special libraries. Do you know what the
difference is? Yeah, public libraries (10) serve the public’s
Picture source: www.Sarchive-
(11) information needs generally rather than serve
indonesia.com
a (12) particular school, institution or research (13) population. Public libraries
(14) typically focus on popular materials such as popular (15) fictions and movies. They focus on
(16) educational and (17) nonfiction materials of (18) interest to the general public.
(19) Computer and the Internet (20) access are also often offered.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org (January 7, 2009)

54 UNIT 1 Report
Variasi:
Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B.

A B Jawaban:
1. h
1. accessible a. ada 2. k
2. tax b. dibiayai 3. c
c. pegawai negeri 4. a
3. civil servant
d. penting 5. d
4. exist e. taksi 6. b
5. essential f. tertentu 7. f
6. funded g. terpelajar 8. i
7. particular h. dapat didatangi 9. j
i. khususnya 10. g
8. typically
j. umum
9. public k. pajak
10. literate l. kesusasteraan

E. State whether the statements below are true (T) or false (F) based on the complete
text in Task D.
Correct the false ones.
1. ______ A circulating library is accessible by the public.
2. ______ A public library is not important for literate population.
3. ______ Public libraries are dedicated for students only.
4. ______ Public libraries focus on popular materials.
5. ______ Computer and the Internet access are usually available in a public library.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F. Public libraries are often considered an essential part of having an educated and literate
population.
3. F. Public libraries serve the public’s information needs.
4. T
5. T

Variasi:
A. Listen to your teacher.
Fill in the blanks based on the monolog you have heard.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 55


Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Do you know a bus station? Well, (1) a bus station is a structure where city or
(2) intercity buses stop to (3) pick up and drop off (4) passengers.
Um . . . it is larger than (5) a bus stop, which is usually (6) simply a place on the
(7) sidewalk where buses can stop. It may be intended as a (8) terminal station for a number
of (9) routes, or as a (10) transfer station where the routes continue.
You know, bus station (11) platforms may be assigned to (12) fixed bus lines, or variable
in combination with a (13) dynamic passenger (14) information system. The latter
(15) requires fewer (16) platforms. However, it does not (17) supply the passengers the
(18) comfort of knowing (19) the platforms well (20) in advance and waiting there.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org (January 7, 2009)
B. Read the complete text in Task A.
Answer the questions orally.
1. What is the text about?
Jawaban: It’s about a bus station in general.
2. What is the main idea of paragraph one?
Jawaban: The definition of a bus station.
3. What is the main idea of paragraph two?
Jawaban: The comparison between a bus station and a bus stop.
4. What is the main idea of paragraph three?
Jawaban: Bus station platforms.
5. What are the fuctions of a bus station?
Jawaban: As a structure where city or intercity buses stop to pick up and drop off
passengers, as a terminal station for a number of routes and as a transfer
station where the routes continue.

F. Listen to your teacher. as recreational facilities or educational


Choose A, B, C or D for the correct resources, to contribute to the quality of life
answer. of the areas where they are situated, to
attract tourism to a region, to promote civic
Teks yang dibacakan guru: pride or even to transmit overtly ideological
Do you like visiting museums? What do concepts. Museums have a common goal.
you usually find there? Well, as we know, It is to preserve and interpret some
a museum is an institution dedicated to material aspects of society’s cultural
preserving and interpreting the primary consciousness.
concrete evidence of humankind and the Adapted from: http://www.britannica.com/
EBchecked/topic/398814/museum (January 7, 2009)
environment.
Of course, a museum is different from
a library. Do you know the difference? The 1. The monolog is about ________.
items in a museum are mainly unique and A. humankind preservation
represent the raw materials of study and B. museums in general
research. In a museum, the object in many C. concrete evidence of humankind
cases removed in time, place, and D. libraries in general
circumstance from its original context.
Er . . . museums have been founded for
a variety of purposes. They are built to serve

56 UNIT 1 Report
Jawaban: B 4. Which one is NOT the purpose of building
Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan a museum?
berdasarkan isi keseluruhan paragraf yang A. To serve recreational facilities.
membahas tentang museum secara B. To attract tourism.
umum. C. To preserve the environment.
D. To serve educational resources.
2. What makes a museum different from
Jawaban: C
a library?
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
A. It attracts tourism to a region.
tidak sesuai dengan kalimat dalam
B. It has unique collections.
paragraf tiga, ”They are built to serve as
C. It serves educational resources.
recreational facilities or educational
D. It provides many books.
resources, . . ., to attract tourisms to
Jawaban: B
a region, . . . .”.
Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan dari
kalimat ”The items in a museum are mainly 5. The common goal of museums is _______
unique . . . .” yang artinya ”Barang-barang some material aspects of society’s cultural
di museum adalah unik . . . .”. consciousness.
A. preserving and interpreting
3. “Of course, a museum is different from
B. selling and promoting
a library.” (Paragraph 2)
C. selling and preserving
What is the opposite of the underlined
D. promoting and preserving
word?
Jawaban: A
A. Similar. B. Clear.
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
C. Significant. D. Various.
sesuai dengan kalimat akhir paragraf tiga,
Jawaban: A
”It is to preserve and interpret some
Lawan kata ’different’ yang artinya
material aspects of society cultural
’berbeda’ adalah similar yang artinya
consciousness.”.
sama. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
Clear artinya jelas, significant artinya
penting, dan various artinya bermacam-
macam.

A. Read the text.


Retell the text using your own words.
A beach is gently a sloping strip of land bordering an ocean or other
body of water. It is formed by the action of rivers, waves, currents, tides
and wind. They are usually covered with sand.
Beaches change shape from day to day and season to season.
Waves, tides, currents and the wind sometimes broaden a beach by
depositing sand and sometimes narrow a beach by carrying sand away.
Beaches along the ocean are divided into a foreshore and a
backshore. The steepest part of the foreshore is called the beach face.
Some beaches consist primarily of materials derived from one kind of
rock, which may give the beach a distinctive color. Coral or limestone
produces white sand, and quartz usually produces yellowish sand.
Sands formed from volcanic rock are black.
Adapted from: http://encarta.msn.com/encyclopedia_761588015/Beach.html
(January 7, 2009)

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 57


Contoh jawaban:
Good morning, everyone. Today I’ll tell you about beaches in general. But before I tell you
further about it, I will ask you some questions. Have you been to a beach? What did you feel when
you were there? It was fun, isn’t it? Anyway, do you know what a beach is actually?
O.K., now listen to me. A beach is gently a sloping strip of land that borders an ocean or other
body of water. You know, the action of rivers, waves, currents, tides and wind form a beach. One
thing for sure, beaches are usually covered with sand.
Well, beaches change shapes from time to time. It’s all because of the movement of waves,
tides, currents and the wind. Those things both broaden a beach by depositing sand and narrow it
by carrying sand away.
I’ll tell you. There are two kinds of beaches, . . .a foreshore and a backshore. On the
foreshore, the steepest part is called the beach face.
Let’s talk about the beach composition. Well, some beaches consist primarily of materials
derived from one kind of rock. For example, coral or limestone produces white sand, quartz often
produces yellowish sand volcanic rock gives black color. No wonder, there are some beaches to
have different color with the others.
Well then, that’s all I can tell you about beaches. Thanks for listening.

B. Rearrange the sentences into a proper text.

Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:


4 These temporary types of amusement parks are usually present for a few days or
weeks per year, such as funfairs in the United Kingdom, and carnivals (temporarily set up in
a vacant lot or parking lots) or fairs (temporarily operated in a fair ground) in the United
States.
5 The temporary nature of these fairs helps to convey the feeling that people are in
a different place or time.
1 Amusement park is the generic term for a collection of rides and other entertainment
attractions assembled for the purpose of entertaining a large group of people.
3 Most amusement parks have a fixed location, as compared to traveling funfairs and
carnivals.
2 Amusement parks evolved in Europe from fairs and pleasure gardens which were
created for people’s recreation.
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Amusement_park (January 3, 2009)

C. Retell the text in Task B using your own words.


Contoh jawaban:
Hello, friends. Have you ever been to an amusement park? Do you know what an amusement
park is? Well, in this occasion I’d like to tell you about it. When you go to a place full of
a collection of rides and other entertainment attractions that entertain so many people, it means
you’re at an amusement park. The term amusement park is from Europe actually. At first, it’s only
fairs and pleasure gardens that are made for people’s recreation. Most of amusement parks are
settled. They are different from traveling funfairs and carnivals that are usually present for a few
days or weeks per year, such as funfairs in the United Kingdom, carnivals that are temporarily set
up in a vacant lot or parking lots and fairs that are temporarily operated in a fair ground in the
United States. In the temporary fairs, people may feel that they are in a different place or time.
O.K., friends. That’s all about amusement parks. Thank you for listening.

58 UNIT 1 Report
D. Read the text in Task B.
Answer the questions orally.

1. What is the generic term for a collection of rides and other entertainment attractions
assembled for the purpose of entertaining a large group of people?
Jawaban: Amusement park.
2. What are amusement parks in Europe evolved from?
Jawaban: Fairs and pleasure gardens.
3. Compared to traveling funfairs and carnivals, what do most amusement parks have?
Jawaban: A fixed location.
4. How often do the funfairs or carnivals present?
Jawaban: A few days or weeks per year.
5. What does the temporary nature of the temporary fairs help to convey?
Jawaban: The feeling that people are in a different place or time.

E. Look at the picture and read the data.


Tell a report text based on them.
You can add more information from other related sources.

Picture source:http://www.static.flickr.com

● Underground railways are also called subways, metros or even just tubes.
● Here are three kinds, open-cut, cut-and-cover, and tube.
● Open-cut subways are built by digging rectangular ditches in streets like much of New York’s
subway.
● Cut-and-cover subways are when an open-cut subway is covered again with a road or
pavement.
● Tubes are deep, round tunnels created by boring through the ground, like most of London’s
lines.
● Underground railways avoid people from the heavy traffic found in city centers.
Source: 1000 Facts on Buildings and Transport

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 59


Contoh jawaban:
Hello, friends. In this occasion, let me tell you about underground railways. Um, have you ever
seen how an underground railway looks like? Well, . . . it looks like this. It is under ground and it is
usually found in urban areas. Sometimes, people call it subway, metro or just tube. There are three
kinds of underground railway. First of all, it is open-cut subway. It is built by digging rectangular
ditches in streets. It’s like much of New York’s subway. Have you ever seen it? The second type is
cut-and-cover subway. It is similar to the open-cut one, but it is covered with a road or pavement.
The last one is tube. It is deep and round tunnels. People make it by boring through the ground. It’s
like most of London’s lines. Underground railways avoid people from the heavy traffic found in city
centers. Today, many cities throughout the world have underground, electrically powered railway
systems for mass passenger transport.

F. Find a report text about a public place.


Tell it in front of the class using your own words.
Contoh jawaban:
I’m sure all of you are familiar with the word ‘school’. Anyone knows where that word actually
comes from? Well, ‘school’ actually comes from Greek word, scholç. It originally means leisure. It is
an institution where you are allowed and encouraged to learn, under the supervision of teachers.
You know, almost all countries have systems of formal education. The systems where students
progress through a series of schools are compulsory for the citizen. The series of schools have
different name, but in common, there are primary school for young children and secondary school
for teenagers who have completed primary education. Additionally, students may also have access
to and attend schools both before and after primary and secondary education. For example,
kindergarten or pre-school which provides some schooling to very young children (typically ages
3–5) and university, vocational school, college or seminary which may be available after secondary
school. Um . . ., I think that’s all about schools. Thank you.Source: http://en.wikipedia.org (January 3, 2009)

Variasi:
Guru menyuruh siswa yang sudah mempresentasikan teks memberikan beberapa pertanyaan
tentang teks tersebut.
Contoh pertanyaan:
1. What does the word ‘school’ actually mean?
Jawaban: It means leisure.
2. Where does the word ‘school’ come from?
Jawaban: Greek.
3. What is a school?
Jawaban: It is an institution where we are allowed and encouraged to learn, under the
supervision of teachers.
4. What is a primary school?
Jawaban: It is a school for young children.
5. What is secondary school?
Jawaban: A school for teenagers who have completed primary education.

60 UNIT 1 Report
A. Read the text with proper pronunciation and intonation.

A ballroom is a large room inside a building. The designated purpose of which is holding
formal dances is called balls. Traditionally, most balls were held in private residences; many
mansions contain one or more ballrooms. In other large houses, a large room such as the main
drawing room, long gallery or hall may double as a ballroom, but a good ballroom should have the
right type of floor.
Ballrooms are generally quite large, and may have ceilings higher than other rooms in the
same building. The large amount of space for dancing, as well as the highly formal tone of events
have given rise to ballroom dancing. The largest balls are now nearly always held in public
buildings, and many hotels have a ballroom. They are also designed large to help the sound of
orchestras carry throughout the whole room.
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org (January 3, 2009)

Variasi:
Answer the questions based on the text in Task A.
1. What is the text about?
Jawaban: It’s about ballrooms in general.
2. What is the main idea of paragraph two?
Jawaban: The size of ballrooms in general.
3. Why is a ballroom large?
Jawaban: To give space for dancing and to help the sound of orchestras carry throughout
the whole room.
4. How is the ceiling in a ballroom compared with other rooms, in the same building?
Jawaban: It is higher.
5. What does a good ballroom should have?
Jawaban: The right type of floor.

B. Complete the text with the suitable words in the box.

a. traditions b. specialize c. fine d. foreign e. simple


f. pay g. vegetarian h. casual i. waiter j. fast food

Restaurant
Restaurant is a place that offers (1) ________ dining with a wide selection of foods and
beverages, and table service. It may also have attached coffee shop and specialized (ethnic) and
(2) ________ restaurants. Restaurants range from ordinary lunching or dining places for people
working nearby, with simple food served in (3) ________ settings at low prices, to expensive
establishments serving refined food and wines in a formal setting. In the former case, customers
usually wear (4) ________ clothing. In the latter case, depending on culture and local
(5) ________, customers might wear semi-casual, semi-formal, or even in formal wear.
Typically, customers’ orders are taken by a (6) ________. The waiter brings the food when it is
ready. The customers (7) ________ the bill before leaving. Restaurants often (8) ________ in
certain types of food or present a certain unifying and often entertaining theme. For example, there

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 61


are seafood restaurants, (9) ________ restaurants or ethnic restaurants. In general, restaurants
which sell “local” foods are simply called restaurants. In addition, restaurants which sell food of
(10) ________ are called accordingly, for example, a Chinese restaurant and a French restaurant.
Adapted from: http://www.answers.com/topic/restaurant#Britannica_Concise_Encyclopedia (January 9, 2009)
Jawaban:
1. c 2. j 3. e 4. h 5. a 6. i 7. f 8. b 9. g 10. d

C. Read the text.


Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Correct the false ones.

Hotels
People sometimes need hotels if they travel far from homes. They sometimes need hotels
when they arrive in cities late at night and they do not have any relatives there.
Hotels are places that provide lodging and usually meals and various personal services for the
public. A good hotel provides many comforts and conveniences. Hotels with hundreds of rooms are
common. People can find the advertisements of hotels in newspapers, brochures, the Internet and
magazines.
Downtown hotels survive and prosper because of two important factors. First, business
travelers wish to stay close to the offices or industrial plants they plan to visit. Second, the location
of the airport is close to the hotels. As the pace of jet travel grows, hotels spring up near airports.
Some travelers stay at airport inns when their flights are delayed. To save time, business
executives often select airport hotels for meetings or conferences. Once the plane lands, the hotel
is only minutes away.
Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

Statements:
1. ______ The text talks about hotels in general.
2. ______ People needs hotel for their relatives.
3. ______ During traveling, staying in a hotel is a must.
4. ______ Hotels provide various personal services for certain people.
5. ______ We can hardly find hotels with hundreds of rooms.
6. ______ People may find the advertisements of hotels in newspapers.
7. ______ Business travelers keep downtown hotels survive and prosper.
8. ______ As the pace of jet travel grows, many hotels are built near airports.
9. ______ Business travelers prefer staying at the uptown hotel.
10. ______ Business travelers often choose airport hotels to save time.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F. People need hotels if they travel far from homes.
3. F. Staying in a hotel is optional. It’s not a must. People sometimes need to stay in a hotel
when they arrive in cities late at night and they do not have any relatives there.
4. F. Hotels provide various personal services for the public.
5. F. Hotels with hundreds of rooms are common which means we can easily find them.
6. T
7. T
8. T
9. F. Business travelers prefer stay at the downtown hotel because they wish to stay close to the
offices or industrial plants they plan to visit and the location of the airport is close to the hotels.
10. T

62 UNIT 1 Report
D. Rearrange the paragraphs into a proper text.
Then, identify its text structure.

Teks yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:


4 Raised platforms are usually present to allow passengers to access trains easily and
safely. Platforms may be connected by subways, footbridges or level crossings. Passenger
facilities such as shelter, ticket sales and benches can be found on the platforms or in the
station’s public buildings.
1 A train station, railway station, railroad station or station yard is a facility at which
passengers may board and alight from trains and/or rail-transported freight may be loaded
or unloaded.
3 Dual purpose stations can sometimes still be found today; though, in many cases
goods facilities are restricted to major stations. Stations are sited either next to a railway line
or at the end of one.
2 A train station usually consists of at least one building for passengers (and possibly
freight) plus other installations associated with the functioning of the railway or railroad.
A small station with few facilities and/or limited use may be known as a “halt” in U.K. usage,
or in U.S. usage a “stop”. “Train station” has only been in relatively recent usage in Great
Britain and Australia, with the older term “railway station” normally being used.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org (January 7, 2009)
Jawaban:
A train station, railway station, railroad station or station yard is
General
a facility at which passengers may board and alight from trains and/or
Classification
rail-transported freight may be loaded or unloaded.

A train station usually consists of at least one building for


passengers (and possibly freight) plus other installations associated
with the functioning of the railway or railroad. A small station with few
facilities and/or limited use may be known as a “halt” in U.K. usage, or
in U.S. usage a “stop”. “Train station” has only been in relatively recent
usage in Great Britain and Australia, with the older term “railway
station” normally being used.
Descriptions Dual purpose stations can sometimes still be found today; though,
in many cases goods facilities are restricted to major stations. Stations
are sited either next to a railway line or at the end of one.
Raised platforms are usually present to allow passengers to
access trains easily and safely. Platforms may be connected by
subways, footbridges, or level crossings. Passenger facilities such as
shelter, ticket sales and benches can be found on the platforms or in
the station’s public buildings.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 63


Variasi:
A. Rearange the sentences into a proper text.
Kalimat-kalimat yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
4 The back rooms of a post office are where mail is processed for delivery. Mails may also
be processed in other post offices that are not open to the general public.
2 Post offices offer mail-related services such as post office boxes, postage and packaging
supplies.
3 In addition, some post offices offer non-postal services such as passport applications
and other government forms, money orders and banking services.
1 A post office is a facility authorized by a postal system for the posting, receipt, sorting,
handling, transmission or delivery of mails.
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Post_office (January 7, 2009)

B. Complete the statements based on the text.


1. The text is about ________.
2. Basically, a post office offers mail-related services such as ________.
3. Some post offices offer non-postal services such as ________.
4. Mails are usually processed for delivery in ________.
5. Mails may also be processed ________. It means that are not open to the general public.
Jawaban:
1. post offices in general
2. post office boxes, postage and packaging supplies
3. passport applications and other government forms, money orders and banking services
4. the back rooms of a post office
5. privately

programs and make decisions about the types


E. Read the text.
of species put on public display and the
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
housing conditions they need while
answer.
veterinarians are concerned with animal health.
Zookeepers tend to the day-to-day welfare of
Zoo (also known as zoological garden or
the animals in their charge, including feeding
zoological park) institution devoted to the
and grooming animals and maintaining
exhibition, preservation and study of animals.
enclosures. They often deal with questions from
Although most people visit zoos for
visitors. All of these positions require at least
entertainment, zoos also educate the public
a bachelor’s degree in biology, zoology or
about animal behavior, natural habitats and the
another animal-related field, as well as
plight of animals in danger of extinction. Zoos
first-hand experience with animals.
play a role in the conservation of threatened or
endangered animals by developing innovative Source: http://encarta.msn.com/encyclopedia_761566239/
Zoo.html (January 7, 2009)
breeding programs to maintain populations of
species that are in decline. Zoos also conduct 1. What is the text about?
a scientific research on animal diseases, A. Zoos in general.
nutrition, reproduction and behavior. B. Animal behavior.
Zoos employ several kinds of workers to C. Endangered animals.
care for animals. Zoologists (scientists who D. Zoo workers.
study animals) arrange captive breeding

64 UNIT 1 Report
Jawaban: A bermakna berbeda. Understanding artinya
Secara keseluruhan teks tersebut pemahaman, acknowledgement artinya
menjelaskan kebun binatang secara umum pengakuan, dan knowledge artinya
(zoos in general). Dalam teks tersebut pengetahuan.
dijelaskan pengertian kebun binatang, 4. “They often deal with questions from
tujuan dibangunnya kebun binatang, serta visitors.” (Paragraph 2)
orang-orang yang bekerja di kebun What does the underlined word refer to?
binatang. A. Visitors. B. Veterinarians.
2. Zoo is devoted to the following, except C. Zookeepers. D. Zoologists.
________. Jawaban: C
A. the exhibition of animals Pronoun ’they’ mengacu pada subjek/
B. the study of animals pelaku, yaitu zookeepers, yang disebutkan
C. the preservation of animals dalam kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu
D. the trading of animals ”Zookeepers tend to . . . .”.
Jawaban: D 5. zoologists–veterinarians–workers–but–
Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan dari 1 2 3 4
kalimat pertama paragraf satu ”. . . devoted
to the exhibition, preservation and study of zoo–only–are–also–not
animals.”. Jadi, yang bukan tujuan kebun 5 6 7 8 9
binatang adalah (D) yang artinya The correct arrangement of the jumbled
perdagangan hewan. words is ________.
3. “Zookeepers tend to the day-to-day welfare A. 1–2–3–7–9–6–5–4–8
of the animals in their charge, . . . .” B. 5–2–1–9–6–7–4–8–3
The underlined word can be best replaced C. 5–3–1–9–6–7–4–8–2
by ________. D. 5–3–7–9–6–1–4–8–2
A. understanding Jawaban: D
B. responsibility Sesuai dengan konteks dan tata bahasa
C. acknowledgement yang benar, susunan kalimat yang tepat
D. knowledge adalah ”Zoo workers are not only
Jawaban: B zoologists but also veterinarians.” yang
Kata ’charge’ artinya ’tanggung jawab’. artinya ”Petugas kebun binatang tidak
Kata ini memiliki arti yang sama dengan hanya ahli dalam ilmu hewan, tetapi juga
kata responsibility, yaitu tanggung jawab. dokter hewan.”.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena

A. Read the text.


Rewrite it using your own words.

Floating Markets
On a floating market hundreds of boats gather to form a place of trading activities. Both
buyers and sellers conduct transactions on their boats. The markets are situated in big rivers,
such as Musi River in Palembang (Indonesia), Mekhong River in Thailand and some in
Vietnam. The markets meet all day long, but are at their most noisy and busy in the morning.
There are thousands of small boats full of agricultural products, mostly fruits and vegetables.
Some boats have roofs, some do not. Commonly, the signal to buy is whistling or waving hand.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 65


Contoh jawaban:
Floating market is a place where trading activities on boats are gathered. Not only sellers but
also buyers conduct transaction on their boats. Floating markets can usually be found in big rivers
like Musi River in Palembang (Indonesia), Mekhong River in Thailand and some in Vietnam.
Although it lasts for a day long, it is very crowded in the morning. Thousands of boats full of
agricultural products, mostly fruits and vegetables, are there. Some of them have roofs, some
don’t. For trading, the buyers give a sign to the sellers by whistling or waving hand.

B. Combine the sentences using not only . . . but also . . . and both . . . and . . . .

Example:
I sell bed sheets.
I sell bed covers.
o I sell not only bed sheets but also bed covers.
o I sell both bed sheets and bed covers.

1. Tania is beautiful. 4. Mr. Evan is wise.


Tania is smart. Mr. Evan is humble.
2. Delia buys books. 5. We are satisfied.
Delia buys clothes. We are delightful.
3. Anton likes football.
Anton likes baseball.
Jawaban:
1. Tania is not only beautiful but also smart.
Tania is both beautiful and smart.
2. Delia buys not only books but also clothes.
Delia buys both books and clothes.
3. Anton likes not only football but also baseball.
Anton likes both football and baseball.
4. Mr. Evan are not only wise but also humble.
Mr. Evan are both wise and humble.
5. We are not only satisfied but also delightful.
We are both satisfied and delightful.

Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut.
1. You hate rats. 6. You speak loudly.
You hate cockroaches. You speak clearly.
2. Teddy is lazy. 7. Dede sleeps soundly.
Teddy is grouchy. Dede sleeps peacefully.
3. The man is tall. 8. The girls run.
The man is big. The girls scream.
4. The girl is reading a magazine. 9. Mandy swims.
The girl is listening to music. Mandy dives.
5. The boy eats pizza. 10. I like cake.
The boy drinks avocado juice. I like pudding.

66 UNIT 1 Report
Jawaban:
1. You hate not only rats but also 6. You speak not only loudly but also
cockroaches. clearly.
You hate both rats and cockroaches. You speak both loudly and clearly.
2. Teddy is not only lazy but also grouchy. 7. Dede sleeps not only soundly but also
Teddy is both lazy and grouchy. peacefully.
3. The man is not only tall but also big. Dede sleeps both soundly and
The man is both tall and big. peacefully.
4. The girl is not only reading a magazine 8. The girls not only run but also scream.
but also listening to music. The girls both run and scream.
The girl is both reading a magazine and 9. Mandy not only swims but also dives.
listening to music. Mandy both swims and dives.
5. The boy not only eats pizza but also 10. I like not only cake but also pudding.
drinks avocado juice. I like both cake and pudding.
The boy both eats pizza and drinks
avocado juice.

C. Look at the things around you.


Compare their condition(s) now to their previous condition(s).
Use comparative or superlative degrees.
Example:
The street in front of my school is more crowded today than it was yesterday.
Contoh jawaban:
1. SMP Harapan Jaya is 200 meters larger now than it was two years ago.
2. My neighborhood is more crowded now that it was last year.
3. My school library is the best in town.
4. Ms. Kartini’s grocery is the cheapest among all.
5. Flamboyan park is the most favorite place in my town.

D. Create a report text based on the picture.


It is about town squares.
Use facts and avoid opinions.

Contoh jawaban:
Town Squares
A town square is an open area which is commonly found
in the heart of a traditional town. It is usually used for
community gatherings. Other names for town square are civic
center, city square, urban square, market square, public
Picture source: http://www.Prague old square, plaza (from Spanish), piazza (from Italian) and place
town square south.com (from French).

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 67


Most town squares are suitable for open markets, music concerts, political rallies and other
events that require firm ground. Being centrally located, town squares are usually surrounded by
small shops such as bakeries, meat markets, cheese stores and clothing stores. At their center is
often a fountain, well, monument or statue. Many of those with fountains are actually named
Fountain Square.
Source: http://www.answers.com/town%20squares (January 3, 2009)

1.3 Short Functional Texts: Announcements and Notices

Spoken Text

Read the text and study the explanation.


Good morning, ladies and gentlemen. We are delighted to welcome you aboard
T-journey Airways. Please ensure that your seat belt is fastened. We’re going to take off in ten
minutes. Please enjoy your flight. Thank you.

The text above is a spoken announcement. It is stated publicly. It usually starts with
an expressions of gaining attention or salutation and sometimes ends with an expression
of thanking. It gives people information or news. It is usually short so that people can
remember easily what it is about. There are many other kinds of announcements such as
graduation, wedding, birth, death (obituary), ads announcement, etc. The announcement
contents depend on the events and the announcer’s purpose. It can be commercial or
non-commercial.

Written Text

Read the text and study the explanation.

Turn off the lamp before leaving the room

The text above is a notice. It functions to give information, instruction or warning for
people. It is usually short and clear.

68 UNIT 1 Report
Answer the questions orally.
1. What picture is it?
Contoh jawaban: It is a picture of a beach with rough
wave.
2. Have you been to a place like that?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have been there three times.
3. What do you think about the wave in the picture?
How do you feel about it?
Contoh jawaban: I think the wave is rough enough.
It scares me and is annoying that I
can’t play close to the sea.
4. Have you ever heard any announcement in that place?
What was it about?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have. It was a warning not to Picture source: www.halmaherautara.com
swim in the sea.
5. Have you ever read any notice in that place? What was it about?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have. It was “Do not swim.”

A. Listen to your teacher.


Complete the text based on what you have heard.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:


(1) Attention to Surya Rahadi from Suka Maju. You are (2) expected to come to the
(3) information center in the (4) first floor, next to (5) the elevator. Your mother is waiting for you.
Thank you.

B. Listen to your teacher.


Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


Attention, please. The Argo Lawu train from Jakarta to Solo will arrive half an hour late due
to flooding in Jakarta. And it will depart an hour late as scheduled. To all passengers, we
apologize for this inconvenience. Thank you.

1. ______ We may hear the announcement in a railway station.


2. ______ The train from Jakarta to Solo will be 15 minutes late.
3. ______ The train will come late because of technical problems.
4. ______ The late of the train is a nuisance for its passengers.
5. ______ The departure of a train may affect its arrival.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 69


Jawaban:
1. T
2. F. The train will be half an hour (30 minutes) late.
3. F. The train will come late because of flooding in Jakarta.
4. T
5. T

C. Listen to your teacher. 3. The announcement is for ________.


Choose A, B, C or D for the correct A. people in general
answer. B. the cinema’s owner
C. the movie’s goers
D. people around the cinema building
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Jawaban: C
Good afternoon, everybody. Pengumuman tersebut diperdengarkan di
Welcome to Buena Cinema. The movie gedung bioskop. Oleh karena itu,
will start in some minutes. The light will be pengumuman tersebut ditujukan kepada
turned off soon. You are not allowed to do para penonton film (the movie’s goers).
any forms of pirating and disturb others.
4. “The movie will start in some minutes.”
Please have a seat and enjoy the show.
The underlined word has a similar
Thanks for your cooperation.
meaning to ________.
A. end
1. We may hear the announcement B. begin
________ the movie begins. C. finish
A. when D. continue
B. during Jawaban: B
C. after Kata ’start’ memiliki arti sama dengan kata
D. before ’begin’, yaitu mulai. End dan finish artinya
Jawaban: D berakhir/selesai, sedangkan continue
Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan dari artinya bersambung, berkelanjutan.
kalimat ”The movie will start in some
minutes.” yang artinya ”Film akan dimulai 5. The light is ________ when the movie
beberapa menit lagi.”. Jadi, pengumuman starts.
tersebut diperdengarkan sebelum (before) A. turned off
film dimulai. B. turned on
C. turned back
2. Which one is allowed to do in the cinema? D. turned left
A. Watch the show. Jawaban: A
B. Do piracy. Pilihan jawaban tersebut sesuai dengan
C. Take pictures. kalimat ”The light will be turned off soon.”.
D. Disturb others.
Jawaban: A
Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan dari
kalimat ”Please have a seat and enjoy the
show.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah
karena merupakan hal yang dilarang.

70 UNIT 1 Report
A. Listen to your teacher.
Complete the text based on what you have heard.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:


Attention to all students of SMP Merdeka. Your (1) buses will leave in about (2) fifteen
minutes. For those who are still inside (3) the museum, you are expected to go back to the buses
in (4) the parking lot soon. All teachers and the (5) bus crew are waiting. For all (6) group
captains, please do (7) check up your members. If you (8) have lost any of them, (9) contact
your teachers or the (10) tour guides. Thank you.

B. Read the complete announcement in Task A.


Answer the questions orally.

1. What is the text about?


Jawaban: It’s about an announcement for the students of SMP Merdeka to go back to their
buses soon.
2. Whom is the announcement for?
Jawaban: All students of SMP Merdeka.
3. When will the buses leave?
Jawaban: In about fifteen minutes.
4. Where are the buses?
Jawaban: In the parking lot.
5. Where are the students now?
Jawaban: In the museum.
6. Who are waiting for the students in the buses?
Jawaban: The teachers and the bus crew.
7. What should the group captains do after they have heard the announcement?
Jawaban: Check up their members.
8. Whom should the group captains contact if they have lost their members?
Jawaban: The teachers or the tour guides.
9. In what occasion do you think you can hear such an announcement?
Jawaban: In a study tour.
10. Who do you think tells the announcement?
Jawaban: One of the teachers or the tour leaders.

C. Retell the announcement in Task A using your own words.


Contoh jawaban:
Attention, please. To all students of Merdeka Junior High School, please go back to your
buses in the parking lot now. The time for visiting the museum is almost out. You will leave this
place in fifteen minutes. All teachers and the bus crew are waiting for you. For the group captains,
check your members. Please tell your teachers or the tour guides if you have lost your members.
Thank you.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 71


D. What announcement have you heard recently?
Retell it using your own words.

Contoh jawaban:
I heard an announcement when I was in a mall. Here is the announcement.
“Welcome to our clothing department. Get some free coupons. Today we offer a 50% sale for some
products with yellow labels. Enjoy the discount. Own your branded clothing with relatively low
prices. This discount is until August the thirty-first. Also get an opportunity of winning fifty million
rupiah. So, don’t miss it.”

A. Where do you usually find each notice below?


Match each notice with the suitable picture.

a. b.

c. d. e.

1. 2.
Don’t feed the animals Organics only

3. Flammable! 4. Turn left, go ahead

5. Jawaban:
Be silent. Exam in progress 1. c 2. e
3. d 4. b
5. a

72 UNIT 1 Report
B. Match the notices with their correct meanings in the box.

a. It is not safe for children.


b. We can’t enter the room unless we are the employees.
c. We can’t pass through the area.
d. The high voltage is dangerous for us. We had better not to get close to the area.
e. Vehicles should move slowly in the area. Because it is the school zone and some times
there are many students crossing the street.

1. 2. 3.
Staff only Keep out of the reach of children Danger! High Voltage!

4. 5.
Slowly please. School zone No trespassing

Jawaban:
1. b 2. a 3. d 4. e 5. c

Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru dapat memberikan tambahan soal lain.

a. We can only throw non-organic waste into the garbage can.


b. We can’t throw garbage improperly.
c. We should be aware with the substance since it is poisonous.
d. We should not touch the chair because of wet paint.
e. Smoking is strictly forbidden in the area.

1. 2. 3.
Don’t litter Wet paint Non-smoking area

4. 5.
Non-organic only Dangerous toxic

Jawaban:
1. b 2. d 3. e 4. a 5. c

A. Rearrange the sentences into proper notices.


1. safety–for–helmet–your–wear.
2. make–don’t–in–noises–room–this.
3. the–turn–off–electricity–before–you–leave–room–the.
4. you–computer–the–shut–down–after–it–use.
5. seat–belt–fasten–your.
Jawaban:
1. Wear helmet for your safety.
2. Don’t make noises in this room.
3. Turn off the electricity before you leave the room.
4. Shut down the computer after you use it.
5. Fasten your seat belt.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 73


B. Read the situations.
Write notices based on them.
1. There are many pickpockets in the market. Many people do not know about that.
2. The road is slippery. Many people slipped there.
3. Your father bought you a parrot. Unfortunately, your parrot is not friendly to others. Most of the
time it pecks people who come to your house.
4. You have decorated a room for your little sister’s birthday party. It is so beautiful and you don’t
want anybody to enter and ruin the room before the party is held.
5. You are an animal lover. You join a campaign against the use of products made of endangered
animals’ parts of body.
Jawaban:
1. 2.
Beware of pickpockets! Watch out! Slippery road

3. 4.
Don’t get closer. Aggressive parrot No entrance

5.
Don’t use products made of endangered animals

Variasi:
Make notices as many as you can from the words in the box.

don’t the car children only wild

make too deep out of don’t

noise fast don’t package area

keep don’t feed play mud

out of throw heavy river drive

the grass rubbish in teenagers be careful

no adults keep the

don’t entrance animal littering

Contoh jawaban:
1. Don’t make noises. 2. Keep out of the grass.
3. No entrance. 4. Don’t drive the car too fast.
5. Don’t throw rubbish. 6. Be careful! Wild animals.
7. Be careful! Deep river. 8. Don’t feed the animal.
9. Keep out of the area. 10. No littering.
11. Adults only. 12. Children only.
13. Teenagers only. 14. Don’t play in the mud.
15. Be careful! Heavy package.

74 UNIT 1 Report
Go around the town. Find a public facility. Write a report text about the common things
of it.
What announcement can you hear in such a place? What notice(s) can you find?
Share your work with your friend.

Read and memorize the words. intercity : antarkota


Use them whenever you speak English. litter : membuang sampah,
mengotori
advance : tingkat mahir mud : lumpur
agricultural : berhubungan dengan ostrich : burung unta
pertanian pick up : menjemput
aisle : bagian, gang pickpocket : pencopet
dairy : produk susu atau terbuat platform : peron
dari susu public facility : fasilitas umum
drop off : singgah reservation : pemesanan
evolved : berkembang ruin : merusak/menghancurkan
exhibition : pameran simply : secara sederhana
fair ground : semacam pasar malam suit : cocok
fixed location : lokasi tetap temporarily : sementara
floating market : pasar apung tourist resort : objek wisata
frozen food : makanan beku trespass : melintas
intelligent : cerdas wade : menyeberang

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 75


Jawaban: B
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan dari
answer. kalimat ”Ms. Laura told me about it
yesterday.”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 to 4. salah karena tidak sesuai isi percakapan.
Hanung : There will be an English poem 4. The contest will be held ________.
reading contest next month. A. next month
Angga : Is it confirmed? B. next week
Hanung : It is. Ms. Laura told me about it C. last month
yesterday. So, will you join? D. tomorrow
Angga : I’m not sure. My English Jawaban: A
pronunciation is not really good. Pilihan jawaban tersebut sesuai dengan
1. What is the text about? kalimat ”There will be an English poem
A. Next month class activities. reading contest next month.”.
B. A new English teacher.
For questions 5 and 6, choose the correct
C. An English poem reading contest.
words to complete the dialog.
D. A pronunciation practice.
Jawaban: C Erni : Look! My father bought me
Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan dari an electronic dictionary.
kalimat yang diucapkan Hanung, ”There Andini : (5) ________ about its quality?
will be an English poem reading contest Erni : I’m quite sure. My sister also has
next month.”. a similar electronic dictionary.
Andini : Wow! It can also produce sound. We
2. Angga said, “Is it confirmed?”
can imitate the sound to practice the
What does the word ‘it’ refer to?
words. (6) ________!
A. Information about next month class
I like it.
activities.
Erni : I know it. That’s why I show you this
B. Information about the new English
dictionary to you.
teacher.
C. Information about the English poem 5. A. I can’t tell you
reading contest. B. It’s confirmed
D. Information about the pronunciation C. I don’t think so
practice. D. Are you sure
Jawaban: C Jawaban: D
Kata ’it’ merujuk pada informasi mengenai Respons Erni setelah kalimat soal adalah
lomba membaca puisi berbahasa Inggris. ”I’m quite sure.”. Kalimat tersebut
Hal tersebut disimpulkan dari ungkapan merupakan ungkapan menyatakan
sebelumnya yang diucapkan oleh Hanung, kepastian. Jadi, ungkapan yang cocok
yaitu ”There will be an English poem dengan jawaban tersebut adalah yang
reading contest next month.”. menanyakan tentang kepastian, yaitu ”Are
you sure?”.
3. Who told Hanung about the contest?
A. The Principal did. 6. A. What terrible technology
B. Ms. Laura did. B. What a great gadget
C. Angga did. C. How bad it is
D. Hanung’s friend did. D. How terrible

76 UNIT 1 Report
Jawaban: B Jawaban: A
Dalam percakapan tersebut Andini Pada gambar terlihat bahwa Kiara paling
mengagumi kamus elektronik milik Eni. Dia pendek (the shortest) di antara semuanya.
juga menyatakan bahwa dia menyukainya.
Jadi, dapat dipastikan bahwa barang Read the dialog and answer questions 11 to
tersebut bagus (What a great gadget!). 13.
Ari : Hi, Desta. How are you today? Have
Look at the pictures and answer questions
you recovered from your sore throat?
7 to 10.
Desta : Hi, Ari. Yes, I’m fine.
Ari : Anyway, how about our plan to buy
a gift for Sita? Can you make it this
afternoon?
Desta : Sure, I can. What about you?
Ari : I have no problem with the time.
At 2 o’clock, right?
Desta : Yes, it’s confirmed.
11. What is the dialog about?
Renaldi Meisya Kiara A. An appointment to give a gift.
7. Renaldi is _____ than Meisya. B. An appointment to visit a friend.
A. heavier C. An appointment to buy a gift.
B. shorter D. An appointment to see a doctor.
C. higher Jawaban: C
D. taller Pilihan jawaban tersebut sesuai dengan isi
Jawaban: D percakapan, yaitu Ari dan Desta yang
Pada gambar terlihat bahwa Renaldi lebih membuat janji membeli hadiah untuk Sita
tinggi daripada Meisya. Karena subjek (to buy a gift). Dalam percakapan tersebut,
merupakan orang, kata yang digunakan Ari bertanya, ”Anyway, how about our plan
adalah taller, bukan higher. Heavier artinya to buy a gift for Sita?” dan Desta
lebih berat dan shorter artinya lebih menjawab, “Sure, I can.”.
pendek. 12. What did Desta suffer from?
8. Kiara is ________ than Meisya and A. Influenza.
Renaldi. B. Sore throat.
A. taller B. shorter C. Cough.
C. higher D. heavier D. Fever.
Jawaban: B Jawaban: B
Pada gambar terlihat bahwa Kiara lebih Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan
pendek (shorter) daripada Meisya dan berdasarkan kalimat Ari, ”Have you
Renaldi. recovered from your sore throat?”.

9. Renaldi is the ________ among all. 13. Desta said, “Yes, it’s confirmed.”
A. shortest B. taller What does it mean?
C. tallest D. shorter A. He shows his certainty.
Jawaban: C B. He asks for certainty.
Pada gambar terlihat bahwa Renaldi C. He shows his amazement.
paling tinggi (the tallest) di antara D. He shows his doubt.
semuanya. Jawaban: A
Kalimat Desta tersebut merupakan
10. Kiara is the ________ among all. ungkapan menyatakan kepastian (show
A. shortest B. biggest certainty) bahwa mereka akan membeli
C. taller D. tallest hadian untuk Sita.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 77


Read the text and answer questions 14 and Many concert halls exist as one of several
15. halls or performance spaces within a larger
performing arts center and, where appropriate,
Attention to all visitors, the name of the arts center is included. Many
Due to the high tide, you are not allowed to larger cities have both public and private
swim in the sea. It’s for your own sake. concert halls. Particularly, in smaller cities with
Thank you. fewer alternative venues, concert halls may
also be used to accommodate other activities,
from rock concerts to university graduation
14. What is the announcement about?
ceremonies, in addition to their primary
A. An advice to walk around the beach.
purpose.
B. A warning not to play in the beach.
Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Concert_hall
C. An advice to swim in the sea. (January 19, 2008)
D. A warning not to swim in the sea.
Jawaban: D 17. What is the text about?
Pilihan jawaban (D) disimpulkan dari isi A. A performing arts center.
pengumuman yang melarang para B. A concert hall in general.
pengunjung berenang di laut (a warning C. A performance scene in general.
not to swim in the sea) karena ombak D. Classical instrumental music.
sedang pasang. Jawaban B
Pilihan jawaban (B) benar karena sesuai
15. What should the visitors do after they have dengan kalimat dalam paragraf pertama
heard the announcement? yang menjelaskan concert hall secara
A. Not swimming in the sea. umum.
B. Swimming in the sea.
C. Playing around the beach. 18. A concert hall serves as a performance
D. Walking along the beach. scene, chiefly for ________.
Jawaban: A A. a rock concert
Sesuai dengan isi pengumuman yang B. a graduation ceremony
melarang para pengunjung berenang di C. classical instrumental music
laut karena ombak sedang pasang, D. a pop concert
mereka sebaiknya tidak berenang di laut. Jawaban: C
(not swimming in the sea). Pilihan jawaban (C) disimpulkan dari
paragraf satu, yaitu ”A concert hall is . . .,
16. which serves as a performance scene,
Watch out! Slippery road
chiefly for classical instrumental music.”.
The notice means that ________. 19. is–Widuri–only–beautiful–not–but–smart–
A. we are not allowed to pass the road 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
B. we should walk quickly also
C. it’s safe to walk hurriedly 8
D. we should walk carefully
Jawaban: D The correct arrangement of the jumbled
Notice tersebut artinya ”Hati-hati! Jalan words is ________.
licin”. Jadi, dapat disimpulkan maksud dari A. 1–2–5–3–4–6–8–7
notice tersebut adalah kita sebaiknya B. 2–1–3–5–4–6–8–7
berjalan dengan hati-hati (walk carefully). C. 2–1–5–3–4–6–8–7
D. 2–5–1–3–4–6–8–7
Read the dialog and answer questions 17 Jawaban: C
and 18. Susunan kalimat yang baik adalah Widuri
A concert hall is a cultural building, which is not only beautiful but also smart yang
serves as a performance scene, chiefly for artinya Widuri bukan hanya cantik tetapi
classical instrumental music. juga cerdas.

78 UNIT 1 Report
20. bought–Radit–new–both–and–trousers– Originally, the word ‘street’ simply means
1 2 3 4 5 6 a paved road (Latin: ‘via strata’). The word
‘street’ is still sometimes used colloquially as
jacket–a
a synonym for ‘road’. City residents and urban
7 8
planners draw a fundamental modern
The correct arrangement of the jumbled
distinction between roads and streets. A road’s
words is ________.
main function is transportation, while streets
A. 2–1–3–4–6–5–8–7
facilitate public interaction. Streets include
B. 2–1–4–3–6–5–8–7
pedestrian streets, alleys and city-center streets
C. 2–1–5–3–6–3–8–7
that are too crowded for road vehicles to pass.
D. 4–2–1–3–6–5–8–7
Conversely, highways and motorways are types
Jawaban: B
of roads, but few would refer to them as streets.
Susunan kalimat yang baik adalah Radit
bought both new trousers and a jacket Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Street
(January 19, 2008)
yang artinya Radit membeli celana
panjang dan jaket. Questions:
1. What is the text about?
B. Read the text and answer the 2. What is the main idea of paragraf one?
questions. 3. What is the main idea of paragraf two?
4. What is the main idea of paragraf three?
A street is a public thoroughfare in the built 5. What is the definition of a street in
environment. It is a public parcel of land general?
adjoining buildings in an urban context, on Jawaban:
which people may freely assemble, interact and 1. It is about streets in general.
move about. 2. The definition of a street in general.
A street can be as simple as a level patch 3. The forms of a street.
of dirt, but is more often paved with a hard, 4. The distinction between roads and streets.
durable surface such as concrete, cobblestone 5. It is a public thoroughfare in the built
or brick. Portions may also be smoothed with environment on which people may freely
asphalt, embedded with rails, or otherwise assemble, interact and move about.
prepared to accommodate non-pedestrian
traffic.

C. Identify the structure of the text in Task B.


Jawaban:
A street is a public thoroughfare in the built environment. It is
General a public parcel of land adjoining buildings in an urban context, on
Classification which people may freely assemble, interact and move about.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 79


A street can be as simple as a level patch of dirt, but is more
often paved with a hard, durable surface such as concrete,
cobblestone or brick. Portions may also be smoothed with asphalt,
embedded with rails, or otherwise prepared to accommodate
non-pedestrian traffic.
Originally, the word ‘street’ simply means a paved road (Latin:
‘via strata’). The word ‘street’ is still sometimes used colloquially as
Description
a synonym for ‘road’. City residents and urban planners draw
a fundamental modern distinction between roads and streets. A road’s
main function is transportation, while streets facilitate public
interaction. Streets include pedestrian streets, alleys and city-center
streets that are too crowded for road vehicles to pass. Conversely,
highways and motorways are types of roads, but few would refer to
them as streets.

D. Rearrange the sentences into a proper text.


Kalimat-kalimat yang diacak dan jawaban:

3
They typically offer enough floor area to accommodate several thousand attendance.

1
A convention center, in American English, is an exhibition hall, or conference center, that is
designed to hold a convention.

5
It is not uncommon for large resort area hotels to include a convention center.

4
They also rent space for meetings such as: corporate conferences, industry trade shows,
formal dances entertainment spectacles and concerts.

2
Convention centers are typically large, vast public buildings with enough open space to host
public and private business and social events for their surrounding municipal and
metropolitan areas.
Adaptep from: http://www.answers.com/convention%20center (January 19, 2008)

E. Decide whether the statements below are frue (T) or false (F) based on the text.

Ladies and gentlemen,


Here, in this cultural section, we have a collection of Dayak Bidayuh’s crafts. These crafts
have distinctive characteristics in their patterns. The characteristics set them apart from crafts
made by other tribes. Now, we can continue this tour to the next section.

80 UNIT 1 Report
Statements:
1. ______ The announcement is about a collection of Dayak Bidayuh’s crafts.
2. ______ The crafts are different from other tribes’ crafts in their shapes.
3. ______ Dayak Bidayuh tribe usually imitates other tribe’s craft.
4. ______ The announcement is not only for female visitors but also for male visitors.
5. ______ We can hear the announcement when we have a tour.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F. The crafts are different with other tribes’ crafts in their patterns.
3. F. Dayak Bidayuh tribe creates crafts that have distinctive characteristics in their patterns.
4. T
5. T

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 1:


● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi pada Unit 1. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model.
Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.
● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.
● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.
● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi
kelas di pojok kanan atas.
● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru.
● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru.
● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 81


A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct Tri : Are you sure?
Feri : (6) ________. I’ve read an article about
answer.
this mountain.
Read the dialog and answer questions 5. A. Silly B. Ridiculous
1 and 2. C. Awful D. Fabulous
Artin : What if Celine Dion were here, in our 6. A. No, thanks B. Absolutely
classroom, and taught us how to sing? C. Doubtfully D. You’re welcome
Juwita : Marvelous! It would be great!
Artin : Are you sure you could follow her Read the dialog and answer questions 7 and
lesson? 8.
Juwita : I’m sure that I could be a good singer Dadang : Did you do the test very well, Sari?
in several months. Sari : Certainly. I think I can get a good
1. Juwita said, “Marvelous!” mark, eighty at least.
What does she express? Dadang : I think the test was difficult. Are you
A. Amazement. B. Certainty. certain about it?
C. Sympathy. D. Gratitude. Sari : Absolutely. I have studied the test
materials since last week. I’m sure
2. Where does the dialog take place?
that I will get a good mark.
A. On the street.
Dadang : What a diligent girl! I should have
B. In Artin’s house.
studied too.
C. In Juwita’s house.
D. In the classroom. 7. What is the dialog about?
A. A test.
Read the dialog and answer questions B. Sari’s bad mark.
3 and 4. C. Dadang’s good mark.
Wawan : It’s cloudy again. You’d better bring D. A plan to study for the test.
your umbrella. 8. Who is certain about getting a good mark
Lani : Don’t worry. It’s in my bag. in the test?
Wawan : Are you sure? Why don’t you check A. Sari is.
it before you leave? Just for sure. B. Dadang is.
Lani : I’m positive. I put it in my bag five C. Sari’s classmate is.
minutes ago. D. Dadang’s classmate is.
3. What should Lani bring before leaving?
Read the dialog and answer questions 9 and
A. A hand bag. B. A watch.
10.
C. An umbrella. D. A backpack.
Dila : Hi, Arya! What are you doing?
4. What is the dialog about?
Arya : Hi, Dila! I’m making a robot from
A. Lani’s gratitude to Wawan.
disused cans. Ah, now it is finished.
B. Wawan’s suggestion to Lani.
Dila : Wow, that’s marvelous! How did you do
C. Lani’s suggestion to Wawan.
that?
D. Wawan’s order to Lani.
Arya : I made it by following the guidelines in
For questions 5 and 6, choose the correct the book on the table next to you.
expressions to complete the dialog. Dila : Well, . . . you’re such a talented boy.
You can make a real robot in the future.
Feri : What do you think about this mountain?
Arya : Do you think I’m capable of doing it?
Tri : (5) ________! What a high mountain!
Dila : It’s possible.
Feri : Yes, it is. Do you know it’s about 3,500
meters high?

82 UNIT 1 Report
9. What is the robot made of? Typically, the facility provides furniture,
A. Cans. B. Plastics. overhead projectors, stage lighting and sound
C. Steel. D. Iron. system. These are arranged for through
10. What does Dila think about Arya? payment to the facility provided by the host.
A. A marvelous boy. The number of people attending can vary from
B. A talented boy. a few to over a thousand.
C. A diligent boy. Smoking is normally prohibited in
D. A lazy boy. conference halls even when other parts of
buildings permit smoking.
For questions 11 to 14, choose the correct Source: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Conference_room
words to complete the following text. (January 19, 2008)
LAN gaming center is a variation on the 15. What is the text about?
Internet cafe business model. It is used for A. A hotel in general.
multiplayer gaming. It has several computer B. A hospital in general.
(11) ________ connected to a LAN. The C. A big room in general.
(12) ________ computers are custom- D. A conference hall in general.
assembled for game (13) ________, supporting
popular multiplayer games. This is reducing the 16. You can find a conference hall in the
need for video arcades and arcade games, following places, except ________.
many of which are being closed down or merged A. large hotels
into Internet (14) ________. The use of Internet B. traditional markets
cafes for multiplayer gaming is particularly C. hospitals
popular in certain areas of Asia like China, D. convention centers
Taiwan, South Korea and the Philippines. 17. Which one is not typically provided in
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Internet_cafe a conference hall?
(January 19, 2008) A. Furniture.
B. Overhead projectors.
11. A. places B. locations
C. Bedrooms.
C. stations D. scenes
D. Stage lighting.
12. A. connecting B. connection
18. “It is commonly found at large hotels and
C. connectivity D. connected
convention centers . . . .” (Paragraph 1)
13. A. played B. playing What does the word ‘it’ refer to?
C. play D. players A. A concert hall.
14. A. cafes B. markets B. A convention center.
C. stalls D. kiosks C. A large hospital.
D. A conference hall.
Read the text and answer questions 15 to 18.
Read the text and answer questions 19 to 22.
A conference hall or conference room is
a room provided for singular events such as Bookstores may be either part of a chain,
business conferences. It is commonly found at or local independent bookstores.
large hotels and convention centers though Bookstores can range in size offering from
many other establishments, including even several hundreds to several hundred thousands
hospitals, have one. of titles. They may be brick-and-mortar stores
Sometimes, other rooms are modified for or Internet only stores or a combination of both.
large conferences such as arenas or concert Sizes for the larger bookstores exceed half
halls. Aircraft have been fitted out with a million titles.
conference rooms. Conference rooms can be Bookstores often sell other printed matters
windowless for security purposes. An example besides books, such as newspapers and maps;
additional product lines may vary enormously,
of one such room is in the Pentagon, known as
particularly among independent bookstores.
the Tank.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 83


Colleges and universities often have their own others who can then use it to buy homes,
student bookstore on campus that focuses on businesses, send kids to college, etc.
providing course textbooks and scholarly When you deposit your money in the bank,
books, although some on-campus bookstores your money goes into a big pool of money
are owned by large chains. along with everyone else’s, and your account is
Another common type of bookstore is the credited with the amount of your deposit. When
used bookstore or second-hand bookstore you write checks or make withdrawals, that
which buys and sells used and out-of-print amount is deducted from your account
books. A range of titles are available in used balance. Interest you earn on your balance is
bookstores, including in print and out of print also added to your account.
books. Book collectors tend to frequent used Adapted from: http://money.howstuffworks.com/personal-
bookstores. Large online bookstores offer used finance/banking/bank1.htm (January 21, 2009)
books for sale, too. Individuals wishing to sell
their used books using online bookstores agree 23. Which of the following is NOT the
to terms outlined by the bookstores, like paying characteristics of a bank?
the online bookstores a predetermined A. It deals in money.
commission once the books have sold. B. It substitutes other financial services.
Source: http://www.answers.com/book%20store C. It provides financial services.
(January 19, 2008) D. It sends kids to college.
19. The text is about ________. 24. “It accepts deposits and makes loans.”
A. bookstores in general (Paragraph 1)
B. independent bookstores What does the word ‘it’ refer to?
C. used bookstores A. A bank.
D. second-hand bookstore B. An institution.
C. A financial service.
20. What is the main idea of the last D. Profit.
paragraph?
A. About on-line bookstores. 25. “Banks are critical to our economy.”
B. About used bookstores. (Paragraph 2)
C. About out-of-print books. The underlined word has a similar
D. About in print books. meaning to ________.
A. dangerous B. important
21. Where does a book collector usually look C. stable D. secured
for books?
A. In malls. Read the text and answer questions 26 to 28.
B. In on-line bookstores.
C. In second-hand bookstores. Ladies and gentlemen,
D. In local independent bookstores. The Ramayana ballet will begin soon. Be
ready for the spectacular show. Find your
22. Which one is not available in a bookstore? own seat and enjoy the dance.
A. Books. B. Maps. Thank you.
C. Toiletries. D. Newspapers.
Read the text and answer questions 23 to 25. 26. What is the announcement about?
A. A chair for the performance.
A bank is an institution that deals in B. The wrong chair in the performance.
money, substitutes and provides other financial C. The Ramayana ballet.
services. It accepts deposits and makes loans. D. Watching a spectacular movie.
It derives a profit from the difference in the
27. When do you hear the announcement?
interest rates paid and charged, respectively.
A. After the show.
Banks are critical to our economy. The primary
B. Before the show begins.
function of banks is to put their account
C. During the show.
holders’ money to use by lending it out to
D. One day before the performance.

84 UNIT 1 Report
28. Whom is the announcement for? C. Combine the sentences by using both
A. The performance’s viewers. . . . and . . . .
B. The dance’s performers.
C. The performance’s committee. 1. Linda writes novels.
D. The dance’s trainers. Linda writes poems.
29. 2. Reihan is kind.
Don’t scratch the book! Reihan is smart.
3. Toni rides his motorcycle fast.
Where do you usually find the notice ? Toni rides his motorcycle carefully.
A. In a mall. B. In a town park. 4. Vino buys used mobile phones.
C. In a hospital. D. In a library. Vino sells used mobile phones.
5. My brother has dinner with his fiance.
30.
NO ICE CREAM! My brother watches movie with his fiance.

The notice is on the wall of a department D. Make five sentences using


store. It means ________. comparative or superlative degrees
A. we can’t bring ice cream into the store based on the pictures.
B. we can eat ice cream in the store
C. we are not allowed to buy ice cream in
the store
D. we can’t give ice cream to the
shop assistant

B. Combine the sentences using not only


. . . but also . . . .
Sandra Tika Arum
1. Aldi joins an English course.
Aldi joins a computer course. E. Make a report text based on the
2. Angelina is slim. pictures.
Angelina is tall. Find some references to support your
3. My mother likes cooking. data.
My mother likes gardening.
4. Agus brings an umbrella.
Agus brings a raincoat.
5. Santi can speak French.
Santi can speak English.

Picture source: www.wordpress.com

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 85


Jawaban Review Unit 1 memperoleh nilai minimal delapan
(kalimat: ”I think I can get a good
A. Pilihan Ganda mark, eighty at least.”).
1. A. Kalimat ”Marvelous!” artinya ”Bagus 9. A. Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan
sekali!” atau ”Mengagumkan!”. dari kalimat Arya, ”I’m making a robot
Kalimat tersebut digunakan untuk from disused cans.”.
mengungkapkan kekaguman
10. B. Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan
(amazement).
dari kalimat Dila, ”Well, . . . you’re
2. D. Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan such a talented boy. ”.
dari ucapan Artin, yaitu ”What if
11. C. Pilihan jawaban tersebut yang artinya
Celine Dion was here, in our
stasiun benar karena sesuai dengan
classroom . . . .”. Jadi, percakapan
konteks.
tersebut terjadi di ruang kelas
(classroom). 12. D. Pilihan jawaban tersebut yang artinya
terhubung, benar karena sesuai
3. C. Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan
dengan konteks. Selain itu, hal
dari ucapan Wawan, yaitu ”You’d
tersebut disimpulkan dari kalimat
better bring your umbrella.”.
sebelumnya, yaitu ”It has several
4. B. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar computer stations connected to
karena sesuai dengan isi percakapan, a LAN.” .
yaitu saran Wawan untuk Lani agar
13. C. Pilihan jawaban tersebut yang artinya
membawa payung (kalimat ”You’d
permainan, benar karena sesuai
better bring your umbrella.”).
dengan konteks.
5. D. Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan
14. A. Pilihan jawaban tersebut yang artinya
dari kalimat sesudahnya, yaitu ”What
warung Internet benar karena tempat
a high mountain!”. Dengan kata
orang browsing di Internet biasa
fabulous, Tri mengungkapkan
disebut dengan warung Internet (the
kekagumannya terhadap gunung
Internet cafe).
yang tinggi. Silly artinya tolol,
ridiculous artinya menggelikan, dan 15. D. Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan
awful artinya jelek. dari isi paragraf pertama. Selain itu,
paragraf selanjutnya merupakan
6. B. Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan
penjelasan atau gagasan pendukung
dari kalimat sesudahnya yang
tentang balairung konferensi
menjelaskan bahwa Feri mengetahui
(conference hall).
tinggi gunung tersebut dari artikel
yang telah dibacanya. Jadi, dia 16. B. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar
merasa yakin mengenai tinggi gunung karena tidak sesuai dengan kalimat
tersebut. Ungkapan kepastian adalah kedua paragraf satu, ”It is commonly
absolutely. found at large hotels and convention
centers though many other
7. A. Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan
establishments, including even
dari isi percakapan yang membahas
hospitals, have one.” yang artinya
seputar tes yang telah dihadapi oleh
”Balairung konferensi biasa dijumpai
Dadang dan Sari.
di hotel besar dan pusat konfensi
8. A. Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan meskipun tempat yang lain, termasuk
dari jawaban Sari yang menyatakan rumah sakit juga memiliki balairung
bahwa dia yakin telah mengerjakan konferensi.”.
tes dengan baik dan akan

86 UNIT 1 Report
17. C. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena 25. B. Kata ’critical’ memiliki arti yang sama
tidak sesuai dengan kalimat pertama dengan ’important’, yaitu penting.
paragraf tiga, ”Typically, the facility Dangerous artinya berbahaya, stable
provides furniture, overhead artinya stabil, dan secured artinya
projectors, stage lighting and sound aman.
system.”.
26. C. Pilihan jawaban tersebut disimpulkan
18. D. Kata ganti ’it’ mengacu pada benda dari isi pengumuman, yaitu bahwa
yang telah disebutkan dalam kalimat sendratari Ramayana akan segera
sebelumnya, yaitu a conference hall dimulai.
dalam kalimat ”A conference hall or
27. B. Pengumuman tersebut terdengar
conference room is a room provided
sebelum pertunjukan dimulai, yang
for singular events such as business
disimpulkan dari kalimat ”The
conferences.”.
Ramayana ballet will begin soon.”
19. A. Pilihan tersebut disimpulkan dari yang artinya ”Sendratari Ramayana
keseluruhan isi paragraf, akan segera mulai.”.
yaitumengenai toko buku secara
28. A. Dari kalimat ”Be ready for the
umum (bookstores in general). Dalam
spectacular show. Find your own
teks tersebut dijelaskan pengertian,
seat.” dapat disimpulkan bahwa yang
ciri-ciri, maupun jenis toko buku.
dimaksud ’ladies and gentlemen’
20. B. Pilihan tersebut disimpulkan dari adalah penonton sendratari tersebut
kalimat ”Another common type of (the dance’s viewers).
bookstore is the used bookstore or
29. D. Arti dari notice tersebut adalah
second-hand bookstore . . . .”. Dalam
”Jangan mencoret-coret buku!”.
kalimat-kalimat selanjutnya dijelaskan
Notice tersebut biasanya terdapat di
ciri-ciri used bookstore.
perpustakaan (a library).
21. C. Pilihan tersebut sesuai dengan kalimat
30. A. Notice tersebut ditempel di pusat
ketiga paragraf empat, ”Book
perbelanjaan dengan maksud agar
collectors tend to frequent used
pengunjung tidak membawa es krim
bookstores.”. Used bookstore disebut
ke dalam toko, apalagi memakannya
juga second-hand bookstore.
(not to bring ice cream into the store).
22. C. Pilihan tersebut disimpulkan dari
kalimat pertama paragraf tiga, B. Uraian
”Bookstores often sell other printed
1. Aldi joins not only an English course but
matters besides books, such as
also a computer course.
newspapers and maps; . . . .”. Jadi,
2. Angelina is not only slim but also tall.
yang tidak dijual di toko buku adalah
3. My mother likes not only cooking but also
(C).
gardening.
23. D. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena 4. Agus brings not only an umbrella but also
tidak sesuai dengan kalimat pertama a raincoat.
paragraf satu ”A bank is an institution 5. Santi can speak not only French but also
that deals in money, substitutes and English.
provides other financial services.”.
C. Uraian
24. A. Kata ganti ’it’ mengacu pada benda
yang disebutkan dalam kalimat 1. Linda writes both novels and poems.
sebelumnya, ”A bank is an institution 2. Reihan is both kind and smart.
. . . .”, yaitu bank. 3. Toni rides his motorcycle both fast and
carefully.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 87


4. Vino both buys and sells used mobile A hospital has many departments in it.
phones. They are medical and surgical service, food
5. My brother both has dinner and watches service, laboratory, scanning and X-ray
a movie with his fiance. department, medical records department,
pharmacy and rehabilitation department.
D. Uraian There are many kinds of hospitals.
Acute-care hospitals include primary,
1. Sandra is the fattest among all.
secondary and tertiary institutions. The
2. Sandra is fatter than Tika.
low-technology primary hospitals are located in
3. Tika is slimmer than Sandra.
rural areas. The secondary hospitals provide
4. Arum is the thinnest among all.
a greater range of physicians’ skills and modern
5. Arum is thinner than Tika.
technology than the primary hospitals.
Meanwhile, the tertiary hospitals provide the
E. Esai
latest medical equipment.
Contoh jawaban: Other types of hospitals are specialty
Hospitals hospitals. They admit only those patients who
fit a restricted group of diagnoses. Psychiatric
A hospital is the largest and most complex
hospitals are the most numerous specialty
form of medical facility. It deals with patients
hospitals. They have the largest patient
who need complex diagnostic procedures.
population.
Treatment in a hospital is a team effort.
Source: Detik-Detik Ujian Nasional Bahasa Inggris untuk
The physicians are directly responsible for SMP/MTs
a patient’s welfare. All of the hospital
personnels support the work of the physicians.

88 UNIT 1 Report
Objectives:
At the end of this unit you will
be able to:
1. show your doubt,
2. show your attention,
3. create short functional
texts (spoken warnings),
4. tell procedures on how
to make or do something
using spoken English,
5. write short functional texts
(labels),
6. write procedural texts, and
7. use subordinating
conjunctions, coordinating
conjunctions and
conditional sentences
type 1.

Do you ever notice texts about cooking recipes or paper-folding?


If you do, you will see that those texts mention ingredients
(for recipes) or materials (for paper-folding) and some steps or
methods about how to make or do it. So, what type of text are they?
The answer is procedural texts. In this unit you will learn more about
a procedural text.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 89


2.1 Expressions

Showing and Responding to Doubt

Read the dialog and understand the expressions.

Do you have a cheaper


gas stove than this one?
Yes. But, I doubt
its quality.

The sentence “I doubt its quality.” is an expression of showing doubt.


We show our doubt when we are not sure about something.
Here are some expressions of showing doubt and the responses.

Showing Doubt Responding


I doubt about this information. You’d better confirm it.
I doubt that I can answer all questions. Don’t be pessimistic.
I am not sure/certain that this is the right track. Neither am I.
Um . . . I am not really sure/certain about the news. Why don’t you try to get the truth?
I’m not sure if this is the right way. So, which way should we take?

90 UNIT 2 Procedure
Showing Attention

Read the dialog and understand the expressions.

What happened to you?


You look so sad. Um . . . I’ve got a bad
mark in the math test.

Poor you. But don’t


worry. There are still
many chances to
improve it.
I hope so.
Thanks.

The sentence “Poor you.” is an expression of showing attention.


Here are some other expressions of showing attention and the responses.

Showing Attention Responding


O, gosh! How did it happen? Well, it was my own fault.
What’s the matter? I’ll tell you later.
I’m listening. Thanks for your attention.
You look sad. What happened? I lost my wallet/mobile phone.
Hope you will be better soon. Thanks.

Remember Unit 1, and then answer the questions below.

1. What expressions have you learned in Unit 1?


Jawaban: Expressions of asking for and giving certainty and showing amazement.
2. Suppose you have an appointment with your friend to go to the mall this evening. You ask his/
her certainty about it. What would you say?
Contoh jawaban: I would say, “Are you certain about going to the mall this evening?”
3. Suppose you and your friend are in an exhibition. You are amazed at the beauty of the
paintings there. What would you say?
Contoh jawaban: I would say, “Wow! What beautiful paintings!”

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 91


A. Listen to your teacher.
Write down the expressions you have heard.
Ungkapan-ungkapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
1. You look great wearing that coat!
2. Um . . . I have to think more about it.
3. Don’t cry, dear. I’ll always be here for you.
4. Please tell me your problem. I’m listening.
5. I’m not sure about the quality of the tape recorder.

B. Listen to your teacher.


Fill in the blanks based on the dialog you have heard.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Dewi : Jaka, you look so (1) awful. What’s the matter?
Jaka : Ugh . . . I couldn’t (2) sleep well last night.
Dewi : Is your mother still (3) feeling unwell?
Jaka : Yeah. I had to (4) take care of her last night.
Dewi : Good boy. I (5) hope your mother be better soon.
Jaka : I hope so, but I (6) doubt it.
Dewi : O, come on. Don’t be (7) pessimistic. There’s a hope as long as you pray and do (8) your
best.
Jaka : You’re right. (9) Thanks, Dewi. Please (10) pray for my mother too.
Dewi : I will.

Variasi:
A. Read the words and find out their meanings.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. awful = kacau
2. matter = persoalan
3. doubt = meragukan
4. pessimistic = pesimistik
5. pray = berdoa

B. Complete the sentences with the words in Task A.


1. What’s the ________ with your sister?
2. Don’t be ________! You will be successful if you try to do your best.
3. Maya seems ________ after her mother’s death.
4. To make your dreams come true, don’t forget to make efforts and ________ to God.
5. Please don’t ________ the little girl’s ability. She is very talented in music.
Jawaban:
1. matter 2. pessimistic 3. awful
4. pray 5. doubt

92 UNIT 2 Procedure
C. Listen to your teacher.
State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the dialog you have heard.
Correct the false ones.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:


Andi : Linda, have you finished your craft?
Linda : Well, I doubt that I can finish it on time.
Andi : Why?
Linda : I have tried to make it many times, but I always fail.
Andi : O, come on. Never give up. You still have enough time to do it.
Linda : But, we have to submit it the day after tomorrow.
Andi : What about making it together? I’ll help you.
Linda : Will you? O.K. Thanks, Andi.

1. ______ The dialog is about Linda who has not finished her craft.
2. ______ Andi and Linda are brother and sister.
3. ______ Linda said, “Well, I doubt that I can finish it on time.” It means that Linda expresses her
certainty.
4. ______ Linda feels that she cannot finish her craft because she has no enough time to finish it.
5. ______ Andi said, “Never give up.” The phrase “give up” means “surrender”.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F. They are classmates because they have to submit their crafts.
3. F. The sentence expresses Linda’s uncertainty/doubt, not her certainty.
4. F. She feels that she cannot finish her craft because she always fails.
5. T

D. Listen to your teacher.


Answer the questions based on the dialog you have heard.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:


Dea : You look so sad, Nia. Is there anything wrong?
Nia : You know, I lost my mobile phone.
Dea : Where did you lose it?
Nia : On my way to school.
Dea : Did you get on the bus?
Nia : Yeah.
Dea : Oh, dear. That’s a pity! You must be more careful next time.

1. Who are talking in the dialog?


Jawaban: Friends (or classmates).
2. Why was Nia sad?
Jawaban: Because she lost her mobile phone.
3. Where did it happen?
Jawaban: On her way to school.
4. How did Nia go to school?
Jawaban: By bus.
5. What did Dea say to show her attention?
Jawaban: She said, “You look so sad, Nia. Is there anything wrong?”

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 93


Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:


Ical : Will you come to watch the basketball match next Saturday?
Iwan : You mean the big match?
Ical : Yes. Come on, Iwan! It must be exciting.
Iwan : I’d love to, but I’m not sure if I can go. My pen-friend promises to visit me. Sorry.
Ical : I see. Well, just let me know if you change your mind.
Iwan : I will.

1. What are the speakers talking about?


Jawaban: To watch a basketball match.
2. Who invites Iwan to see the basketball match?
Jawaban: Ical does.
3. When will the match be held?
Jawaban: Next Saturday.
4. What did Iwan say to express his doubt?
Jawaban: He said, “I’d love to, but I’m not sure if I can go.”
5. Why is Iwan doubtful about watching the match?
Jawaban: Because his pen-friend will visit him.

1. Who are talking in the dialog?


E. Listen to your teacher.
A. Brother and sister.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
B. Classmates.
answer.
C. A teacher and a student.
D. Two contestants.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: Jawaban: B
Ferry : Heni, have you heard that we will Percakapan tersebut merupakan
have an English speech contest percakapan antara Ferry dan Heni yang
next month? membicarakan tentang lomba pidato
Heni : Yes. I have just read the bahasa Inggris di sekolah mereka. Jadi,
announcement on the school dapat dipastikan bahwa mereka berdua
board. adalah teman sekelas (classmates).
Ferry : You will join it, right? 2. Where does the dialog happen?
Heni : I don’t know. A. At home.
Ferry : But why? B. On the way to school.
Heni : I doubt if I can do it well. C. In the park.
Ferry : Why do you say that? I think your D. At school.
English is very good. You speak Jawaban: D
English fluently. Dalam percakapan tersebut Heni berkata,
Heni : Do I? ”I have just read the announcement on the
Ferry : Yeah. You’re just lack of confidence. school board.” yang artinya ”Saya baru
Heni : O.K., I’ll think about it. saja membaca pengumuman tentang hal
itu di papan sekolah.”. Jadi, dapat
disimpulkan bahwa percakapan tersebut
terjadi di sekolah (at school).

94 UNIT 2 Procedure
3. When will the English speaking contest be tersebut merupakan ungkapan untuk
held? menunjukkan keraguan/ketidakyakinan
A. Next week. (uncertainty).
B. Next month.
5. The following are Ferry’s opinions about
C. Next three weeks.
Heni, except ________.
D. Next two months.
A. Heni is good at English
Jawaban: B
B. Heni can speak English fluently
Jawaban dapat disimpulkan berdasarkan
C. Heni is an optimistic person
kalimat yang diucapkan Ferry, ”Heni, have
D. Heni is lack of confidence
you heard that we will have an English
Jawaban: C
speech contest next month?” yang artinya
Berdasarkan isi percakapan tersebut
”Heni, sudahkah kamu mendengar bahwa
diketahui bahwa Heni tidak optimis dengan
akan ada lomba pidato bahasa Inggris
kemampuannya. Padahal, menurut Ferry,
bulan depan?”. Jadi, lomba pidato akan
Heni memiliki kemampuan bahasa Inggris
diadakan bulan depan (next month).
yang baik dan dia dapat berbicara dalam
4. Heni said, “I doubt if I can do it well.” bahasa Inggris dengan lancar (kalimat:
What does it mean? ”I think your English is very good. You
A. She feels uncertain. speak English fluently.”). Heni hanya
B. She asks for certainty. kurang percaya diri (kalimat: ”You’re just
C. She shows her certainty. lack of confidence.”). Jadi, yang bukan
D. She shows her sympathy. merupakan pendapat Ferry tentang Heni
Jawaban: A adalah pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya
Kalimat ”I doubt if I can do it well.” artinya Heni adalah seorang yang optimis.
”Saya ragu apakah saya dapat
melakukannya dengan baik.”. Kalimat

A. Practice the dialogs with your friend.


Dialog 1
Aska : Lyra, what are you doing?
Lyra : Aska! You startled me. Well, I was just wondering if we could make our house green.
Aska : What do you mean?
Lyra : Well, there’s hardly any tree in our house.
Aska : You’re right.
Lyra : That’s why I want to plant some trees.
Aska : Good idea!
Lyra : But, I am not sure father will agree with us.
Aska : Why do you think so? I’m sure he will agree.
Dialog 2
Dion : Vina, why are you crying? What happened, dear?
Vina : I fell from my bike. My knee is painful.
Dion : Let me see.
Vina : Ouch! Don’t touch it! It’s very painful.
Dion : O, gosh! Your knee is bleeding.
Vina : Yeah. Do you think it is serious?
Dion : Don’t worry. I’ll help you. I’ll take iodine and a bandage to stop the bleeding.
Vina : Thank you, brother.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 95


Variasi:
A. Answer the questions based on the dialogs in Task A.
Dialog 1
1. What is the dialog about?
Jawaban: It’s about Lyra’s plan of making her house green by planting some trees.
2. Who are talking in the dialog?
Jawaban: They are brother and sister.
3. Where does the dialog happen?
Jawaban: At home.
4. Why does Lyra want to plant some trees?
Jawaban: Because there’s hardly any trees in her house.
5. Lyra said, “But, I am not sure father will agree with us.” What does it mean?
Jawaban: She expresses her doubt.
Dialog 2
1. What is the relationship between the speakers?
Jawaban: Brother and sister.
2. Who is crying?
Jawaban: Vina (Dion’s sister) is.
3. Why does he/she cry?
Jawaban: She fell from her bike.
4. How is Vina’s knee?
Jawaban: It is painful and bleeding.
5. What will Dion do to help Vina?
Jawaban: He will take iodine and a bandage to stop the bleeding.
B. Find the words based on their definitions.
One dash (_) is for one letter.
1. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = to surprise somebody suddenly
2. _ _ _ _ _ _ = to think about something and try to decide what is true, what will happen, etc.
3. _ _ _ _ _ _ = almost nothing
4. ____ = something that someone intends to do
5. _____ = to have the same opinion with somebody
6. ___ = to produce tears from eyes
7. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = causing you pain
8. _____ = to put our hands or fingers onto somebody or something
9. _____ = to make ourselves anxious about somebody or something
10. _ _ _ _ _ _ _ = a strip of fabric used for tying around the part of the body that is injured
Jawaban:
1. startle 2. wonder 3. hardly 4. plan 5. agree
6. cry 7. painful 8. touch 9. worry 10. bandage

B. Rearrange the sentences into a proper dialog.


Then, practice the proper dialog with your friend.
Kalimat-kalimat acak yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
3 Dian : Tania? Where is she? I want to meet her.
8 Rendi : O.K. Thanks.
5 Dian : Er . . . you just add a teaspoonful of sugar. I am not sure that the tea is sweet enough.

96 UNIT 2 Procedure
2 Rendi : Well, I am making a glass of tea for Tania.
7 Dian : Yeah. Please add more sugar.
4 Rendi : In the back yard.
1 Dian : Rendi, what are you doing?
6 Rendi : Do you think so?
9 Dian : You’re welcome.

Variasi:
Rearrange the sentences into a proper dialog.
Then, practice the proper dialog.
5 Naura : You’re right.
2 Afnan : Really? I didn’t hear that. Do you think it will really hit us?
1 Naura : Did you hear the weather forecast today? It was said that there would be
thunderstorms the following day.
4 Afnan : Right. But just prepare for the worse.
3 Naura : I doubt it. The sun shines brightly recenty.

C. In pairs, make a dialog based on the guideline.


Then, practice the dialog.

Student A Student B

greets and asks student B’s condition. answers the greeting and says that he/
she is fine.

says that student B looks slimmer, tells that he/she has just recovered
then asks why. from illness. Say that he/she has just
got typhoid for some days.

shows his/her sympathy and asks


says that he/she is much better.
student B’s condition now.

reminds student B to take care of his/


says thanks.
her health.

Contoh jawaban:
Widya : Hi, Neni. Long time no see. How are you?
Neni : Hi, Widya. I’m fine, thanks.
Widya : But, you look slimmer. What’s the matter?
Neni : Well, I’ve just recovered from illness. I got typhoid for some days.
Widya : Poor you. What about your condition now?
Neni : I’m much better now.
Widya : You must take care of your health from now on.
Neni : Sure. Thanks.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 97


D. Make dialogs based on the situations below.
Then, practice the dialogs.
1. You ask your sister to accompany you to the Internet café this evening. She doubts that she
can accompany you. She has an appointment with her classmate to see their friend in
hospital. What would you and your sister say?
2. Your niece looks upset. Give your attention by asking about what has happened to her. What
would both of you say?
Contoh jawaban:
1. You : Mia, will you accompany me to the Internet café this afternoon?
Your sister : I’d love to, but . . . .
You : But why?
Your sister : I doubt that I can accompany you. I have an appointment with Herry to see my
classmate in hospital.
You : I see. What about tomorrow?
Your sister : All right. I’m free tomorrow afternoon.
2. You : You look upset. What happened?
Your niece : I lost my cat.
You : O, gosh! How did it happen?
Your niece : I don’t know. Yesterday I went to Grandpa’s house early in the morning. I was so
in a hurry that I forgot to feed it. When I came home, I didn’t find it.
You : Have you looked for it around the house?
Your niece : I have, but I cannot find it.
You : Just keep looking for it. I’m sure it doesn’t go far.

Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut.
1. One of your friends asks about how to make a password. You’re not sure about it. What
would the two of you say?
2. Your friend was absent today. You phoned him/her to ask why he/she was absent. He/she
said that he/she was sick. What would the two of you say?
Contoh jawaban:
1. Your friend : Is it true that we should choose “Control Panel” after clicking the “Start”
button to make a pasword?
You : Well, um . . . maybe. I’m not sure. Let us read about it in this book.
Your friend : Sure. How is it?
You : You’re right. We must choose “Control Panel”.
2. You : Hello, Beni. Why were you absent today? We miss you.
Your friend : Well, I’ve got a toothache.
You : Poor you. Have you seen the dentist?
Your friend : I have.
You : That’s good. I hope you will be better soon.
Your friend : Thanks.

98 UNIT 2 Procedure
2.2 Genre

Spoken Text

Read the monolog and understand the explanation.


Have you ever cooked corn soup? Well, corn soup is a very popular recipe. You know,
it’s very simple. You just need 2 cups of corn kernels, 1 tablespoon of soy sauce, chili and
garlic sauce, ground white pepper, 5 cups of water, 1 teaspoon of butter, 1 tablespoon of
corn flour and some salt to taste.
Now, let’s start to make it. Listen to the following instructions. First, boil the water and
add corn into it. Cover the vessel and cook it for about 5 minutes. Um . . . when the corns are
well cooked, smash some of the corns with a hand blender.
Then, make a solution of the corn flour with water. Add this mixture to the boiling soup.
Also add the remaining ingredients and bring to a boil. Finally, pour the soup into a bowl and
garnish it with fresh ground black pepper.
The corn soup is ready. Serve with bread rolls. Easy, isn’t it?
Adapted from: http://www.indobase.com/recipes/details/corn-soup.php (January 11, 2007)

The text above is a procedural text in spoken form. It tells about how to make corn
soup step by step. In spoken form or monolog, we usually use some fillers such as well,
um . . ., you know, etc.

Written Text

Read the text and understand the explanation.

Aim/Goal How to Cook Corn Soup

Ingredients:
2 cups corn kernels
1 tbs soy sauce
5 cups water
Materials 1 tsp butter
1 tbs corn flour
chili and garlic sauce
ground white pepper
salt

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 99


Steps:
1. Boil the water and add corn kernels into it.
2. Cover the vessel and cook it for 5 minutes.
3. When the corns are well cooked, smash some of the corns
with a hand blender.
Steps 4. Make a solution of the corn flour with water.
5. Add this mixture to the boiling soup.
6. Also add the remaining ingredients and bring to a boil.
7. Garnish it with fresh ground black pepper.
8. Corn soup is ready. Serve with bread rolls.
Source: http://www.indobase.com/recipes/details/corn-soup.php (January 11, 2007)

The text above is a procedural text in written form. A procedural text is a text to
describe how something is done through a sequence of actions or steps.
This text uses the simple present tense and often imperative sentences.
It also uses temporal conjunctions, such as first, second, then, next, finally, etc.
The structure of the text consists of:
● aim/goal (or title),
● materials or ingredients (optional),
● steps or directions.

Grammar Section

Subordinating Conjunctions: Before, After, When, Because

Read the dialog and understand the explanation.

Will you come to my


house this afternoon
Sorry, I can’t come to your
after school?
house because I have to
pick up my little sister.
I see.
But, I can come to
your house this
Great! I’ll evening after I do my
wait. homework.

The words “because” and “after” are called subordinating conjunctions.


Subordinating conjunctions are words that introduce adverb clauses. We use subordinating
conjunctions to join dependent clauses with independent (main) clauses.

100 UNIT 2 Procedure


There are many subordinating conjunctions. Before, after and when are subordinating
conjunctions that show time. Meanwhile, because is a subordinating conjunction that shows
cause and effect.
● After means later in time.
● Before means earlier than.
● When means at or during the time that.
● Because means for the reason that.
Patterns:

Subject + verb + . . . + before/after/when/because + subject + verb + . . . .

Before/After/When/Because + subject + verb + , + subject + verb + . . . .

Examples:
1. I always take a bath after I make my bed in the morning.
2. We can’t understand our teacher’s explanation because he speaks too fast.
3. Before the first class begins, the students usually have a talk outside their classroom.
4. When you called me last night, I was sleeping.

Coordinating Conjunctions: And, But, Or

Read the dialog and understand the explanation.

What do you think of


my new jacket? I think it’s beautiful,
but old fashioned.

Perhaps you’re
right, but I like it.

The word but is a coordinating


conjunction. Coordinating conjunctions are
used to connect words or phrases that have
the same grammatical function in
a sentence.

The other coordinating conjunctions are and, or. Here are their functions.
● And is used to connect words of the same part of speech, phrases or clauses.
● But is used to link words that have different or contrasting meanings.
● Or is used to show a choice.
Examples:
1. The rich man has many houses and cars.
2. The watch is beautiful but cheap.
3. Do you want to eat fried rice or fried noodles?

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 101


Conditional Sentences Type 1

Read the dialog and understand the explanation.

What will you do if


you win the contest? If I win the contest,
I will treat you for lunch.

The sentence “If I win the contest, I will


treat you for lunch.” is a conditional
sentence type 1.
Conditional sentences type 1 (or if
clauses type 1) are used for talking
about possibilities in the present or in the
future.
Patterns:

If + subject + verb base, subject + will + verb base

Subject + will + verb base + if + subject + verb base

Examples:
1. If you share your problem with me, I will try to help.
2. If I have spare time, I will show you how to make this handicraft.
3. Our headmaster will punish us if we skip school.
4. Cikita and Anita will join the extracurricular activities if they have time.

Remember Unit 1 and then answer the questions below.


1. What type of the text have you learned in Unit 1?
Jawaban: We have learned a report text.
2. What do you know about a report text?
Jawaban: A report text describes the way things are, with reference to a range of natural,
man-made and social phenomenon in our environment. A report text consists of
general classification and description.
3. Can you give an example of a report text? What is it?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I can. For example, butterflies and dolphins.

102 UNIT 2 Procedure


A. Listen to your teacher.
What does he/she tell you about?

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


Hello, everyone. Do you like ice cream? Can you make it yourself? Now, I will tell you how
to make banana ice cream.
First of all, prepare the ingredients. They are 2 cups of milk, 2 cups of heavy cream,
2 eggs, beaten, 1 1/4 cups of sugar, 1/4 teaspoon of salt, 1 cup of purée bananas, 1/2 teaspoon
of vanilla extract and 1/8 teaspoon of nutmeg.
Now, let’s start to make it. First, mix the milk, cream, eggs, sugar and salt in a saucepan.
Cook and stir over low heat until the mixture thickens slightly and coats the back of a spoon.
Refrigerate the mixture until cool. Combine the cooled custard with the bananas, vanilla and
nutmeg. Pour into a freezer container. Freeze according to the manufacturer’s instructions.
At last, the banana ice cream is ready to serve. Delicious, isn’t it?
Adapted from: http://www.makeicecream.com/bananaicecream.html (April 1, 2008)

Jawaban: It’s about how to make banana ice cream.

Variasi:
A. Match the words in column A with their suitable meanings in column B.

A B
1. ice cream a. mengental
2. ingredient b. sari
c. saus manis yang terbuat dari susu, gula, telur, dan tepung, serta
3. extract
disajikan bersama puding atau buah
4. nutmeg d. es krim
5. saucepan e. sedikit/tipis
f. pala
6. mixture
g. campuran
7. thicken h. mendinginkan
8. slightly i. kacang
j. panci bergagang
9. refrigerate
k. ampas
10. custard l. bahan-bahan

Jawaban:
1. d 2. l 3. b 4. f 5. j
6. g 7. a 8. e 9. h 10. c
B. Complete the sentences with the words in Task A.
1. We should ________ the stew with flour.
2. Please add some ________ into the soup to give it strong flavor.
3. My little brother likes to eat chocolate pudding with some ________.
4. We need some cones to put ________.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 103


5. This gown is ________ different from that one. This one is longer.
6. Some cosmetic products use the ________ of seaweeds as the main ingredient.
7. Please pour the ________ of flour, yolk, sugar and butter into a container and put it in the
oven.
8. Before we start to make a birthday cake, we must prepare the ________ first, such as
sugar, flour and eggs.
9. Put the vegetables and spices in the ________ and cook them.
10. Please ________ this meat to keep it fresh.
Jawaban:
1. thicken 2. nutmeg 3. custard 4. ice cream 5. slightly
6. extract 7. mixture 8. ingredients 9. saucepan 10. refrigerate

B. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the monolog in Task A.
Correct the false ones.
1. ______ We need milk and eggs to make banana ice cream.
2. ______ The eggs must be fried or boiled.
3. ______ The first thing we should do is mixing the bananas, vanilla, nutmeg and cream in
a saucepan.
4. ______ We should cook and stir the mixture over high heat.
5. ______ We must refrigerate the mixture until it is cool.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F. The eggs must be beaten.
3. F. The first thing we should do is mixing the milk, eggs, sugar, cream and salt in a saucepan.
4. F. We should cook and stir the mixture over low heat.
5. T

Variasi:
Listen to your teacher and answer the questions.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


Hello, guys, do you have a handy cam? You know, we use a handy cam to record
an object visually. Can you tell us how to operate it? No one? O.K. I’ll tell you about it.
The very first thing, make sure that the batteries are already inserted in the handy
cam. Then, switch the power on. Next, open the lens cap. After that, find an object you
are going to record on the LCD. If you’ve got the target, push the recording button to
begin. Remember, do not shake your hand much. When you have finished, you can
check your video recording on the LCD. Easy, isn’t it?

1. What is the monolog about?


Jawaban: It’s about how to operate a handy cam.
2. What is the function of a handy cam?
Jawaban: To record objects visually.
3. What should we do at the first time we want to use a handy cam?
Jawaban: We should insert the batteries in the handy cam.
4. What should we avoid while recording something?
Jawaban: We shouldn’t shake our hands much.
5. Where can we check our video recording?
Jawaban: On the LCD.

104 UNIT 2 Procedure


C. Listen to your teacher.
Fill in the blanks based on the monolog you have heard.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Well, making jelly is very (1) simple. You only need one packet of jelly (2) crystals, a 500 ml
jug, 250 ml of boiling water, 200 ml of cold water and a bowl.
O.K., it’s time to make it. Just follow these (3) directions. Firstly, empty contents of a packet of
jelly crystals into the jug. Then, add (4) boiling water. Stir well until crystals (5) dissolve. After
that, add the cold water and stir. Pour the mixture into a bowl. Finally, refrigerate until firm.
Adapted from: Contextual Teaching and Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama Kelas IX Edisi 4

Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai berikut.
Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Well, guys, I have something to tell you. (1) Listen to me, please.
Look here! The window glass is (2) dirty. Do you know how to (3) clean it? Right! We can
do it using a piece of (4) cloth, but it’s not enough. We need something to make the glass
(5) brighter. Guess what!
O.K., we need a piece of (6) newspaper and a pile of water. First, (7) make a ball from the
newspaper. Then, (8) dip it into the water. After that, (9) scrub the window glass using that wet
ball of paper. Do it once again using (10) dry newspaper. Clean it with a piece of dry cloth. You
will see the result. The window glass will become clean and shining. Please have a try!

D. Answer the questions based on the monolog in Task C.


1. What is the monolog about?
Jawaban: It’s about how to make jelly.
2. What do we need to do it?
Jawaban: We need one packet of jelly crystals, a 500 ml jug, 250 ml of boiling water, 200 ml
of cold water and a bowl.
3. How many steps do we need to do it?
Jawaban: Six steps.
4. Where should we empty contents of a packet of jelly crystals into?
Jawaban: We empty them into the jug.
5. How do we stir the jelly crystals?
Jawaban: We stir them until they dissolve.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 105


3. We should wash the pan with ________.
E. Listen to your teacher.
A. a sponge
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
B. an abrasive cleaner
answer.
C. steel wool
D. a metal brush
Teks yang dibacakan guru: Jawaban: A
Do you have a rice cooker at home? If Di akhir monolog terdengar kalimat ”Clean
you have, do you know how to clean it? Now, with nonmetal brush or sponge.” yang
I’ll tell you how to clean it. artinya ”Bersihkan dengan sikat dari
First, soak its pan and inner lid in bahan non-logam atau spon.”. Jadi, di
lukewarm water and wash with a sponge. antara pilihan jawaban yang ada, benda
Then, wipe its body with a damp cloth. Do yang digunakan untuk mencuci panci
not immerse in water. Remember! Dew adalah spon (sponge).
collector should be removed and cleaned 4. We should remove and clean the dew
after every use. Do not use abrasive clean- collector ________.
ers or steel wool. Clean with nonmetal brush A. before using it
or sponge. B. before cooking
Adapted from: Cosmos Jar Warmer Cooker’s C. after using it
Operating Instructions
D. while using it
Jawaban: C
1. The text is about ________.
Kita seharusnya membersihkan tempat
A. how to cook rice
pengumpul uap setelah menggunakannya.
B. how to cook rice using a rice cooker
Hal itu sesuai dengan kalimat ”Dew
C. how to clean a rice cooker
collector should be removed and cleaned
D. how to take care of a rice cooker
after every use.” yang artinya ”Tempat
Jawaban: C
pengumpul uap air seharusnya diambil
Dalam monolog terdengar kalimat ”Now, I’ll
dan dibersihkan setelah digunakan.”.
tell you how to clean it.” yang artinya
”Sekarang, saya akan menjelaskan cara 5. “Do not use abrasive cleaners or steel
membersihkannya.”. Kata ’it’ dalam kalimat wool.” The antonym of the underlined word
tersebut mengacu pada rice cooker (objek is ________.
dari kalimat sebelumnya, ”Do you have A. hard
a rice cooker at home?”. Jadi, monolog B. soft
tersebut menjelaskan tentang cara C. rough
membersihkan rice cooker (how to clean D. heavy
a rice cooker). Jawaban: B
Kata ’abrasive’ artinya ’kasar’. Kata
2. We should soak rice cooker’s pan and
tersebut memiliki makna yang berlawanan
inner lid in ________ water.
dengan kata soft yang artinya lembut.
A. hot
Hard artinya keras, rough artinya kasar/
B. cold
tidak rata, dan heavy artinya berat.
C. freeze
D. warm
Jawaban: D
Jawaban dapat disimpulkan berdasarkan
kalimat ”First, soak its pan and inner lid in
lukewarm water . . . .” yang artinya
”Pertama, rendam panci dan tutup bagian
dalam di dalam air hangat . . . .”.

106 UNIT 2 Procedure


Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama, guru disimpulkan dari kata benda yang telah
dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai disebutkan dalam kalimat sebelumnya
berikut. (”Then, slice the bananas into thin
slices.”), yaitu banana slices (irisan
Teks yang dibacakan guru: pisang). Pilihan jawaban (C) benar.
Do you know pisang goreng or fried 3. We should cut the bananas into
banana? Do you like it? Can you make ________ pieces.
it? Well, making fried banana is very A. thick B. thin
easy. First, you need to buy some good C. big D. large
bananas and some frying oil. Then, slice Jawaban: B
the bananas into thin slices. Next, fry Kita seharusnya memotong pisang
them in very hot oil until they turn brown. menjadi potongan-potongan yang tipis
If you like, you can sprinkle some sugar (thin). Hal itu sesuai dengan kalimat
on top. Otherwise, roll the bananas in ”Then, slice the bananas into thin
flour before you fry them. Yummy . . . slices.”.
yummy! Very delicious!
4. What can we sprinkle on top of the
bananas?
1. What is the purpose of the text? A. Sauce. B. Sugar.
A. To tell an experience. C. Creme. D. Salt.
B. To describe something. Jawaban: B
C. To report about something. Jawaban diketahui berdasarkan kalimat
D. To tell how to make something. ”If you like, you can sprinkle some sugar
Jawaban: D on top.” yang artinya ”Jika kamu suka,
Teks tersebut mengenai cara membuat kamu dapat menaburkan gula di atas
pisang goreng. Pilihan jawaban (D) yang pisang.”.
artinya untuk menjelaskan cara
membuat sesuatu, benar. Pilihan 5. “Well, making fried banana is very easy.”
jawaban (A) adalah tujuan teks recount, The word ‘easy’ has an opposite
(B) adalah tujuan teks descriptive, dan meaning to ________.
(C) adalah tujuan teks report. A. difficult
B. different
2. “Next, fry them in very hot oil until they C. important
turn brown.” D. expensive
The word “them” refers to ________. Jawaban: A
A. hot oil Soal menanyakan opposite (lawan kata)
B. frying oil kata easy. Easy artinya mudah, sehingga
C. banana slices lawan katanya adalah difficult yang
D. fried banana artinya sulit. Different artinya berbeda,
Jawaban: C important artinya penting, dan expensive
Yang dimaksud ’them’ dalam kalimat artinya mahal.
tersebut adalah banana slice. Hal itu

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 107


A. Work in pairs.
Deliver a monolog based on the text below.

How to Make a Watermelon Basket Carving

Materials:
● one small watermelon ● a sharp-pointed knife
● a carving knife ● a melon scoop

Steps:
1. Choose an elongated watermelon.
2. Lightly draw a dolphin on the rind of the watermelon with a sharp point.
3. Cut along the lines carefully with the knife, and then gently cut away the rind.
4. With a melon scoop, make the flesh into watermelon balls and set aside in a dish. Remove any
remaining flesh so the interior is clean and white.
5. Cut triangles through the rind to represent the eyes, and in the edges, cut notches for the
eyelashes.
6. Cut a crescent for the mouth, and then notch the upper border of the rind all around except at
the tail.
7. Arrange the watermelon and cantaloupe balls attractively in the dolphin-shaped bowl.
Source: http://asiarecipe.com/carving.html (January 16, 2007)
Contoh monolog:
Do you like watermelons? Do you know that we can make a watermelon basket carving in
many shapes?
Alright, let’s make one in the shape of a dolphin. But, you should prepare first one small
watermelon, a sharp-pointed knife, a carving knife and a melon scoop. Have you got them all? Very
good!
Now, listen to the steps of how to make it. First of all, choose a watermelon. You may choose
the long one. Then, slightly draw a dolphin on the rind of the watermelon with a sharp point. If you
have done, cut along the lines and then cut away the rind. Just do it carefully and gently. Next,
make the flesh into watermelon balls using a melon scoop and set aside in a dish. Don’t forget to
remove any remaining flesh.
After that, cut triangles through the rind to represent the eyes. In the edges, cut notches for the
eyelashes. Further, cut a crescent for the mouth, and then notch the upper border of the rind all
around except at the tail.
Finally, arrange the watermelon and cantaloupe balls interestingly in the dolphin-shaped bowl.

108 UNIT 2 Procedure


Variasi:
A. Read the words and find out their meanings.
Then, make sentences using them.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. create = membuat, menciptakan
2. engrave = mengukir, memahat
3. form = bentuk
4. tiny = kecil
5. slightly = sedikit/enteng/tipis
6. carefully = dengan hati-hati
7. take away = memindahkan
8. inner = sebelah dalam
9. edge = pinggir
10. interestingly = dengan menarik
Contoh jawaban:
1. We can create something unique from pieces of cloth.
2. To engrave an egg shell needs a lot of patience and skill.
3. I will carve this melon in the form of stars.
4. You can’t see bacteria using your naked eyes because it’s very tiny.
5. Slightly I cut the onion into thin slices.
6. Please cross the river carefully and watch your step.
7. Mother wants me to take all my toys away from my room.
8. You need to clean the inner part of the computer from dust regularly.
9. Don’t put the glass on the edge of the table. It may fall down.
10. My little brother watches the sculptor’s work interestingly.
B. Find the similar meanings of the words above in the text in Task A.
Jawaban:
1. make 2. carve 3. shape 4. small 5. lightly
6. gently 7. remove 8. interior 9. border 10. attractively

B. Deliver a monolog based on the pictures and the words provided.


Find any reference if necessary.

How to Send E-mail Attachments

1 2 3

● open ● icon ● browse


● launch ● insert ● hard drive/removable disk
● compose ● drop-down

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 109


4 5

● highlight ● send Picture source: http://www.learnthenet.com/english/html/


● appear 94ATTACH.HTM (March 31, 2008)

Contoh jawaban:
Sometimes when you send a message through an e-mail, you want to attach something such
as a file or a picture. Actually, it’s not difficult to attach something in your e-mail. I’ll tell you about it.
First of all, open your e-mail account, launch a new message window and compose your
message. Then, click the ‘attachment’ icon or insert the file by selecting from the drop-down menu.
Next, . . . browse your hard drive or removable disks to locate the file you want to attach. Well, click
it to highlight the name, then click the ‘Insert’ button. An icon or message should now appear
indicating that the file has been attached. Finally, click the ‘Send’ button and off it goes! Easy and
quick!
Adapted from: http://www.learnthenet.com/english/html/94ATTACH.HTM (March 31, 2008)

C. What is your favorite food or drink?


Tell your friends how to make it.
Contoh jawaban:
Well, my favorite drink is tomato juice. Now, I’ll tell you how to make it.
Before making it, please prepare a ripe tomato, ¾ glass of water, sugar, a blender and ice
cubes if you like.
Now, I’ll show you how to make it. First, slice a ripe tomato into some pieces. Take ¾ glass of
water. Then, add sugar as you like. After that, put all of the materials into a blender. Turn on the
blender. Add ice cubes if you like. A few minutes later, the tomato juice is ready to drink.
What a refreshing drink!

A. Read the text aloud.


Mind your pronunciation and intonation.

Homemade Candy
Ingredients:
● powdered sugar ● 1 cup water
● 1 cup granulated sugar ● 1 cup light corn syrup
● 1/2 tsp peppermint oil or other flavor
What to do:
1. Sprinkle a thick coat of powdered sugar on a cookie sheet.
2. Combine the granulated sugar, light corn syrup and water in a heavy saucepan.

110 UNIT 2 Procedure


3. Cook over medium-high heat until the hard-crack stage. (When the candy caramel cracks,
then dip into cold water.)
4. Remove from heat.
5. Add the peppermint oil or other flavor. Stir well.
6. Pour onto the cookie sheet.
7. Sprinkle with more powdered sugar.
8. Cut with a knife as soon as cool enough to handle.
Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade IX

B. Identify the structure of the text in Task A.


Jawaban:

Aim/Goal Homemade Candy

Ingredients:
● powdered sugar
● 1 cup water
Materials ● 1 cup granulated sugar
● 1 cup light corn syrup
● 1/2 tsp peppermint oil or other flavor

What to do:
1. Sprinkle a thick coat of powdered sugar on a cookie sheet.
2. Combine the granulated sugar, light corn syrup and water in
a heavy saucepan.
3. Cook over medium-high heat until the hard-crack stage. (When the
Steps candy caramel cracks, then dip into cold water.)
4. Remove from heat.
5. Add the peppermint oil or other flavor. Stir well.
6. Pour onto the cookie sheet.
7. Sprinkle with more powdered sugar.
8. Cut with a knife as soon as it is cool enough to handle.

C. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A.
Correct the false one(s).
1. ______ The text is about how to make a homemade candy.
2. ______ We need crème to make a homemade candy.
3. ______ We should sprinkle a thick coat of powdered sugar on a cookie sheet.
4. ______ We should combine the granulated sugar, light corn syrup and water in a heavy
saucepan.
5. ______ The candy is cooked on low heat.
6. ______ When the candy caramel cracks, dip it into warm water.
7. ______ After removing the candy from heat, we add the peppermint oil and stir well.
8. ______ We use peppermint oil as the candy flavor.
9. ______ After pouring the candy onto the cookie sheet, we sprinkle it with more syrup.
10. ______ We cut the candy with a knife when it is still hot.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 111


Jawaban:
1. T
2. F. We don’t need crème to make it.
3. T
4. T
5. F. It’s cooked over medium-high heat.
6. F. When the candy caramel cracks, dip it into cold water, not warm water.
7. T
8. T
9. F. After pouring the candy onto the cookie sheet, we sprinkle it with more powdered sugar,
not syrup.
10. F. We cut the candy with a knife as soon as the candy is cool enough to handle.

Variasi:
Solve the puzzle below.
You may find the answers in the text in Task A.
Across
2. Please ________ the flour into the bowl.
4. The old women ________ a stick to help
them walk.
6. We ________ the paper into two using
scissors.
8. Hydrogen and oxygen ________ to form
water.

Down
1. I like some foods which use ________ as
their main ingredient, such as popcorn or
corn soup.
3. You cannot ________ the stain using
detergent only.
4. Remember! We must cook the crackers in
medium ________.

5. The little boys ________ into the water to look for some money.
6. This glass has a ________ on it.
7. You must ________ the water and the sugar well.
Jawaban:
Across Down
2. pour 1. corn
4. handle 3. remove
6. cut 4. heat
8. combine 5. dip
6. crack
7. stir

112 UNIT 2 Procedure


D. Read the text, and then answer the questions.

How to Use a DVD Player for Karaoke Playback


1. Connect a microphone to the Mic1 input space on the front of your DVD player. Connect
a second microphone to the Mic2 input space if two microphones are desired.
2. Insert the disk you will sing along with into the player, and then select the track to which you
will sing.
3. Adjust the Microphone Volume Control dial as needed for the microphone volume. This is
located next to the Mic1/Mic2 input.
4. Adjust the Echo dial as needed for the microphone echo volume. This dial is located next to
the Microphone Volume Control dial.
5. Locate the Follow button on your remote control. You will find this button immediately below
the number keypad on the left side. Use this button to choose the correct partner mode.
6. Remove a voice if needed during VCD playback by pushing Ch/Audio and picking the right
channel. During DVD playback, do the same by pushing Ch/Audio and picking the right audio
mode.
7. Sing your heart out!
Adapted from: http://www.ehow.com/how_2020966_playback-palsonic-karaoke.html
(March 29, 2008)
Questions:
1. What is the text about?
Jawaban: It is about how to use a DVD player for karaoke playback.
2. What is the purpose of the text?
Jawaban: To tell about how to do something step by step.
3. What materials should we prepare for karaoke playback?
Jawaban: A DVD player, a microphone and a disk.
4. Where do we connect the first microphone into?
Jawaban: We connect the first microphone to the Mic1 input space on the front of the DVD
player.
5. What do we do after adjusting the Echo dial for the microphone volume?
Jawaban: We locate the Follow button on our remote control.

Variasi:
A. Read the words below.
Find out their meanings.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. disconnect = memutuskan (sambungan)
2. output = hasil, produksi
3. desired = diinginkan
4. adjust = menyesuaikan
5. select = memilih
6. button = tombol
7. channel = saluran
8. pull = menarik

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 113


B. Find the opposite meanings to the following words in the text in Task A.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. disconnect >< connect 2. output >< input
3. near >< remote 4. slowly >< immediately
5. above >< below 6. right >< left
7. wrong >< correct 8. pull >< push
C. Complete the sentences with the answers in Task B.
1. Where is the ________ control? I want to change the TV channel.
2. We must ________ the door to open it.
3. Silva will miss the train if she doesn’t go to the station ________.
4. My brother hung the calender ________ the clock.
5. Use a cable to ________ the computer with the electricity socket.
Jawaban:
1. remote 2. push 3. immediately 4. below 5. connect

E. Complete the text with the words in the box.


Read the complete text aloud.

a. tip b. move c. thumb d. adjust e. stable


f. finger g. difficult h. second i. base j. pinching

How to Use Chopsticks


Step 1
Place one chopstick in the crook of your (1) ________ and index finger. The chopstick should be at
the (2)________ of your thumb. Your thumb should be about ¾ the way down from the broad end
of the chopstick.
Step 2
Rest the chopstick on your ring finger between ½ way and ¾ the way down the chopstick. The first
chopstick should now be very (3) ________ with one end securely between your thumb and index
finger and the other end resting on your ring finger.
Step 3
Place the (4) ________ chopstick in your hand the way you would hold a pen. It should rest slightly
on the tip of your thumb and be held into place with support from your middle (5) ________.
Step 4
Use your index and middle fingers to practice moving the (6) ________ of the top chopstick up and
down. The bottom chopstick should remain relatively still. As you (7) ________ the top one down
the tip should meet up with the tip of the bottom one.
Step 5
Imagine you are (8) ________ something. If the tips aren’t meeting up, (9)________ one chopstick
so they do because it will be very (10) ________ to pick anything up if the two chopsticks aren’t
evenly aligned.
Source: http://www.gomestic.com/Cooking/How-to-Use-Chopsticks-in-Seven-Easy-Steps.39217 (March 31, 2008)
Jawaban:
1. c 2. a 3. e 4. h 5. f 6. i 7. b 8. j 9. d 10. g

114 UNIT 2 Procedure


F. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct bahan yang diperlukan adalah a styrofoam
answer. tray, colored tissue paper, any photograph,
glue stick, dan varnish. Jadi, kita
memerlukan lima (five) bahan untuk
A Photo Fish Fun Frame membuat pigura tersebut.
You’ll need: 3. “Glue the pieces of tissue paper to the
A styrofoam tray, colored tissue paper, tray . . . .” (Step 5)
any photograph, glue stick and varnish. The underlined word means ________.
A. put B. set up
1. Draw the fish on the tray and cut it C. stick D. take
out. The fish should be a little Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
smaller than the photograph you Jawaban: C
want to frame. Kata ’glue’ sama artinya dengan kata
2. Cut different-colored tissue paper ’stick’, yaitu ’menempelkan/mengelem’.
into little pieces. Put artinya menaruh, set up artinya
3. Use a glue stick. Glue the pieces of mendirikan/merancang, dan take artinya
tissue paper to the tray so that they mengambil.
overlap a little. 4. The following are the steps on making
4. Cover the fish cut out, which will a photo fish fun frame, except ________.
serve as the frame’s stand. A. cut different-colored tissue paper into
5. After you have covered the frame large pieces
and the fish, varnish both. B. glue the pieces of tissue paper to the tray
6. Let the pieces dry, then glue the fish C. after we have covered the frame and
cut out to the back and use it to the fish, varnish both
hold up the frame. D. attach the photo to the back of the
7. Attach the photo to the back of the frame with sellotape
frame with sellotape. Pretty fish, Jawaban: A
isn’t it? Di antara keempat pilihan jawaban yang
bukan merupakan langkah-langkah dalam
membuat pigura foto yang lucu adalah
1. What should we do after we glue the
pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya memotong
pieces of tissue paper to the tray?
kertas tipis yang berwarna berbeda-beda
A. Varnish it.
menjadi potongan-potongan yang besar.
B. Cover the fish cut out.
Potongan-potongan tersebut seharusnya
C. Glue the fish cut out to the back.
kecil, bukan besar. Pilihan jawaban yang
D. Cut different-colored tissue paper.
lain salah karena sesuai dengan langkah-
Jawaban: B
langkah yang ada dalam teks.
Kegiatan ”Glue the pieces of tissue paper
to the tray” merupakan langkah ketiga. Hal 5. “Draw the fish on the tray and cut it out.”
tersebut diikuti langkah keempat, yaitu (Step 1)
”Cover the fish cut out, . . . .”. What does the bold-typed word refer to?
A. Frame. B. Tray.
2. How many materials do we need to C. Paper. D. A picture of fish.
make a photo fish fun frame? Jawaban: D
A. Four. B. Five. Kata ’it’ mengacu pada objek yang telah
C. Six. D. Seven. disebutkan dalam klausa sebelumnya,
Jawaban: B yaitu ’fish’. Jadi, yang digunting adalah
Bahan-bahan yang diperlukan untuk gambar ikan. Arti kalimat soal adalah
membuat sebuah pigura foto ikan yang ”Gambarlah ikan di atas nampan dan
lucu terdapat di bagian ”You’ll need”. Di guntinglah (gambar ikan tersebut).”.
bagian tersebut dijelaskan bahwa bahan-

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 115


Variasi:
Dengan perintah kegiatan yang sama guru artinya selama, after yang artinya sesudah,
dapat memberi tambahan soal sebagai dan as artinya saat.
berikut.
3. “Next, prepare a clean and sharp knife.”
Read the text and answer questions 1 to 3. The word “sharp” has an opposite
It’s good to have juice in the morning. meaning to ________.
You can have apple juice, melon juice or even A. good B. easy
orange juice. C. dull D. clear
Let’s see how to make apple juice. The Jawaban: C
first thing you have to do is to prepare the Kata ’sharp’ mempunyai arti ’tajam’. Jadi,
blender. Wash and clean it with fresh water. lawan kata dari tajam (sharp) adalah
Next, prepare a clean and sharp knife. You tumpul (dull). Good artinya baik, easy
need it to cut the apple. Then, prepare an artinya mudah, dan clear artinya jernih.
apple or apples. Wash the apple or apples as Read the text and answer questions 4 and 5.
many as you wish and cut them into pieces. Let me tell you the best way to mop floor.
After that, put those slices into the blender. First, prepare a pile of water. Put the cleaning
Add some ice cubes if you like. Turn on the formula into the water. Stir it using a stick.
‘ON’ button and push the button 1, 2 or 3. You Then, dip the mop into the water until it is wet.
may add some sugar if you want to. When Rinse the mop so that it is not too wet.
you have finished, pour the apple juice into After that, mop the floor. Do it carefully so
glasses. Your juice is ready to serve. that you will not leave any dirt. See the result.
1. The text above is about ________. Your floor will be clean and clear. Further, it is
A. how to peel apples safe for the kids to play there.
B. how apple juice tastes 4. The text tells us about ________.
C. how to make apple juice A. clean floor
D. how to wash and clean a blender B. dirty floor
Jawaban: C C. how to mop floor
Teks tersebut mengenai cara membuat D. how to play on the floor safely
jus apel. Hal tersebut dapat disimpulkan Jawaban: C
dari kalimat ”Let’s see how to make Pilihan jawaban (C) yang artinya cara
apple juice.” yang artinya ”Ayo kita lihat mengepel lantai tepat karena secara
cara membuat jus apel.”. keseluruhan teks tersebut menjelaskan
2. First of all, we have to wash and clean cara mengepel lantai.
the blender ________ use it. 5. “Then, dip the mop into the water until it is
A. during wet.” (Paragraph 1)
B. before The word ‘it’ refers to ________.
C. after A. the water
D. as B. the mop
Jawaban: B C. the pile
Kalimat soal artinya ”Pertama-tama, kita D. the floor
harus mencuci dan membersihkan Jawaban: B
blender . . . menggunakannya.”. Arti kalimat soal adalah ”Kemudian,
Jawaban yang paling tepat untuk celupkan alat pel ke dalam air sampai alat
melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah itu basah.”. Jadi, yang dimaksud dengan
sebelum (before), bukan during yang ’it’ adalah alat pel (mop).

116 UNIT 2 Procedure


G. Combine the sentences using the words in brackets.
See the example.
Example:
Yudi came to my house. I was sweeping the floor. (when)
o When Yudi came to my house, I was sweeping the floor.
1. I have had breakfast. Then, I go to school. (before)
2. We cleaned our house at 9 a.m. We have a ‘rujak’ party at 11:45 a.m. (after)
3. The food is not delicious. I don’t like it. (because)
4. Delia was feeding her fish. Her mother called her. (when)
5. Hani has typed a proposal. Later, she gives her proposal to the headmaster. (after)
Jawaban:
1. I have had breakfast before I go to school.
2. We have a ‘rujak’ party after we have cleaned our house.
3. I don’t like the food because it is not delicious.
4. Delia was feeding her fish when her mother called her.
5. After Hani has typed her proposal, she gives it to the headmaster.

H. Complete the sentences with and, but or or.


1. The boy is smart ________ a little bit naughty.
2. Do you have a piece of paper ________ a pen? I need them to write a letter.
3. Which bicycle do you want to borrow? The new bike ________ the old one?
4. If we will have a camping, we need some ropes ________ tents.
5. Mr. Edi’s family is poor ________ happy.
Jawaban:
1. but 2. and 3. or 4. and 5. but

Variasi:
Complete the text with suitable coordinating or subordinating conjunctions.
How to Make a Birthday Cake
Ingredients:
● a boxed cake mix ● shortening ● eggs
● oil ● flour ● birthday candles
Directions:
1. Read through the directions on the cake box.
2. Preheat the oven to the appropriate temperature (1) ________ we begin.
3. Put the dry cake mix into the large mixing bowl.
4. Put the prescribed amount of water, oil (2) ________ eggs into the mix.
5. Mix the batter with an electric mixer (3) ________ a mixing spoon until it is smooth and free
of clumps.
6. Grease the large cake pan with the shortening.
7. Flour the pan lightly.
8. Pour the cake batter into the cake pan.
9. Use the rubber spatula to scrape all the batter off the sides of the bowl.
10. Place the cake on the top rack of the oven (4) ________ bake for the amount of time
specified on the box.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 117


11. (5) ________ the cake is done, remove it from the oven.
12. Turn off the oven (6) ________ let the cake cool.
13. (7) ________ the cake is cool enough, spread the icing on the cake using a spatula.
14. (8) ________ the icing is on the cake, place the appropriate number of birthday candles on it.
Source: http://library.thinkquest.org/10888/prochs.html? (April 26, 2007)
Jawaban:
1. before 2. and 3. or 4. and
5. After 6. and 7. After 8. When

I. Continue the conditional sentences type 1 using your own words.

1. I will buy a new mobile phone if ________.


2. If ________, we will feel safe while riding a motorcycle.
3. If ________, she will plant many flowers in it.
4. My mother will allow me go to the party if ________.
5. Diana will buy the novel if________.
6. If ________, I will lend you one.
7. Marry will study abroad if ________.
8. If ________, my friends and I will fish at the lake.
9. Adinda and Sonia will eat the bread if ________.
10. If ________, the students will put on their jackets.
Contoh jawaban:
1. I have much money 2. we obey the traffic regulations
3. Yenni has a large garden 4. I don’t come home late at night
5. it is interesting 6. you don’t bring any pens
7. her parents let her go 8. we have spare time
9. they are hungry 10. the weather is cold

A. Work in pairs.
Rearrange the sentences into a proper procedural text.
Kalimat-kalimat yang diacak dan jawaban:
How to Use a Thermometer
5 Read the thermometer where the line of mercury ends, or read
the display on a digital thermometer.
3 Insert the thermometer into the mouth, under the tongue.
2 Turn on the thermometer if you’re using the digital type.
4 Leave the thermometer in place for 3 to 5 minutes if you’re
using the glass-mercury type. For the digital type, wait until the
thermometer signals that the process is complete.
1 Shake down the thermometer until it reads below 95.9 degrees, if you’re using the
glass-mercury type.
Source: http://www.ehow.com/how_1967_thermometer.html (April 4, 2008)

118 UNIT 2 Procedure


B. Look at the series of pictures below.
Then, rearrange the sentences based on the pictures.

How to Make the Bird of Paradise Napkin

1 2 3 4

5 6 7 8

Source: http://www.napkinfoldingguide.com/03-
birdofparadise/ (April 1, 2008)
9 10

Kalimat-kalimat yang diacak dan jawaban:


How to Make the Bird of Paradise Napkin
5 Fold the right corner diagonally towards you–laying it down along the centerline of the
triangle, making a new tip pointing towards you. An iron can make this important fold
a whole lot easier.
9 This bird’s almost ready to fly, but first you must give it some feathers. While holding the
base firmly to keep your folds together, pull up the four ‘flaps’ created by the napkin’s
corners.
1 Lay the napkin face down in front of you.
3 Fold the napkin in half diagonally, creating a triangle.
6 Do the same with the left corner, fold it diagonally toward you and press it down next to the
previous fold.
8 Fold the triangle in half by bringing the center seam towards you and allowing the ends to
fall.
4 Orient the triangle so the open tip is facing away from you.
10 Pretty cool fold, isn’t it? This fold can be difficult if you don’t use an iron or have a fairly stiff
napkin, so be prepared to put a few minutes into making each one.
2 Fold the napkin in quarters.
7 Fold the two “wings” that you have just made in folds 5 and 6 under so that you have your
original triangle shape back. Once again, an iron can make a world of difference.
Source: http://www.napkinfoldingguide.com/03-birdofparadise/ (April 1, 2008)

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 119


C. Write a procedural text based on one of the following topics.
1. How to send e-mails via the Internet.
2. How to create a password on computer.
3. How to make satay.
Contoh jawaban:
1. How to Send E-mails via the Internet
E-mail is by far the most popular service in the Internet. Sending messages is a snap.
Just follow these simple steps.
● Open your e-mail program and launch a new message window by clicking on the
appropriate icon.
● In the “To box”, type the name of the recipient. Make sure you enter the address correctly
or the message will return to you. You can also send a copies (Cc:) and blind copies
(Bcc:) to multiple addresses.
● Type the subject of the e-mail.
● Write your message in the message window. You can also copy a text from a word
processing program and paste it into the window.
● Click on the “Send” icon or select “Send” from the “File” menu.
Source: http://www.learnthenet.com/english/html/92email.htm (March 31, 2008)

2. How to Create a Password on Computer


Password is very important to protect our computer, especially the files in it. It’s not
difficult to create a password. I’ll tell you how to create a Windows XP password.
Steps:
● Click on the “Start” button, on the Windows taskbar.
● Click on “Control Panel”. If “Control Panel” is not visible, try clicking on “Settings”, then
“Control Panel”.
● Find “User Accounts” and click on that option.
● Choose an account from the list on the bottom.
● Select the second option, which will be “Create a Password”.
● Type in a new password and then type it again on the second line. Passwords are capital
sensitive, so if your password is ArFikn, the A and the F needs to be capitalized when you
log in.
● Put a password hint on the third line. This hint will remind you what your password is. But
because it’s visible to everyone that goes on the computer (on the log in screen), don’t be
too obvious if it’s a family computer.
● Click on “Create Password”. Log off or restart the computer for it to work.
Source: http://www.wikihow.com/Create-a-Windows-XP-Password (April 4, 2008)

3. How to Make Beef Satay


Materials:
● beef ● sauce with pepper or ketchup
● bamboo sticks ● hot chili pepper (optional)
Steps:
● Cut the meat into small pieces.
● Put them together on the bamboo or coconut leave’s bones sticks.
● Dip them into special ingredients, like sauce with pepper or ketchup.
● Burn on fire until they turn red.
● When they are already red, they are ready to serve. People usually enjoy this kind of food
with rice or rice wrapped with banana leaves (lontong). They also add their meals with hot
chili pepper. It is very delicious. Do you want to have a try?

120 UNIT 2 Procedure


2.3 Short Functional Texts: Spoken Warnings and Labels

Spoken Text

Read the text and understand the explanation.

Attention, please.
Don’t enter the room. We are cleaning it.

The text above is a spoken warning. It tells the listeners not to do something, or forbids
someone to do something.

Written Text

Read the text and understand the explanation.

VAPE MAT
Electric Mosquito Destroyer
Without smoke and ash, it keeps the room clean.
Each VAPE MAT is effective for 38 m2 room.
VAPE (device) is economical because it only needs 5 watt of electricity.
VAPE MAT can be used at any model of devices;
however, use VAPE device to get the maximum result.
Keep away from the reach of children.
In case of swallowed, consult with the doctor or clinic immediately.

Source: Vape Mat, Electric Mosquito Destroyer

The text above is a label of a product. A label is a piece of paper etc. that is attached to
something and gives information about it. The purpose of a label is to describe or give
information about something. In a label, we usually find the description of the product, its
superiority, its safety precautions or/and its directions.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 121


Remember Unit 1 and answer the questions below.
1. Have you ever heard some announcements?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have.
2. Where do you usually hear some announcements?
Contoh jawaban: At school and in public places, such as in a bank, a supermarket,
a hospital, etc.
3. Mention some notices that you can find around you.
Contoh jawaban: They are “No smoking” and “No littering”.

A. Listen to your teacher.


What does he/she tell you about?

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


Attention, please.
The examination will be carried out in five minutes. Please don’t make any noises during the
test. One more thing, don’t cheat while doing your test or you will fail.

Jawaban: It’s a warning about what the listeners should do during the examination.

B. Answer the questions based on the text you have heard in Task A.

1. What is the purpose of the text?


Jawaban: To warn the listeners about something/or to tell someone not to do something.
2. Who do you think the speaker is?
Jawaban: A teacher.
3. Where do you think you can hear such a warning?
Jawaban: In a classroom or at school.
4. When do you hear such a warning?
Jawaban: When the students are going to have an examination.
5. What mustn’t the listeners do based on the warning?
Jawaban: They mustn’t make any noises and cheat during the examination.

C. Listen to your teacher.


Complete the announcement based on what you have heard.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:


Listen, everyone. While enjoying the (1) park, you must pay attention to some (2) rules. Do not
litter in order to keep the park (3) clean. Please throw the rubbish into the rubbish bins. Take the
path to walk. Never (4) step on the grass. Also, do not (5) pick the flowers. One more thing, don’t
scratch. Thank you.

122 UNIT 2 Procedure


D. ✔ ) on each picture showing the activity that we can’t do in the park based
Put a tick (✔
on the text in Task C.
Gambar-gambar soal dan jawaban:
1. 2. 3.
✔ ✔

4. 5.

E. Complete the statements below based on the text in Task C.


1. We may hear the warning in ________.
2. People mustn’t litter in order to ________.
3. People must ________ into the rubbish bins.
4. To keep the grass grow well, we mustn’t ________.
5. People are not permitted to ________ the flowers.
Jawaban:
1. a park 2. keep the park clean
3. throw the rubbish 4. step on it
5. pick

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 123


A. Complete the text with the correct words in the box.
Then, read the text with proper pronunciation and intonation.

a. species b. adventure c. exclusively


d. friendliness e. feed f. protect

Welcome!
Ahead of you are hours of discovery and (1) ________. While you’re enjoying yourself, we ask
you to show the same consideration. Please do not try to (2) ________ the animals even if the
animals show the greatest (3) ________. They are provided with their specific food by the Zoo
alone to keep them in a manner appropriate to their (4) ________ and in good health. You may
feed animals in those areas where feed is on sale from the Zoo, but only and (5) ________ with the
food provided by the Zoo.
Adapted from: http://www.zoo-hannover.de/zoo-hannover/en/zoo_v3/besucherservice/zoo-ordnung/zoo-ordnung.html
(April 2, 2008)
Jawaban:
1. b 2. e 3. d 4. a 5. c

B. Create a warning based on the following key points.

Key Points:
● Visitors mustn’t bring their bags into the library.
● No food or drink is allowed in the library.
● Wearing sandals is not permitted in the library.
● Visitors must keep silent in the library.

Contoh jawaban:
Attention, please.
For your comfort in this library, please pay attention to some rules. You mustn’t bring your bags
inside. Please put them in the lockers available. To keep the library clean, don’t eat or drink.
No one is permitted to wear sandals in the library. One more thing, don’t make any noises while
you’re in the library. It may disturb others. Thank you.

C. Create a warning you may hear in a certain place, such as a hospital, a park, a zoo
or a beach.
Contoh jawaban:
Attention, please.
Please be careful. Tide is coming in and the waves are big. Don’t play close to the sea. Thank you.

124 UNIT 2 Procedure


A. Read the text with proper pronunciation.
What is it about?

Glade Orange Peach captures the warm of peach and clean scent of fresh
orange to cheer every room in your home or car.
DIRECTION FOR USE:
1. Cut the plastic pouch of Glade One for All as direction.
2. Place or hang it in any places as you desired.
CAUTION:
● Keep out of the reach of children.
● Do not swallow.

Source: Glade Orange Peach


Jawaban: It’s about a room freshener.

B. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A.
Correct the false ones.
1. ______ The purpose of the text is to give information about a product.
2. ______ The room freshener combines the warm of orange and clean scent of peach.
3. ______ We can hang the room freshener in our car.
4. ______ We hang the room freshener without cutting its plastic pouch.
5. ______ The room freshener should be put close to kids.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F. It combines the warm of peach and clean scent of orange.
3. T
4. F. We hang it after we cut its plastic pouch.
5. F. We must put it away from kids.

Variasi:
A. Read the words and find out their meanings.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. peach = buah persik 2. capture = menangkap, merebut
3. scent = bau harum 4. pouch = kantong
5. swallow = menelan
B. Make sentences using the words in Task A.
Contoh jawaban:
1. Which one do you like to eat, this peach or this apple?
2. We must capture every opportunity to improve our life skills.
3. The flower has fragrant scent so that many butterflies are attracted to perch on it.
4. The kangaroo puts its baby in its pouch.
5. Don’t swallow these pills. They are out of date.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 125


C. Complete the text with the correct words in the box.

a. before b. Turn c. Safety d. Convenient e. cause

GOVERNOR
IN LINE CUT STOVE
Safe – (1) ________ – Enduring
(2) ________ Precautions
● Read the instructions (3) ________ use.
● Only use butane gas cartridge low pressure.
● Do not use in windy places.
● Do not use large pans. They may (4) ________ overheating.
● After every use: (5) ________ the ignition knob to the OFF position, then lift
the knob up to the UNLOCK position to disengage the fuel cartridge.

Source: Governor, In Line Cut


Jawaban:
1. d 2. c 3. a 4. e 5. b

D. Answer the questions based on the text in Task C.


1. What is the text about?
Jawaban: It’s a label of a stove.
2. What should we do before we use the stove?
Jawaban: We should read the instructions.
3. Why mustn’t we use large pans?
Jawaban: Because they may cause overheating.
4. When must we turn the ignition knob to the OFF position?
Jawaban: After we use the stove.
5. Why should we lift the knob up to the UNLOCK position?
Jawaban: To disengage the fuel cartridge.

A. Rearrange the sentences into a proper label.

Feel the freshness of Sari Ayu Mawar Cleanser. For Normal-Dry Skin
Formulated for normal-dry skin, it cleans the face perfectly.

Enrich with peppermint oil as aromatherapy How to use:


for refreshing effect, rose extract and olive ● Apply to the face with gentle massage.
oil to maintain the skin moisture and soft & ● Wipe it clean with cotton.
areca extract to maintain the skin elasticity.
Sari Ayu
Mawar Cleanser
Source: Sari Ayu Mawar Cleanser

126 UNIT 2 Procedure


Jawaban:

Sari Ayu
Mawar Cleanser
For Normal-Dry Skin
Feel the freshness of Sari Ayu Mawar Cleanser.
Formulated for normal-dry skin, it cleans the face perfectly.
Enrich with peppermint oil as aromatherapy for refreshing effect, rose extract
and olive oil to maintain the skin moisture and soft & areca extract to maintain
the skin elasticity.
How to use:
● Apply to the face with gentle massage.
● Wipe it clean with cotton.

B. Write a label based on the data below.


Bathroom Tissue
● It is made of natural fiber.
● It is processed hygienically.
● It is soft and has high quality.
● It is suitable to use in any tissue roll dispensers.
● You can pull tissue from outer side or inner side.
Contoh jawaban:

NICE
Bathroom Tissue

NICE, made of 100% natural fiber, processed hygienically to create soft


and high-quality tissue for your family.

Practical Usage:
NICE Bathroom Tissue is suitable to use
in variety of tissue roll dispensers in bathroom.
● Just put into the dispenser bar and pull tissue from outer side.
● Place it on the table dispenser, pull tissue from inner side.

Source: Nice Bathroom Tissue

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 127


C. Find something around you.
Write its label.
Contoh jawaban:

Zwitsal
Baby Hair Lotion

Hair & Scalp Nourishment

● Tested Hypo-Allergenic: safe for sensitive skin.


● Nourishes baby’s hair and scalp.
● Makes baby’s hair soft, shiny and smells nice.
● Prevents scalp from dryness.

Apply after bath or shampooing on baby’s hair and scalp.

Source: Zwitsal Baby Hair Lotion

Write a procedural text about how to make something or do something.


If you have finished, you may demonstrate it before the class.

Read and memorize the words. kernel : biji


Use them whenever you speak English. lid : tutup, penutup
notch : membuat takik
cantaloupe : belewar, semacam semangka pinch : menjepit
crescent : sabit precaution : tindakan pencegahan
crook : lekuk rind : kulit buah
damp : lembap, basah smash : menghancurkan, memecahkan
disengage : melepaskan, memutuskan soak : merendam
dissolve : larut startle : mengejutkan
garnish : menghias stew : rebusan
ignition : kontak, starter strip : potong, bidang
immerse : mencelupkan

128 UNIT 2 Procedure


Read the dialog and answer questions 3 to 5.
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
answer. Mrs. Rio : I can see the tears in your eyes.
What’s the problem, dear?
1. Rian : Fanty, why do you look sad? Heni : Well, I didn’t pass the science
Fanty : Well, my brother got an accident. experiment test, Mom.
Rian : ________. Mrs. Rio : How could it be? I am not sure that
A. It’s not surprising news you failed. You’re one of the best
B. I’m sorry to hear that. I hope he gets students.
better soon Heni : But the fact is . . . I failed.
C. Thank you for your attention Mrs. Rio : O, come on. Don’t cry. You still have
D. I doubt the news a chance to join the remedial test.
Jawaban: B 3. Who are talking in the dialog?
Dalam kalimat sebelumnya Fanty A. Two friends.
mengatakan bahwa saudara laki-lakinya B. Two sisters.
kecelakaan. Respons Rian yang paling C. A teacher and her student.
tepat saat mendengar berita tersebut D. Mother and her daughter.
adalah ungkapan perhatian. Di antara Jawaban: D
keempat pilihan jawaban, yang merupakan Heni memanggil Bu Rio dengan sebutan
ungkapan memberi perhatian adalah ”I’m ’Mom’. Jadi, dapat dipastikan bahwa
sorry to hear that.” yang artinya ”Saya ikut hubungan kekerabatan antara dua
prihatin.”. pembicara tersebut adalah ibu dengan
2. Anita : Farhan, have you heard that anak perempuannya (mother and her
Leo has got the best mark in daughter).
math test? 4. Mrs. Rio said, “What’s the problem, dear?”
Farhan : Has he? ________. All students What does it mean?
know that he is not good in A. She shows her certainty.
math. B. She shows her doubt.
A. I doubt it C. She asks for certainty.
B. I like him D. She shows her attention.
C. He is great Jawaban: D
D. Poor Leo Kalimat tersebut artinya ”Apa
Jawaban: A masalahmu?”. Kalimat tersebut merupakan
Saat mendengar berita bahwa Leo ungkapan menunjukkan perhatian
mendapat nilai tertinggi dalam ulangan (showing attention) saat melihat orang lain
matematika, Farhan tidak percaya. Dia sedih/menangis.
mengatakan bahwa semua siswa
5. Why did Heni feel sad?
mengetahui bahwa Leo kurang begitu
A. She passed the science experiment
menguasai matematika. Jadi, ungkapan
test.
yang paling tepat untuk melengkapi
B. She couldn’t join the science
kalimat soal adalah ungkapan keraguan
experiment test.
(I doubt it).
C. She failed in the science experiment
test.
D. She got the best mark in the science
experiment test.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 129


Jawaban: C Jawaban: C
Jawaban dapat disimpulkan berdasarkan Kata hubung yang tepat untuk melengkapi
kalimat Heni, ”Well, I didn’t pass the kalimat soal adalah kata but karena
science experiment test, Mom.” yang menunjukkan hubungan pertentangan,
artinya ”Saya tidak lulus tes percobaan yaitu kecil tetapi cantik (small but pretty).
sains, Bu.”. Jadi, alasan Heni sedih/
8. A. Thank you
menangis adalah karena dia tidak lulus tes
B. It sounds beautiful
percobaan sains (she failed in the science
C. I doubt it
experiment test).
D. Poor you
For questions 6 to 10, choose the correct Jawaban: B
words to complete the dialog. Kalimat yang tepat untuk melengkapi soal
adalah it sounds beautiful yang artinya
Indah : You look so busy recently. What will kedengarannya indah. Kalimat tersebut
you do if you have spare time? digunakan untuk memberi perhatian
Maura : If I have spare time, (6) ________. terhadap seseorang yang menjelaskan
Indah : I see. Your garden must be large. tentang sesuatu dan sesuai dengan
Maura : No. It is small (7) ________ pretty. It is respons Maura, ”Absolutely!” yang artinya
situated in front of my house. I plant ”Tentu saja”. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
many flowers there. It is colorful when bukan merupakan respons yang tepat.
they are blossoming.
Indah : (8) ________. 9. A. before
Maura : Absolutely! You know, I always water B. after
the flowers in the morning C. when
(9) ________ I go to school. D. because
Indah : Well, I really want to see your garden. Jawaban: A
Maura : Sure. Why don’t you drop by my Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi soal
house after school? adalah before yang artinya sebelum. Jadi,
Indah : (10) ________ whether I can drop by. arti kalimat Maura tersebut adalah ”Saya
I must go home soon. biasa menyirami bunga pada pagi hari
sebelum berangkat sekolah.”. Pilihan
6. A. I will do gardening jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
B. I would do gardening menunjukkan hubungan yang logis.
C. I have done gardening
D. I would have done gardening 10. A. I pray for you
Jawaban: A B. I like it
Kalimat ”If I have spare time, . . . .” C. I’m sure
merupakan if clause type 1, sehingga D. I am not sure
kalimat yang mengikuti harus Jawaban: D
menggunakan will. Jadi, klausa yang tepat Jawaban dapat disimpulkan berdasarkan
untuk melengkapi kalimat tersebut adalah kalimat Indah selanjutnya yang
I will do gardening. menyatakan bahwa Indah harus segera
pulang. Jadi, Indah merasa ragu apakah
7. A. and dia bisa mampir ke rumah Maura karena
B. or dia harus segera pulang. Pilihan jawaban
C. but (D) benar karena merupakan ungkapan
D. if keraguan.

130 UNIT 2 Procedure


Read the text and answer questions 11 to 14. Jawaban: B
Pada bagian ”You will need” dijelaskan
You will need:
bahwa yang dibutuhkan untuk membuat
● white paper
flick book adalah kertas putih (white
● colors
paper), pewarna (colors), pensil (pencil),
● pencil
dan stepler (stapler). Jadi, bahan yang
● stapler
tidak dibutuhkan adalah lem (glue).
Steps:
13. What should we do after assembling the
1. Take a sheet of white paper and draw
paper?
a background picture on it. Trace this
A. Draw a background on the paper.
picture on at least 12 sheets of paper of
B. Trace the picture on each paper.
same size. On each drawing leave
C. Draw a ball high on the paper.
a margin down one side.
D. Staple them with a stapler.
2. Draw a ball high in the sky on the first
Jawaban: D
page. Draw it a bit lower on the second
Jawaban disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat
page. Repeat it until the ball falls on the
pada langkah ketiga (step 3) ”Assemble
ground.
the paper together and staple them with
3. Assemble the paper together and staple
the stapler along with one side of the
them with the stapler along with one side
margin.”.
of the margin.
4. Hold your flick book by the margin and see 14. “Draw it a bit lower on the second page.”
the ball going down as you shuffle the (Step 2)
pages. The bold-typed word refers to ________.
Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School A. the ball
(SMP/MTs) B. the paper
C. the picture
11. The text mainly tells us about ________.
D. the margin
A. the description of a flick book
Jawaban: A
B. the importance of a flick book
Kata ’it’ dalam kalimat soal mengacu pada
C. the steps of making a flick book
kata ’a ball’ yang merupakan objek dalam
D. people’s reasons of making a flick
kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu ”Draw a ball
book
high in the sky on the first page.”.
Jawaban: C
Teks tersebut merupakan teks procedure 15. after–to–arrive–don’t–me–call–here–
berdasarkan struktur teksnya yang terdiri 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
atas dua hal, yaitu materials dan steps. forget–you
Secara keseluruhan, teks tersebut 8 9
menjelaskan tentang cara membuat flick
book (how to make a flick book). A. 4–8–2–6–5–1–9–3–7
B. 4–8–2–6–9–3–7–1–5
12. The following are what we need to make C. 4–8–3–7–1–9–6–2–5
a flick book, except ________. D. 4–8–9–6–5–1–2–3–7
A. white paper Jawaban: A
B. glue Susunan kata yang benar adalah (B) Don’t
C. stapler forget to call me after you arrive here yang
D. pencil artinya jangan lupa menelepon saya
setelah kamu tiba di sini. Kalimat tersebut
merupakan peringatan. Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah karena tidak membentuk
kalimat yang logis.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 131


Read the text and answer questions 16 and 17.
CAUTION:
1. Harmful: keep out of reach of
Attention, please.
children; if swallowed, contact
Tomorrow is our National Education Day.
doctors immediately.
All students must join the flag hoisting
2. Avoid direct sunlight to the
ceremony at seven. Don’t come late.
Naphtalens Balls during usage.
They evaporate quickly under direct
16. Where can you hear such a warning? sunlight.
A. On a radio. B. In a park.
C. At school. D. In an office.
Source: Snowball Naphtalens Balls
Jawaban: C
Teks tersebut berisi pemberitahuan 18. We can put the Naphtalens Balls in the
tentang upacara peringatan Hari following places, except ________.
Pendidikan Nasional dan yang harus A. suitcases
dilakukan oleh para siswa sehubungan B. bookshelves
dengan upacara tersebut. Jadi, C. wardrobes
pengumuman tersebut dapat didengar di D. curtains
sekolah (at school). Jawaban: D
17. What must the students do according to Jawaban diketahui berdasarkan kalimat
the text? ”SNOWBALL Naphtalens Balls can be
A. Come late. placed inside wardrobes, drawers,
B. Come in time. bookshelves, suitcases and toilets.” yang
C. Come at seven o’clock. artinya ”SNOWBALL Naphtalens Balls
D. Come after seven o’clock. dapat ditaruh di dalam lemari, laci, rak
Jawaban: B buku, kopor, dan toilet.”. Jadi, benda ini
Dalam peringatan tersebut terdapat tidak ditaruh di tirai (curtain).
kalimat ”Don’t come late”. yang artinya 19. Why should we avoid direct sunlight when
”Jangan datang terlambat.”. Jadi, yang we use the Naphtalens Balls?
harus dilakukan siswa adalah datang A. Because they boil quickly under direct
sebelum pukul 7 (come in time). sunlight.
Read the text and answer questions 18 to 20. B. Because they evaporate quickly under
direct sunlight.
C. Because they freeze quickly under
direct sunlight.
SNOWBALL Naphtalens Balls can be D. Because they melt quickly under
placed inside wardrobes, drawers, direct sunlight.
bookshelves, suitcases and toilets. Jawaban: B
SNOWBALL Naphtalens Balls do not Kita tidak boleh meletakkan SNOWBALL
stain or cause any damage to your Naphtalens Balls langsung di bawah sinar
clothes or other belongings; the balls matahari karena benda tersebut menguap
emanate fresh scent. dengan cepat di bawah sinar matahari. Hal
itu disimpulkan dari kalimat terakhir, ”Avoid
SNOWBALL Naphtalens Balls can
direct sunlight to the Naphtalens Balls
also be used to prevent leather or
during usage. They evaporate quickly
paper articles such as handbags,
under direct sunlight.”.
shoes, books, etc. from fungus.

132 UNIT 2 Procedure


20. “. . .; if swallowed, contact doctors C. Complete the text with the correct
immediately.” words in the box.
The bold-typed word has an opposite
meaning to ________.
A. slowly a. Pour b. Materials
B. quickly c. cup d. jasmine
C. fast e. water
D. soon
Jawaban: A Making Teh Poci
Kata ’immediately’ artinya ’dengan (1) ________:
segera’. Kata yang memiliki makna ● Black tea with strong aromatic jasmine
berlawanan dengan kata tersebut adalah ● Poci
slowly yang artinya dengan lambat/pelan. ● Lump sugar
Quickly dan fast artinya dengan cepat, ● Boiling (2) ________
sedangkan soon artinya segera.
Steps:
B. Fill in the blanks with correct 1. Take some black tea with strong aromatic
conjunctions. (3) ________ and then put it in the poci.
2. Don’t forget to put lump sugar in the poci.
1. Mix the flour ________ the sugar in the 3. (4) ________ boiling water in the poci.
pan, then stir the mixture. 4 Then, wait for about 5–7 minutes to get the
2. I will accompany you to the Internet café tea ready to drink.
________ I clean my room. 5. Make sure that the aromatic tea is smelt.
3. Linda is very sad ________ her beloved It means that the tea is ready to serve.
grandma is ill. 6. Pour the tea in a small clay (5) ________
4. Which bag do you want to buy? The black too to serve the tea.
________ the red one? 7. The last one, don’t ever wash the poci, you
5. Mr. Jaya is old ________ strong. just need to take out the rest of the tea.
Jawaban: Source: http://id.wikipedia.org/wiki/Teh_Poci
1. and 2. after (April 21, 2006)
3. because 4. or Jawaban:
5. but 1. b 2. e 3. d
4. a 5. c

Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 2:


● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi pada Unit 2. Bagian ini bisa dijadikan model.
Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.
● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.
● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.
● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi
kelas di pojok kanan atas.
● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkannya kepada guru.
● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaaan mereka kepada guru.
● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 133


A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct Prita : She was at home. When she saw the
answer. burglars, she tried to yell. However, the
burglars immediately tied her hands
1. Ria : Shelly, why do you look so sad? and feet and shut her mouth soon.
Shelly : My grandpa passed away. Hani : What a pity!
Ria : ________. 5. What is the dialog about?
A. Please forgive me A. Budi’s house.
B. Please accept my condolences B. Budi’s new TV set.
C. Please be in a hurry C. A burglary at Budi’s house.
D. Please call me D. A new housemaid in Budi’s house.
2. Rony : We will have a study club after 6. When did the burglary happen?
school. A. When Budi’s family were having
Rendra : ________. I have to visit my a holiday.
uncle in hospital. B. When Budi’s family were visiting their
A. Sure relative.
B. I don’t know C. When Budi’s family were sleeping at
C. It’s a good idea night.
D. I doubt whether I can join it D. When Budi’s housemaid was sleeping.
3. Meta : Many people, especially 7. Hani said, “What a pity!” What does it
children, were killed during the mean?
war. A. She expresses her doubt.
Nindya : ________. They must have B. She expresses her attention.
suffered. C. She expresses her dislike.
A. Poor them B. I like them D. She expresses her certainty.
C. I doubt it D. I can say nothing
Read the dialog and answer questions 8 to 10.
4. Dika : Do you think our football team can
beat its opponent? Sandra : Can you help me, please? I can’t find
Fadi : ________. We still don’t have any information about making
a good striker. a password.
A. It’s great Lala : Um . . . you can find it in the Internet.
B. I’m sure Why don’t you try?
C. I hope so Sandra : Well, I doubt if I can find it.
D. I doubt it Lala : Just try it, O.K.?
Sandra : I’ve tried, but I couldn’t find it.
Read the dialog and answer questions 5 to 7. Lala : Just try again. I’ll help you.
Prita : Did you know that there was a burglary Sandra : O.K.
at Budi’s house? 8. What information is Sandra looking for?
Hani : How terrible! What happened? A. A computer.
Prita : Well, when they came back from their B. A password in the computer.
holiday, almost all their furniture had C. The procedure of making a password.
been stolen including their new TV set D. The procedure of operating
and stereo too. a computer.
Hani : What about their housemaid? Wasn’t
she at home?

134 UNIT 2 Procedure


9. Where can Sandra find the information? Read the text and answer questions 16 to 19.
A. In a newspaper. This traditional beverage has the function
B. In the Internet. of reducing body odor, refreshing, smoothing
C. In a magazine. and slimming our body.
D. In an encyclopedia.
Ingredients:
10. Sandra said, “Well, I doubt if I can find it.” ● 1 kg turmeric
What does it mean? ● 1 kg palm sugar
A. She expresses her doubt. ● 250 g black tamarind
B. She expresses her attention. ● 3" water
C. She asks for certainty. ● salt as much as needed
D. She tells her certainty.
Directions:
For questions 11 to 15, choose the correct Peel turmeric and wash it. Then, slice it. Use
words to complete the dialog. a grinder or blender to grind the sliced turmeric.
Pour the ground turmeric into a deep pan and
Yana : Dewa, what about going to Dian’s
add the rest of the ingredients. Bring it to boil.
party tonight together?
Stir it occasionally. Once it is boiled, strain the
Dewa : Um . . . (11) ________.
mixture. Let it cool off and serve it with some
Yana : Why?
ice cubes.
Dewa : Well, I don’t have money to buy a gift.
I lost my wallet (12) ________ all my Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School
Students Grade IX
money in it was gone.
Yana : (13) ________. When did you lose 16. What is the text about?
them? A. A food. C. A plant.
Dewa : I lost them (14) ________ I was going B. A drink. D. A medicine.
to school. You know, I always go to
17. What can we use to grind the sliced
school by bus.
turmeric?
Yana : You must be careful next time. So, you A. A knife. B. A cutter.
won’t come to Dian’s party tonight, will C. Ice cubes. D. A blender.
you?
Dewa : (15) ________ to buy a gift, I will come. 18. When should we strain the mixture?
Yana : O, come on . . . I think your presence A. After it is boiled.
in the party will be the nicest gift for B. Before it is boiled.
her. C. When it is boiled.
D. If it is boiled.
11. A. I like it B. I don’t like it
C. Good idea D. I don’t know 19. “Stir it occasionally.” The bold-typed word
has a similar meaning to ________.
12. A. or B. and A. often B. always
C. but D. if C. sometimes D. seldom
13. A. It seems nice
Read the text and answer questions 20 to 23.
B. You must be happy
C. Poor you Before setting up the monitor, ensure that
D. Don’t worry the power to the monitor, the computer system
and other attached devices are turned off.
14. A. when B. before
C. after D. because Connecting the Stand Base
1. Place the monitor with its front facing
15. A. If I had enough money downward on a cushion or soft cloth.
B. If I will have enough money 2. Align the hooks on the stand base with the
C. If I have enough money matching slots in the base of the monitor.
D. If I have had enough money 3. Insert the hooks into slots.
Source: LG LCD Monitor’s Guide

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 135


20. What is the text about? Read the text and answer questions 27 to 30.
A. What an LCD monitor is.
B. What an LCD monitor stand base is.
C. How to align hooks on the stand base. Enjoy the refreshing sensation of Sari
D. How to set LCD monitor stand base. Ayu Mawar Toner.
21. The following are what we should turn off Enriched with peppermint oil as
before setting up the monitor, except aromatherapy for refreshing effect,
________. rose extract and olive oil to maintain
A. the lamp the skin moisture and vitamin E as
B. the computer system antioxidant to protect from free
C. other attached devices radical effect.
D. the power to the monitor
22. Where should we insert the hooks into? How to use:
A. The stand base. ● Apply to the cotton and softly
B. The monitor. dab onto the face after using the
C. The slots. cleanser.
D. The CPU. ● Follow this treatment with the
moisturizer.
23. “Place the monitor with its front facing
downward on a cushion or soft cloth.”
(Step 1) Source: Sari Ayu Mawar Toner
What does the bold-typed word refer to?
27. What is the label about?
A. The stand base.
A. A perfume.
B. The monitor.
B. A face cleanser.
C. The CPU.
C. A face toner.
D. The cushion.
D. A face moisturizer.
Read the text and answer questions 24 to 26. 28. According to the text, what is the function
of rose extract in the toner?
Attention, please. A. To maintain the skin moisturizer.
Don’t make any noises. Please keep quiet B. To protect from free radical effect.
while visiting the patients. It will be useful for
C. To maintain the skin elasticity.
the patients’ cure and treatment.
D. To clean the face from dust.
29. When should we use the toner?
24. What is the purpose of the text? A. Before we use the cleanser.
A. To give information.
B. After we use the cleanser.
B. To persuade people.
C. After we use the moisturizer.
C. To ask for information.
D. When we use the cleanser.
D. To warn people about something.
30. “. . . softly dab onto the face, after using
25. Where can we hear such a warning?
the cleanser.” The bold-typed word has an
A. At school.
opposite meaning to ________.
B. In a park.
C. In a movie theater. A. gently
D. In a hospital. B. roughly
C. carefully
26. What should the visitors do according to D. completely
the warning?
A. Keep quiet.
B. Make noises.
C. Cure the patients.
D. Treat the patients.

136 UNIT 2 Procedure


B. Match the clauses in column A with the proper ones in column B.

A B
1. If Mia gets the first rank, a. she will tell me about it.
2. If I am seventeen years old, b. he will have a welcoming party.
3. If Mr. Haryo has a new house, c. she will have a garden of roses.
4. If Tedy leaves this town, d. they will jog around this park.
5. If the students meet foreigners, e. her parents will give her a gift.
6. If Toni and Agus jog, f. he will come happily.
7. If Renita gets a problem, g. we will miss him.
8. If I want to type a proposal, h. they will practice their English.
9. If we contact Hedi to join us, i. I will have a birthday party.
10. If Kirani loves roses, j. I will borrow my brother’s computer.

C. Complete the text with the correct 3. Plug the black end of the Audio/Video
words in the box. cable into Opt Out on the right side of the
DVD (3) ________.
4. Press the “In/Out” button to switch the
a. indicator b. video DVD player to Input Mode. The Line-In
c. button d. player (4) ________ will light on the unit’s display.
e. side
5. Press the “Play” (5) ________ on the DVD
player. Now, sit back and enjoy!
How to Use Portable DVD Player to Watch
Source: http://www.ehow.com/how_2020987_video-
Video from a Video Camera panasonic-portable.html (March 31, 2008)
1. Plug the yellow, white and red ends of the
Audio/Video cable (which came with your
Portable DVD Player) into the
(1) ________ camera. The ends are
color-coded to match the places they
should be plugged into.
2. Plug the remaining yellow plug into the
Video plug-in on the right (2) ________ of
the DVD player.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 137


Jawaban Review Unit 3 6. A. Jawaban dapat disimpulkan
berdasarkan kalimat Prita, ”Well,
A. Pilihan Ganda when they came back from their
holiday, almost all their furniture had
1. B. Shelly tampak sedih karena kakeknya
been stolen, . . . .” yang artinya ”Saat
meninggal dunia. Saat mendengar
mereka kembali dari liburan, hampir
berita tersebut, respons Ria yang
semua perabotan mereka telah dicuri,
paling tepat adalah Please accept my
. . . .”. Jadi, perampokan terjadi saat
condolences yang artinya saya turut
keluarga Budi pergi liburan.
berduka cita.
7. B. Saat mendengar bahwa pembantu
2. D. Saat Rony berkata bahwa mereka
rumah tangga Pak Budi diikat tangan
akan belajar bersama sepulang
dan kaki, serta dibungkam mulutnya
sekolah, Rendra mengatakan bahwa
oleh perampok, Hani berkata ”What
dia akan mengunjungi pamannya di
a pity!” yang artinya ”Sungguh
rumah sakit. Jadi, ungkapan yang
kasihan dia.”. Kalimat tersebut
tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat soal
merupakan ungkapan memberi
adalah ungkapan keraguan, yaitu I
perhatian.
doubt whether I can join it.
8. C. Pada awal percakapan Sandra
3. A. Dalam percakapan tersebut Meta
berkata, ”I can’t find any information
memberi tahu bahwa banyak orang
about making a password.” yang
tewas, terutama anak-anak, selama
artinya ”Saya tidak dapat menemukan
perang. Mendengar hal tersebut,
informasi tentang membuat
respons yang paling tepat adalah
password.”. Jadi, dia sedang mencari
Poor them yang artinya kasihan
prosedur membuat password.
mereka.
9. B. Saat Sandra berkata bahwa dia tidak
4. D. Jawaban dapat diketahui berdasarkan
dapat menemukan informasi tentang
kalimat Fadi berikutnya, ”We still don’t
cara membuat password, Lala
have a good striker.” yang artinya
berkata, ”Um . . . you can find it in the
”Kita masih belum memiliki penyerang
Internet.” yang artinya ”Um . . . kamu
yang bagus.”. Berdasarkan kalimat
bisa memperolehnya di Internet.”.
tersebut dapat disimpulkan bahwa
Jadi, Sandra dapat menemukan
Fadi meragukan tim mereka. Jadi,
informasi tentang cara membuat
ungkapan yang paling tepat untuk
password di Internet.
melengkapi percakapan tersebut
adalah I doubt it yang artinya saya 10. A. Kalimat Sandra tersebut artinya ”Saya
meragukannya. ragu apakah saya dapat menemukan-
nya.”. Kalimat tersebut merupakan
5. C. Di awal percakapan, Prita bertanya,
ungkapan keraguan (doubt).
”Did you know that there was
a burglary at Budi’s house?” yang 11. D. Ungkapan yang tepat untuk
artinya ”Tahukah kamu bahwa ada melengkapi kalimat soal adalah
perampokan di rumah Pak Budi?”. ungkapan keraguan (doubt), yaitu
Kalimat-kalimat berikutnya membahas I don’t know. Hal itu disimpulkan
tentang peristiwa perampokan berdasarkan kalimat selanjutnya yang
tersebut. Jadi, secara keseluruhan menyatakan bahwa Dewa tidak punya
percakapan tersebut membahas uang sebab dompet beserta uangnya
tentang peristiwa perampokan di hilang. Jadi, Dewa ragu apakah dia
rumah Budi (a burglary at Budi’s dapat pergi ke pesta ulang tahun Dian
house). karena dia tidak mempunyai uang
untuk membeli kado.

138 UNIT 2 Procedure


12. B. Kata sambung yang tepat untuk 19. C. Kata ’occasionally’ artinya ’kadang-
melengkapi kalimat soal adalah and kadang’. Kata tersebut memiliki
karena menghubungkan dua klausa makna yang sama dengan kata
yang sejajar, yaitu dia kehilangan sometimes yang artinya juga kadang-
dompetnya dan uang di dalam dompet kadang. Often artinya sering, always
itu pun hilang. artinya selalu, dan seldom artinya
jarang.
13. C. Respons yang tepat saat mendengar
Dewa kehilangan dompet dan telepon 20. D. Secara keseluruhan, teks tersebut
genggamnya adalah Poor you yang membahas tentang cara memasang
artinya sungguh malang (kasihan) kaki monitor LCD (how to set LCD
kamu. monitor stand base).
14. A. Kata sambung yang tepat untuk 21. A. Yang tidak harus dimatikan saat
melengkapi kalimat soal adalah when menyetel monitor LCD adalah lampu.
yang artinya ketika. Jadi, dompet Hal itu sesuai dengan kalimat-kalimat
beserta uang di dalamnya hilang di paragraf awal, ”Before setting up
ketika Dewa pergi ke sekolah. the monitor, ensure that the power to
the monitor, the computer system and
15. C. Kalimat soal merupakan conditional
other attached devices are turned off.”
sentence type 1 karena menggunakan
yang artinya ”Sebelum memasang
kata will. Oleh karena itu, if clause
monitor, pastikan bahwa daya ke
yang digunakan harus menggunakan
monitor, sistem komputer, dan
kata kerja dasar (verb base). Jadi,
peralatan lain yang terhubung
klausa yang tepat untuk melengkapi
dimatikan.”.
kalimat tersebut adalah (C) If I have
enough money. 22. C. Saat memasang kaki monitor LCD,
kita harus memasukkan kait ke dalam
16. B. Di paragraf awal terdapat kalimat
lubang. Hal itu disimpulkan
”This traditional beverage has the
berdasarkan kalimat pada langkah
function of . . . .” yang artinya
ketiga, ”Insert the hooks into slots.”
”Minuman tradisional ini berfungsi
yang artinya ”Masukkan kait ke dalam
untuk . . . .”. Jadi, yang dibicarakan
lubang.”.
dalam teks tersebut adalah cara
membuat minuman, yaitu dari kunyit 23. B. Kata ’its’ dalam kalimat soal mengacu
(turmeric) dan asam (tamarind). pada objek di kalimat sebelumnya,
yaitu ”Place the monitor . . .”. Jadi,
17. D. Jawaban dapat diketahui dari kalimat
kata ’its’ mengacu pada monitor.
di bagian ’Directions’, yaitu ”Use
a grinder or blender to grind the sliced 24. D. Teks tersebut menggunakan kata
turmeric.” yang artinya ”Gunakan ’don’t’ yang artinya ’jangan’. Itu berarti
sebuah penghalus atau blender untuk bahwa teks tersebut merupakan
menghaluskan kunyit yang telah peringatan (warning) lisan. Jadi,
dipotong-potong.”. tujuan teks tersebut adalah
memperingatkan orang tentang
18. A. Di bagian Directions terdapat kalimat
sesuatu (to warn people about
”Once it is boiled, strain the mixture.”
something), dalam hal ini adalah
yang artinya ”Segera sesudah
peringatan untuk tidak membuat
campuran tersebut mendidih,
kegaduhan.
saringlah campuran tersebut.”. Jadi,
kita seharusnya menyaring campuran
setelah campuran tersebut mendidih
(after it is boiled).

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 139


25. D. Kata kunci dalam warning (peringatan) 29. B. Toner tersebut seharusnya dipakai
tersebut adalah ’patients’ (pasien). setelah kita memakai pembersih
Pasien biasanya ada di rumah sakit. wajah (after we use the cleanser). Hal
Jadi, kita dapat mendengar peringatan itu disimpulkan berdasarkan kalimat
tersebut di rumah sakit (in a hospital). ”Apply to the cotton and softly dab
onto the face after using the cleanser.”
26. A. Dalam warning (peringatan) tersebut
yang artinya ”Taruh di kapas dan
terdapat kalimat ”Don’t make any
oleskan dengan lembut di wajah
noises. Please keep quiet while
setelah menggunakan pembersih.”.
visiting the patients.” yang artinya
”Jangan gaduh. Jagalah ketenangan 30. B. Kata ’softly’ artinya ’dengan lembut’.
saat mengunjungi pasien.”. Jadi, Kata tersebut memiliki makna yang
jawabannya adalah (A) yang artinya berlawanan dengan kata roughly yang
tetap tenang. artinya dengan kasar. Gently artinya
dengan lembut, carefully artinya
27. C. Jawaban dapat disimpulkan
dengan hati-hati, dan completely
berdasarkan kalimat awal label ”Enjoy
artinya secara menyeluruh.
the refreshing sensation of Sari Ayu
Mawar Toner.” yang artinya ”Nikmati
sensasi kesegaran Penyegar Mawar B. Menjodohkan
Sari Ayu.”. Jadi, label tersebut tentang
1. e 2. i 3. b 4. g 5. h
penyegar wajah (face toner).
6. d 7. a 8. j 9. f 10. c
28. A. Di dalam label tersebut dijelaskan
bahwa toner tersebut diperkaya
C. Isian
dengan berbagai zat, di antaranya
adalah sari mawar (rose extract). 1. b 2. e 3. d
Adapun fungsi sari mawar dijelaskan 4. a 5. c
dengan kalimat ”. . . rose extract and
olive oil to maintain the skin moisture
. . . .”. Jadi, fungsi sari mawar adalah
untuk menjaga kelembapan kulit.

140 UNIT 2 Procedure


Objectives:
At the end of this unit you will
be able to:
1. ask someone to repeat his/
her words,
2. express amazement,
3. create short functional
texts (weather forecasts),
4. deliver monologs in the
form of report texts using
spoken English,
5. write short functional texts
(announcements),
6. write report texts, and
7. use questions tags, too and
enough.

Do you like science? If you do, then you like to read science
books, right? Now open your science book and notice the texts
written in it, such as texts about algae, mammals, planets and
galaxies. Do you know what the type of those texts is? The answer is
a report text. Though you have studied this text type in Unit 1, you will
learn more about it in this unit.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 141


3.1 Expressions

Asking Someone to Repeat His/Her Words


Read the dialogs.
Pay attention to the bold-typed expressions.
Danang, please come
Eka, turn down the forward and do task
stereo, please. It’s number 3.
too loud. I beg your pardon?
What number, Sir?
Pardon?
1 2

Turn down the stereo, Number 3,


please. please.
Sure. I’m sorry, Mom. All right, Sir.

Look at the bold-typed expressions in the dialogs.


You use those expressions to ask someone to repeat his/her words. Here are some other
expressions you can use.
Asking Someone to Repeat His/Her Words
● Pardon? ● You what?
● I’m sorry? ● Excuse me?
● I beg your pardon? ● Say that again, please.
● Sorry, what did you say? ● Would you mind repeating that?
● I’m sorry. I didn’t catch the last word. ● Sorry, I didn’t follow you. Would you
● Could you say it again, please? say it once again, please?

Showing Amazement
Hi, Ria. Have you
Read the dialogs. done Ms. Anita’s
Pay attention to the bold-typed expressions. assignment?
2
Oh, what
a beautiful scenery! Yeah. You know,
1 I really like it. I spent two nights
doing it!

I do too. And finally, you finished


it. Marvelous!

142 UNIT 3 Report


Look at the bold-typed expressions in the dialogs.
You can use the expressions to show amazement.
Here are some other expressions you can use to show amazement.

Showing Amazement Responding


Perfect! You’re right.
Amazing! It is.
That’s wonderful! Yeah.
How fabulous it is! Yup!
What a nice dress you are wearing! Thank you.
What a lovely flower arrangement! I think so.
Wow, that’s really cool! That’s right.

Answer the questions orally.


1. When you can’t hear what someone has said, what would you do?
Contoh jawaban: I would ask him/her to repeat the statements he/she has just said.
2. How would you ask him/her?
Contoh jawaban: I would say, “Pardon me?” or “Sorry, what did you say?”
3. When you are amazed at something, how would you express it in English?
Contoh jawaban: I would say, “Wow, that’s amazing!”

A. Listen to your teacher.


Complete the dialogs based on what you have heard.
Percakapan-percakapan yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:
Dialog 1
Galuh : Look at the river! It’s so dirty. (1) How disgusting!
Vera : (2) Sorry? What did you say?
Galuh : The river is so disgusting.
Vera : (3) Yeah, right. That’s because many people throw waste there.
Galuh : Source of (4) water pollution, right?
Vera : That’s right. I think we should stop throwing any forms of waste into the river.
Galuh : Yup! I hope other people think (5) the same way too.
Dialog 2
Ms. Dewi : You know, the air pollution has become (6) a serious problem in our town.
Ms. Anjani : (7) Pardon?
Ms. Dewi : The air pollution in our town is a serious problem, isn’t it?
Ms. Anjani : Oh, yeah. You are right. Guess what! The pollution comes mainly from (8) vehicles
exhaust.
Ms. Dewi : Yup! That’s why I prefer (9) riding bicycle to motorcycle.
Ms. Anjani : (10) Good choice.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 143


Variasi:
A. Find the meanings of the words below.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. disgusting = menjijikkan
2. waste = sampah, limbah
3. hope = berharap
4. same way = cara pandang/jalan pikiran yang sama.
5. pollution = pencemaran
6. vehicle = kendaraan
7. exhaust = sisa pembuangan
8. choice = pilihan

B. Complete the sentences with the words in Task A.


1. We are going to have a vacation tomorrow. I ________ it will not rain.
2. We view this matter in the ________ so we all agree about the solution.
3. The rotten food is smelly and ________.
4. ________ has been a big problem in many big cities.
5. Please throw any left-over food in the ________ bin.
6. Watch out! The motorcycle’s ________ pipe is quite hot.
7. Due to the flood, people who live near the river have no ________ but to leave their houses.
8. Traffic jam is caused by the out-numbered ________ on the streets.
Jawaban:
1. hope 2. same way
3. disgusting 4. Pollution
5. waste 6. exhaust
7. choice 8. vehicles

B. Read the complete dialogs in Task A.


Answer the questions based on them.
Dialog 1
1. What are the girls talking about?
Jawaban: They are talking about the dirty and disgusting river.
2. What is the relationship between the speakers?
Jawaban: They are two friends.
3. Vera said, “Sorry? What did you say?”
What does it mean?
Jawaban: She asks Galuh to repeat what she has just said.
4. What does Galuh think about the river?
Jawaban: She thinks that the river is so dirty and disgusting.
5. What does Vera think about the cause of the dirty and disgusting river?
Jawaban: She thinks that it is because people throw their waste into the river.
Dialog 2
1. What is the dialog about?
Jawaban: The air pollution in town.
2. What did Ms. Anjani say to ask Ms. Dewi to repeat her sentence?
Jawaban: She said, “Pardon?”.
3. According to Ms. Dewi, how is the air pollution in the town?
Jawaban: It has been a serious problem.

144 UNIT 3 Report


4. In Ms. Anjani’s opinion, where does the pollution mainly come from?
Jawaban: It comes mainly from vehicles exhaust.
5. What does Ms. Dewi prefer to ride?
Jawaban: She prefers to ride bicycle to motorcycle.

C. Listen to your teacher.


State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Correct the false ones.

Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:


Jojo : Santi, is the new electric bicycle yours?
Santi : Yes, it is mine, Jo.
Jojo : What a nice bicycle! It is the newest model. Your dad bought it for you, didn’t he?
Santi : Yeah.
Jojo : You are so lucky, San. Can I have a try?
Santi : Sure. Ride it on.
Jojo : Thanks.

1. _______ The dialog is about a new motorcycle.


2. _______ The speakers are teacher and student.
3. _______ Jojo has a new bicycle.
4. _______ Jojo is amazed by the new electric bicycle.
5. _______ Santi bought the bicycle herself.
Jawaban:
1. F. It is about a new electric bicycle. 2. F. They are friends.
3. F. It is Santi who has a new bicycle. 4. T
5. F. Santi’s father bought the bicycle for her.

Variasi:
Listen to your teacher.
State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Correct the false ones.
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
Ayu : Nang, look at the rainbow over there!
Nanang : Pardon me?
Ayu : Look at the rainbow over there! Amazing, isn’t it? Use these binoculars so that
you can see it much better.
Nanang : Thanks. Wow, that’s really wonderful!
Ayu : It is.
1. _______ The speakers are talking about binoculars.
2. _______ Nanang asks Ayu to repeat her sentence by saying “Pardon me?”
3. _______ Nanang uses binoculars to look at the rainbow.
4. _______ Ayu is not amazed at the rainbow.
5. _______ Nanang expresses his amazement after looking at the rainbow.
Jawaban:
1. F. They are talking about a rainbow. 2. T
3. T 4. F. Ayu is amazed at the rainbow.
5. T

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 145


D. Listen to your teacher.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Listen to the dialog and answer questions Jawaban: A
1 to 4. Ungkapan soal artinya ”Maaf, Pak?”.
Ungkapan tersebut digunakan untuk
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: meminta seseorang mengulangi kata-kata
Mr. Galang : Andi, would you get me the yang baru saja diucapkan (to say his
big world map in the library, words once again).
please?
Andi : I beg your pardon, Sir? 4. Where can Andi find the map?
Mr. Galang : Get me the big world map in A. In the bookstore.
the library, please. I am going B. In the library.
to use it in our geograpy C. In the school shop.
class. D. In the canteen.
Andi : Right away, Sir. Jawaban: B
Mr. Galang : Thank you. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
Andi : My pleasure. sesuai dengan kalimat yang diucapkan
Pak Galang, yaitu ”Andi would you get me
1. Who are talking in the dialog? the big world map in the library, please?”.
A. Two teachers.
B. Father and son. Listen to the dialog and answer questions
C. Two friends. 5 to 7.
D. Teacher and student.
Jawaban: D Percakapan yang dibacakan guru:
Dalam percakapan tersebut, seorang guru Lina : Bon, you know what! I got nine in
(Mr. Galang) meminta Andi untuk the physics exam.
mengambilkan peta di perpustakaan dan Bonny : I’m sorry? What did you say?
terdapat frasa kunci ’geography class’. Lina : I got nine in the physics exam.
Penyebutan sapaan ”Sir” juga Bonny : In the physics exam?
menandakan bahwa percakapan tersebut Lina : Yeah.
terjadi antara guru dan murid (teacher and Bonny : Wow, that’s great, Lina!
student). Lina : Thank you.
2. Where does the dialog take place?
A. In the library. 5. In what exam did Lina get nine?
B. In the classroom. A. English. B. Math.
C. In the market. C. Physics. D. Civics.
D. In the bookstore. Jawaban: C
Jawaban: B Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
Percakapan tersebut terjadi antara guru sesuai dengan kalimat yang diucapkan
dan murid, maka dapat disimpulkan Lina, yaitu ”I got nine in the physics exam.”.
bahwa percakapan tersebut terjadi di 6. What is the relationship between the
ruang kelas (in the classroom). speakers?
3. Andi said, “I beg your pardon, Sir?” A. Two classmates.
What does it mean? B. Father and daughter.
A. He asks his teacher to say his words C. Father and son.
once again. D. Teacher and student.
B. He gives his opinion. Jawaban: A
C. He expresses his amazement. Percakapan tersebut terjadi antara dua
D. He expresses his doubt. orang teman sekelas (two classmates)
karena membicarakan nilai ulangan Fisika.

146 UNIT 3 Report


7. Bonny said, “Wow, that’s great, Lina!” Jawaban: B
What does Bonny express? Percakapan tersebut terjadi antara guru
A. His certainty. dan murid dalam konteks pelajaran
B. His sympathy. sekolah. Jadi, percakapan tersebut terjadi
C. His amazement. di ruang kelas (in the classroom).
D. His curiosity.
9. What should the students do tomorrow?
Jawaban: C
A. They should repeat what they say.
Ucapan Bonny tersebut mengungkapkan
B. They should obey their teacher.
kekagumannya (his amazement).
C. They should stay at home.
Listen to the dialog and answer questions D. They should go to the lab directly.
8 to 10. Jawaban: D
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
Percakapan yang dibacakan guru: sesuai dengan kalimat yang diucapkan
Ms. Dina : O.K., students, tomorrow we are Bu Dina, yaitu ”Please go to the lab directly
going to do an experiment. and make a group of four students.”.
Please go to the lab directly and
make a group of four students. 10. Ronny said, “Would you mind repeating it,
Ronny : I’m sorry. I didn’t catch the last Ma’am?”
words. Would you mind What does it mean?
repeating it, Ma’am? A. He asks Ms. Dina to say her sentence
Ms. Dina : Sure. Tomorrow all of you please once again.
go to the lab directly and make B. He shows his amazement.
groups of four students. Is it clear? C. He responds to doubt.
Ronny : Yes, Ma’am. D. He shows his sympathy.
Jawaban: A
8. Where does the dialog happen? Ungkapan tersebut yang artinya ”Mohon
A. In the canteen. diulangi, Bu?” merupakan ungkapan
B. In the classroom. meminta seseorang untuk mengulangi
C. In the school hall. kalimatnya.
D. In the library.

A. Complete the dialog with the proper words in the box.


Practice the dialog with your friend in front of the class.

a. I’m sorry b. money c. repeat d. sugar e. bars


The grocer : Good afternoon, Madam. May I help you?
Mrs. Setiawan : Yes, please. I need a kilogram of (1) _______, a pack of tea bags, a pack of coffee
and two (2) _______ of soap.
The grocer : Excuse me? Would you (3) _______ your sentence, please?
Mrs. Setiawan : Sure. (Mrs. Setiawan repeats her words.)
The grocer : I see. Please wait a minute.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 147


(A moment later . . .)
The grocer : Here they are. All of them are thirty-three thousand rupiah.
Mrs. Setiawan : (4) _______. How much are they?
The grocer : Thirty-three thousand rupiah.
Mrs. Setiawan : O.K. Here’s the (5) _______.
The grocer : Thank you, Madam.
Mrs. Setiawan : You’re welcome.
Jawaban:
1. d 2. e 3. c
4. a 5. b

B. Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task A orally.


1. Where do you think the dialog takes place?
Jawaban: At the grocery.
2. What is the relationship between the speakers in the dialog?
Jawaban: A grocer and a customer./A seller and a buyer.
3. What does Mrs. Setiawan buy?
Jawaban: A kilogram of sugar, a pack of tea bags, a pack of coffee and two bars of soap.
4. What did the grocer say to ask Mrs. Setiawan to repeat her sentence?
Jawaban: The grocer said, “Excuse me? Would you repeat your sentence, please?”
5. How much does Mrs. Setiawan pay?
Jawaban: Thirty-three thousand rupiah.

Variasi:
A. Complete the dialog with the proper words in the box.
Practice the dialog with your friend in front of the class.
a. Sorry b. know c. very cold
d. coldest part e. summers
Dede :
Do you (1) _______ that the coldest place on earth is the Antarctic?
Bayu :
(2) ________? Say that again, please.
Dede :
The (3) _______ on earth is the Antarctic.
Bayu :
Really? How do you know?
Dede :
I read a book about it last night. Even in (4) _______, temperatures rarely climb over
minus twenty-five centigrade, you know.
Bayu : Wow, that’s (5) _______! We must be frozen there, musn’t we?
Dede : Yup! That’s right.

Jawaban:
1. b 2. a 3. d
4. e 5. c

B. Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task A orally.


1. What is the relationship between the speakers?
Jawaban: Two friends.

148 UNIT 3 Report


2. What did Bayu say to ask Dede to repeat his sentence?
Jawaban: He said, “Sorry? Say that again please.”
3. According to Dede, where is the coldest place on earth?
Jawaban: The Antarctic.
4. How did Dede know about the coldest place on earth?
Jawaban: He read a book about it.
5. What did Bayu say to express his amazement?
Jawaban: He said, “Wow, that’s very cold!”

C. Rearrange the sentences into a proper dialog.


Practice the dialog with your friend.
Percakapan yang diurutkan siswa dan jawaban:
Aji and Handoyo are in the library during the break.
3 Aji : That’s right. No wonder, cheetah is the fastest land animal on earth.
2 Handoyo : Wow, it’s amazing! It’s faster than a motorcycle.
5 Aji : I said cheetah is the fastest land animal on earth.
6 Handoyo : Yeah, it is.
1 Aji : You know, this book says that a cheetah can run 112 km per hour in a few second.
4 Handoyo : Sorry? What did you say?

D. Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task C orally.


1. What is the relationship between the speakers?
Jawaban: Two classmates.
2. What is Handoyo amazed at?
Jawaban: He is amazed at the fact that a cheetah can run 112 km per hour in a few second.
3. What did Handoyo say to express his amazement?
Jawaban: He said, “Wow, it’s amazing!”
4. What did Handoyo say to ask Aji to repeat his sentence?
Jawaban: He said, “Sorry? What did you say?”
5. According to Aji, what is the fastest land animal on earth?
Jawaban: Cheetah.

Variasi:
A. Rearrange the sentences into a proper dialog.
Practice the dialog with your friend.
Percakapan yang diurutkan siswa dan jawaban:
Eka and Mursid are on the way to school. They are talking about Mursid’s new mobile phone.
5 Eka : Sorry? Can you repeat your sentence, please?
4 Mursid : Er . . . it is equipped with two megapixels camera and MP4 player.
1 Eka : Wow, a new mobile phone! Is it yours?
8 Mursid : Thank you.
3 Eka : Tell me about the features, please.
6 Mursid : Sure. I said that it has two megapixels camera and MP4 player.
7 Eka : Oh, what an excellent mobile phone!
2 Mursid : Yeah. It’s mine.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 149


B. Answer the questions based on the dialog in Task A orally.
1. Where does the dialog take place?
Jawaban: On the way to school.
2. Who has a new mobile phone?
Jawaban: Mursid does.
3. What are the features of the mobile phone?
Jawaban: It is equipped with two megapixels camera and MP4 player.
4. What did Eka say to ask Mursid to repeat his sentence?
Jawaban: He said, “Sorry? Can you repeat your sentence, please?”
5. Eka said, “Oh, what an excellent mobile phone!”
What does Eka express?
Jawaban: He expresses his amazement.

E. Complete the dialogs with the proper expressions you have learned.
Practice the dialogs with your friend.

Dialog 1
Mother : Nindya, you’ve got a letter. I put it on your desk.
Nindya : (1) ________?
Mother : There is a letter on your desk. I think it’s from the idol audition.
Nindya : Really, Mom?
Mother : I think so.
(A moment later . . . .)
Nindya : You are right, Mom. It’s from the idol audition. I will join the next audition in Jakarta, Mom.
Mother : (2) _________. Congratulations, dear!
Nindya : Thanks, Mom.

Dialog 2
Burhan : Hi, Olivia, you had a vacation in the Bunaken National Marine Park, didn’t you?
Olivia : Hi, Burhan. Yes, that’s right. I went to my uncle’s house in Manado, then I also went to
the marine park.
Burhan : (3) ________? Whom did you visit?
Olivia : I visited my uncle in Manado.
Burhan : Oh, I see. Well, tell me about the National Marine Park, please.
Olivia : (4) ________! I think that place is the best marine park in the world.
Burhan : Really? I want to go there someday.
Olivia : (5) ________?
Burhan : I want to go there someday.
Olivia : Just do it. You won’t regret it!
Contoh jawaban:
1. Pardon me
2. That’s wonderful
3. Excuse me
4. Well, it is really amazing
5. Sorry? What did you say

150 UNIT 3 Report


Variasi:
Read the complete dialogs in Task E.
Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Correct the false ones.
Dialog 1
1. ______ The speakers in the dialog are mother and her daughter.
2. ______ The letter is in Nindya’s desk.
3. ______ Nindya asks her mother to repeat her sentence.
4. ______ The letter is from Nindya’s best friend.
5. ______ Mother will join the next idol audition in Jakarta.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F. The letter is on Nindya’s desk.
3. T
4. F. The letter is from the idol audition.
5. F. Nindya will join the next idol audition in Jakarta.

Dialog 2
1. ______ The dialog is between two friends.
2. ______ Burhan went to the Bunaken National Marine Park.
3. ______ Olivia went to her grandfather’s house in Manado.
4. ______ Olivia is amazed at the marine park.
5. ______ Burhan doesn’t want to go there someday.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F. Olivia did that, not Burhan.
3. F. Olivia went to her uncle’s house in Manado.
4. T
5. F. Burhan wants to go there someday.

F. Make dialogs based on the pictures and the situations.


Use the expressions you have learned.
Practice the dialogs with your friend.

1.

Your friend is making a tart. You are amazed at her skill.


What would the two of you say?
Contoh jawaban:
You : Wow, what a nice tart!
Your friend : Thanks.
You : Did you make it yourself?

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 151


Your friend : Yeah.
You : That’s wonderful!
Your friend : Thank you.

2.

You and your friend are watching a girl with


a big snake on her neck on TV. Both you and your
friend are amazed at her. How would the
conversation go?

Contoh jawaban:
You : Look at the girl with a snake on her neck!
Your friend : Wow! What a brave girl!
You : Yeah. Look, the snake is big enough.
Your friend : It is. She’s really marvelous.
You : She is, isn’t she?

Variasi:
A. Practice the dialog in pairs.
Tika : Have you got the materials for our science paper?
Panji : Yup! And, I have done the paper, you know.
Tika : Wow, that’s amazing! How can you do that?
Panji : Well, I went to the public library two days ago. There are a lot of materialsl provided in
the library. So, I did the paper in the library.
Tika : Really? I’ll do the same, then.
Panji : Um, . . . you can get a lot of information there. Just go to the science section.
Tika : Sorry? I didn’t catch the last words.
Panji : Go to the science section in the library.
Tika : I will. Thanks.

B. Answer the questions based on the dialog.


1. What is the dialog about?
Jawaban: The science paper.
2. Who has done the paper?
Jawaban: Panji has.
3. What did Tika say to express her amazement?
Jawaban: She said, “Wow, that’s amazing!”
4. Where did Panji get the materials from?
Jawaban: The public library.
5. What did Tika say to ask Panji to repeat his sentence?
Jawaban: Tika said, “Sorry? I didn’t catch the last words.”

152 UNIT 3 Report


G. Make dialogs based on the situations.
Use the expressions you have learned.
Practice the dialogs with your friend.

1. You and your friend are having a holiday. Both of you go to a tourist object. It is a beautiful
waterfall. You and your friend are amazed at the waterfall and the scenery. How would the
conversation go?
2. Your friend brings some photographs. You ask your friend about it. You are amazed at the
photographs. Your friend says that the photographs are from her cousin who loves
mountaineering. Your friend adds that the photographs were taken on the top of a mountain.
You don’t hear your friend clearly. Your friend repeats her/his sentence. How would the
conversation go?
Contoh jawaban:
1. Nisa : Look at the waterfall!
Citra : Wow, . . . it’s wonderful!
Nisa : Yeah. Fantastic! What a beautiful scenery!
Citra : Let’s take a picture.
Nisa : O.K.
2. Febri : What are in your hand, Ana?
Ana : Oh, these are photographs from my cousin. He really likes mountaineering, you know.
Febri : Let me see.
Ana : Here you are.
Febri : Wow, these photographs are marvelous!
Ana : Yeah. These were taken at the top of a mountain.
Febri : Pardon me?

3.2 Genre

Spoken Text

Ana : These pictures are taken at the top of a mountain.


Read the text with proper pronunciation.
Understand the explanation.
Good morning, everyone. I am going to tell you about climate. Do you know what it is?
Well, . . . climate is the typical weather of a place over a long period of time. Climates near the
Equator are warm. You know, . . . tropical climates are warm climates in the tropical zones on
either side of the Equator. The average temperature of the tropical zones is 27°C, just like our
country. The climate is cool near the Poles. Temperate climates are mild climates in the
temperate zones between the tropics and the polar regions. Summer temperatures may
average 23°C and winter temperatures may average 12°C. A Mediterranean climate is
a temperate climate with warm summers and mild winters.
Well, that’s all about climate.
Adapted from: 1000 Facts on Planet Earth

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 153


The text you have read is a report text in spoken form (monolog). It functions to describe
the way things are, with reference to a range of natural, man-made and social phenomenon
in our environment. In a monolog, you may use informal expressions such as well . . .,
er . . ., I’ll tell you something, listen . . . , let me tell you what, etc. The expressions make the
monolog sound nice and the audience will not get bored.

Written Text

Read the text below.


Understand the explanation.

Title Climate

General Climate is the typical weather of a place over a long period of


Classification time. Near the Equator climates are warm.

Tropical climates are warm climates in the tropical zones on either


side of the Equator. The average temperature of the tropical zones is
27°C, just like our country. The climate is cool near the Poles. Temperate
Description climates are mild climates in the temperate zones between the tropics
and the polar regions. Summer temperatures may average 23°C and
winter temperatures may average 12°C. A Mediterranean climate is
a temperate climate with warm summers and mild winters.
Adapted from: 1000 Facts on Planet Earth

The text is called a report text in written form.


It is a text which describes the way things are, with reference to a range of natural,
man-made and social phenomenon in our environment.
The structure of a report text is:
● general classification. It tells what the phenomenon under discussion is.
● description. It tells what the phenomenon under discussion is like in terms of parts;
qualities; habits or behaviors (if living) and uses (if non-natural).

154 UNIT 3 Report


Grammar Section

Question Tags

Read the dialog and pay attention to the bold-typed words.

The bold typed words in the dialog is called


a question tag.
You like reading books,
don’t you? A question tag is a question added at the end of a
sentence. We use tags to make sure that the
information in the sentence is correct or to ask for
an agreement. You form it by taking the auxiliary of
your sentence. Put it in the last part of the
Yeah. Especially sentence and simply add the personal pronoun
science books.
that corresponds with the subject. Don’t forget to
I see. add a comma before a question tag. The tag
question is in the form of a yes/no question.
Here are some more examples.
1. The man isn’t a doctor, is he?
2. They have a serious problem, don’t they?
3. We must obey our teacher, mustn’t we?
4. Mr. Darmawan didn’t came yesterday, did he?
5. Susi came late, didn’t she?
Remember! Affirmative sentences are always followed by negative tags. Negative sentences
are followed by positive tags.
Patterns:

S + be/verb/modal + noun/verb/adj. + . . . (,) be/auxiliary verb/modal + not + S + ?

S + be/auxiliary verb/modal + not + . . . (,) be/auxiliary verb/modal + S + ?

Too, Enough

Read the dialog and pay attention to the bold typed words.

I think this shirt is too


big for me. That's right. You
need the smaller
one.

Um . . . , can we go
around to find it? Sure. We have
enough time, haven’t
we?

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 155


We usually put enough before nouns, but we usually put too before adjectives.
We usually say: enough/too . . . for (somebody/something).
Examples:
1. There is enough food for everyone.
2. These shoes are too small for me.
3. I haven’t got enough money for a vacation.

But, we can also say: enough/too . . . (to do something).


Examples:
1. This coffee is too hot to drink.
2. There are enough chairs to sit.
3. The box is too heavy to carry.

Answer the questions orally.

1. Do you still remember what a procedural text is?


Contoh jawaban: Yes, I still remember.
2. What is the purpose of a procedural text?
Jawaban: It is to tell how something is done or made step by step.
3. What about a report text? What is its purpose?
Jawaban: It is to describe the way things are or to describe something in general.
4. Give some examples of topics for report texts.
Contoh jawaban: Report texts about mammals, plants and natural phenomena.

A. Complete the text while listening to your teacher.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:


Good morning, everyone. I’m going to tell you about global warming. Well, global warming is
the (1) increase of average temperatures around the world. (2) Scientists believe that it is caused
by ‘the greenhouse effect’. Do you know what it is? Well, the greenhouse effect is the way that
(3) certain gases in the air trap some of the Sun’s warmth, like the panes of glass in the walls and
roof of a greenhouse. This actually keeps the Earth (4) warm, but if it continuously increases, the
Earth may become (5) very hot. The greenhouse effect is caused by burning (6) fossil fuels,
such as coal, oil and (7) natural gas that produce (8) carbon dioxide. Um . . . do you know what
the results of the global warming are? Well, . . . it may bring stormier (9) weather and the melting
down of much of the (10) polar ice caps.
Adapted from: 1000 Facts on Planet Earth

156 UNIT 3 Report


Variasi:
A. Find the meanings of the words below.
Look up your dictionary if necessary.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. global warming = pemanasan global
2. increase = meningkat/peningkatan
3. average = rata-rata
4. trap = memerangkap
5. fuel = bahan bakar
6. coal = batubara
7. pane = jendela kaca
8. roof = atap
9. natural = alami
10. melting down = meleleh/pelelehan

B. Complete the sentences with the words in Task A.


Change the form of the words when necessary.
1. Ice Age is a movie about the ________ of ice on earth.
2. The boys who played baseball in the field were careless. They incidentally broke
a ________ of a house nearby.
3. Nowadays, people prefer vehicles with low ________ consumption.
4. Since the fuel price gradually hikes, some people use ________ to cook.
5. The ________ and extreme climate change have been the major issues in the convention.
The world must unite to overcome the problems.
6. Because of the global crisis, the number of unemployment ________ rapidly.
7. Volcano eruptions, earthquakes and storms are ________ disasters that we can prevent.
8. The ________ temperature in Yogyakarta last month was 25°C.
9. My father checked and fixed the ________ because it was leaked again.
10. The Earth’s atmosphere ________ harmful gasses such as carbon dioxide.
Jawaban:
1. melting down 2. window pane
3. fuel 4. coal
5. global warming 6. increases
7. natural 8. average
9. roof 10. traps

B. Answer the questions below based on the text in Task A.

1. What is the text about?


Jawaban: It is about global warming.
2. What is global warming?
Jawaban: It is the increase of average temperatures around the world.
3. According to scientists, what causes global warming?
Jawaban: The greenhouse effect.
4. What happens when the Earth keeps warm and increases continuously?
Jawaban: The Earth may become very hot.
5. What causes the greenhouse effect?
Jawaban: Burning fossil fuels, such as coal, oil and natural gas that produce carbon dioxide.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 157


C. Listen to your teacher.
State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Correct the false ones.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


Hello, everyone. I’m going to tell you about the Earth.
Well, the Earth is one of nine planets in the Solar System that circles the Sun. Like some of the
other planets, it is a big ball of rock. It is wrapped around with a thin layer of gasses which is
called the atmosphere. From a distance, it looks like a blue and green jewel hanging in space.
It is partly blue because the Earth has huge amounts of water in oceans. It is partly green
because the water supports life.
Adapted from: Science Library Planet Earth

1. ______ The speaker talks about the Sun.


2. ______ The Earth circles the Sun.
3. ______ The speaker says that the Earth is a big ball of rock.
4. ______ There is no thin layer of gasses which wraps around the Earth.
5. ______ The Earth looks like a red jewel hanging in space.
Jawaban:
1. F. The speaker talks about the Earth.
2. T
3. T
4. F. There is thin layer of gasses which wraps around the Earth.
5. F. It looks like a blue and green jewel hanging in space.

Variasi:
A. Find the meanings of the words.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. circle = mengelilingi
2. rock = batu
3. wrap = membungkus/menyelubungi
4. layer = lapisan
5. distance = jarak jauh
6. jewel = permata
7. hang = menggantung
8. space = angkasa
9. partly = sebagian
10. huge = besar/luas sekali
B. Answer the questions based on the text you have heard in Task C.
1. What is the text about?
Jawaban: It is about the Earth.
2. What is the Earth?
Jawaban: It is one of nine planets in the Solar System that circles the Sun.
3. What does the Earth look like from a distance?
Jawaban: It looks like a blue and green jewel hanging in space.
4. Why does the Earth look partly blue?
Jawaban: It looks partly blue because the Earth has huge amounts of water in oceans.
5. Why does the Earth look partly green?
Jawaban: It looks partly green because the water supports life.

158 UNIT 3 Report


A. Read the text aloud.
Mind your pronunciation.
Hello, everyone. I’m going to tell you about drought. Do you know what it is? Well, . . . a drought
is an extended period of months or years when a region notes a deficiency in its water supply.
Generally, this occurs when a region receives consistently below average precipitation.
Drought can have a substantial impact on the ecosystem and agriculture of the certain region.
Although it can persist for several years, even a short drought can also cause significant damage
and harm the local economy. This global phenomenon has a widespread impact on agriculture.
The United Nations estimates that an area of fertile soil in the size of Ukraine is lost every year
because of drought, deforestation and climate instability. Lengthy periods of drought have triggered
mass migration in Africa in this last decade and in various other parts of the world for thousands of
years.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Drought (December 30, 2008)

B. Answer the questions based on the text in Task A.


1. What is the text about?
Jawaban:It is about drought.
2. What is a drought?
Jawaban: A drought is an extended period of months or years when a region notes a deficiency
in its water supply.
3. When does a drought happen generally?
Jawaban: A drought happens when a region receives consistently below average precipitation.
4. What does drought have impact on?
Jawaban:The ecosystem and agriculture.
5. According to the UN, how big is the area of fertile soil that is lost every year because of
drought, deforestation and climate instability?
Jawaban:It is about the size of Ukraine.

Variasi:
Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B.
A B
1. drought a. presipitasi
2. deficiency b. memperkirakan
3. precipitation c. subur
4. substantial d. kekurangan
5. persist e. memicu
6. harm f. membahayakan
7. widespread g. penting
8. estimate h. kekeringan/kemarau
9. fertile i. berlangsung
10. trigger j. tersebar luas

Jawaban:
1. h 2. d 3. a 4. g 5. i
6. f 7. j 8. b 9. c 10 e

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 159


C. Complete the text with the correct words in the box.

a. phenomenon b. irrigation c. liquid d. water e. fall

Rain is (1) _______ precipitation. On Earth, it is the condensation of atmospheric water vapor
into drops heavy enough to (2) _______, which often makes it to the earth’s surface.
Rain is the primary source of fresh (3) _______ for most areas of the world, providing suitable
conditions for diverse ecosystems, as well as water for hydroelectric power plants and crop
(4) _______. However, not all rain reaches the surface. Some evaporates while falling through dry
air which is called virga. This (5) _______ is often found in hot, dry desert regions.

Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Rain (December 30, 2008)


Jawaban:
1. c 2. e 3. d 4. b 5. a

Variasi:
State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task C.
Correct the false ones.
1. ______ Rain is the condensation of atmospheric water vapor into drops heavy enough to fall.
2. ______ Rain is the secondary source of fresh water for most areas of the world.
3. ______ Rain is also used for hydroelectric power plants and crop irrigation.
4. ______ All rains reach the surface of the earth.
5. ______ Virga is a phenomenon that is often found in cold regions.
Jawaban:
1. T
2. F. Rain is the primary source of fresh water for most areas of the world.
3. T
4. F. Not all rain reaches the surface.
5. F. Virga is often found in hot, dry desert regions.

D. Retell the text in Task C using your own words in front of the class.

E. Find a report text about a natural phenomenon from any sources.


Tell it to your friends.

Contoh jawaban:
Good morning, everyone. I’m going to tell you about flood.
Well, flood happens when a river or the sea rises so much that it spills over the surrounding land.
Um . . . river flood may occur after a period of heavy rain. The river flood’s size are sometimes big
and sometimes small. Flood size is described in terms of frequency. Small flood is common but big
flood is rare. You know, flood can destroy homes and wash away soil from farmland.
Adapted from: 1000 Facts on Planet Earth

160 UNIT 3 Report


A. Read the text.
Identify its text structure.
Ecosystem
An ecosystem is a community of living things interacting with each other and their
surroundings. It can be anything from a piece of rotting wood to a huge swamp.
In every ecosystem, each organism depends on the others. When vegetation colonizes an
area, the first plants to grow there are small and simple, such as mosses and lichens. Grass and
sedges appear next. The simple plants stabilize the soil so that bigger and more complex plants
can move in. This is called vegetation succession.
Rainforest ecosystems cover only 8% of the world’s plant and animal species.
Green plants are autothrops, or producers, which means they make their own food. Animals
are heterotrophs, or consumers, which means they get their food from other living things. Primary
consumers are herbivores that eat plants. Secondary consumers are carnivores that eat herbivores
or each other.
Farming has a huge effect on natural ecosystems. It reduces the number of species
dramatically.
Adapted from: 1000 Facts on Planet Earth

Jawaban:

Title Ecosystem

An ecosystem is a community of living things interacting with each


General
other and their surroundings. It can be anything from a piece of rotting
Classification
wood to a huge swamp.

In every ecosystem, each organism depends on the others. When


vegetation colonizes an area, the first plants to grow there are small and
simple, such as mosses and lichens. Grass and sedges appear next.
The simple plants stabilize the soil so that bigger and more complex
plants can move in. This is called vegetation succession.
Rainforest ecosystems cover only 8% of the world’s plant and
animal species.
Description
Green plants are autothrops, or producers, which means they make
their own food. Animals are heterotrophs, or consumers, which means
they get their food from other living things. Primary consumers are
herbivores that eat plants. Secondary consumers are carnivores that eat
herbivores or each other.
Farming has a huge effect on natural ecosystems. It reduces the
number of species dramatically.
Adapted from: 1000 Facts on Planet Earth

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 161


B. Match the words in column A with their correct meanings in column B.

A B
1. huge a. mengurangi
2. swamp b. lumut
3. surroundings c. membusuk
4. rot d. besar sekali
5. depend e. mendiami
6. colonize f. muncul
7. moss g. bergantung
8. succession h. pergantian
9. appear i. rawa
10. reduce j lingkungan sekitar
Jawaban:
1. d 2. i 3. j 4. c 5. g
6. e 7. b 8. h 9. f 10. a

Variasi:
Complete the sentences with the words in Task B.
1. Never ________ everything on someone else.
2. Dino didn’t ________ at school yesterday. Was he all right?
3. Do you believe that there is a monster live in the ________.
4. We have to keep our ________ clean to prevent from any diseases.
5. The leaves are ________ to make compost.
6. I heard some species of butterflies ________ that island.
7. It’s difficult for that little crane to move that ________ dumb truck. We need a bigger crane.
8. Rainy season is the best time for ________ to grow.
9. The organization will arrange an election for a structural ________.
10. Because of global crisis, many companies ________ their labors.
Jawaban:
1. depend 2. appear 3. swamp 4. surroundings 5. rotten
6. colonized 7. huge 8. moss 9. succession 10. reduce

C. State whether the statements are true (T) or false (F) based on the text in Task A.
Correct the false ones.
1. ______ The purpose of the text is to describe a particular place.
2. ______ A community of living things interacting with each other and their surroundings is
called an ecosystem.
3. ______ In every ecosystem each organism doesn’t need each other.
4. ______ The first plants to grow in an area of an ecosystem are big.
5. ______ The function of simple plants is to stabilize the soil so that bigger and more complex
plants can move in.
Jawaban:
1. F. The purpose of the text is to describe the way things are.
2. T
3. F. In every ecosystem each organism depends on the others.
4. F. When vegetation colonizes an area of an ecosystem, the first plants to grow there are small
and simple.
5. T

162 UNIT 3 Report


Variasi:
Guru dapat menambah pernyataan-pernyataan soal sebagai berikut.
1. ______ Vegetation succession is the process of animals and human to stabilize the soil.
2. ______ Farming has an insignificant effect on natural ecosystems.
3. ______ Farming reduces the number of species dramatically.
4. ______ Green plants make their own food.
5. ______ Primary consumers are carnivores that eat herbivores.
Jawaban:
1. F. Vegetation succession is the process of plants to stabilize the soil.
2. F. Farming has a huge effect on natural ecosystems.
3. T
4. T
5. F. Primary consumers are herbivores that eat plants.

D. Complete the text with the proper words in the box.

a. matter b. flows c. ice d. evaporates e. salt


f. vapor g. fresh h. three i. combination j. materials

Water is a chemical. Chemists say water is a compound, a combination of different (1) ________.
It is a (2) ________ of oxygen and hydrogen atoms. Water is made of one atom of oxygen and two
atoms of hydrogen. An atom is a tiny bit of (3) ________. The (4) ________ atoms make the tiniest
possible drop of water, called a molecule.
Water can be a liquid, a solid or a gas. Liquid water (5) ________. Solid water is (6) ________.
Water in the form of a gas is called water (7) ________. Nature recycles water all the time. Water in
oceans, lakes and rivers (8) ________, or turns into a gas and rises into the air. The water vapor
eventually turns back into a liquid and falls as rain.
The water cycle keeps the total amount of water on Earth the same. But most of this water is
(9) ________ water in the ocean. People need (10) ________ water for drinking and for growing
food on farms. Ocean water is too salty to drink. It is too salty to use for watering plants.
Adapted from: Microsoft Encarta 2008
Jawaban:
1. j 2. i 3. a 4. h 5. b
6. c 7. f 8. d 9. e 10. g

Variasi:
Find the meanings of the words in your dictionary.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. compound = senyawa
2. matter = materi
3. tiny = sangat kecil
4. vapor = uap
5. drop = tetes
6. liquid = cair/cairan
7. solid = padat
8. evaporate = menguap
9. cycle = daur
10. salt water = air asin

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 163


E. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer based on the complete text in Task D.
1. What is the purpose of the text? 6. What is water vapor? It is ________.
A. To tell how to make something. A. water in ocean
B. To describe the way things are. B. water in the form of liquid
C. To describe a particular thing. C. water that falls as rain
D. To amuse the readers. D. water in the form of a gas
Jawaban: B Jawaban: D
Teks tersebut adalah teks report yang Uap air adalah air dalam wujud gas (water
bertujuan mendeskripsikan sesuatu secara in the form of a gas).
umum (to describe the way things are). 7. What recycles water all the time?
2. What is the text about? A. Nature. B. Ocean.
A. Oxygen. B. Ocean. C. Lake. D. Human.
C. Water. D. Rain. Jawaban: A
Jawaban: C Berdasarkan kalimat ”Nature recycles water
Sesuai dengan isi paragraf satu, teks all the time.”, dapat diketahui bahwa yang
tersebut adalah teks report yang mendaur ulang air adalah alam (nature).
membahas tentang air (water). 8. “ . . . or turns into a gas and rises into the
3. According to chemists, water is ________. air.” (Paragraph 2)
A. a combination of different matter The underlined words can be replaced by
B. a combination of solid matter the word ________.
C. a combination of water vapor A. moves B. transports
D. a combination of oceans, lakes and C. changes D. throws
rivers Jawaban: C
Jawaban: A Kata ’turns into’ yang artinya ’berubah
Kalimat kedua paragraf satu artinya ”Para menjadi’ dapat digantikan dengan kata
ahli kimia mengatakan bahwa air changes.
merupakan gabungan campuran zat yang 9. “An atom is a tiny bit of matter.” (Paragraph 1)
berbeda.”. Jadi, menurut ahli kimia, air The underlined word is antonymous with
adalah kombinasi dari beberapa zat yang the word ________.
berbeda (a combination of different matter). A. slow B. big
4. One oxygen atom and two hydrogen C. swift D. huge
atoms form ________. Jawaban: D
A. water vapor Lawan kata ’tiny’ yang artinya ’sangat
B. solid water kecil’ adalah huge yang artinya sangat
C. rain besar.
D. a water molecule 10. “Ocean water is too salty to drink.”
Jawaban: D (Paragraph 3)
Dalam teks disebutkan ”Water is made of Based on the sentence, the statements
one atom of oxygen and two atoms of below are true, except ________.
hydrogen.” dan ”The three atoms make . . ., A. people can’t drink ocean water
called a molecule.”. Jadi, sebuah atom B. people need more salt water
oksigen dan dua atom hidrogen C. ocean water is too salty for people
membentuk molekul air (water molecule). D. there is too much salt in the water
5. What is ice? ocean
A. Liquid water. B. Solid water. Jawaban: B
C. Salt water. D. Fresh water. Kalimat tersebut artinya ”Air laut terlalu asin
Jawaban: B untuk diminum.”. Pernyataan yang
Dalam teks disebutkan ”Solid water is bertentangan dengan kalimat tersebut
ice.”. Jadi, es adalah air yang berwujud adalah (B) yang artinya orang-orang
padat (solid water). membutuhkan air asin lebih banyak lagi.

164 UNIT 3 Report


F. Rearrange the jumbled paragraphs into a proper report text.

Soal dan jawaban:


3 Static electricity comes from tiny invisible electric charges. There are positive and
negative charges. Too much positive or negative charges in different things makes static
electricity.

2 Lightning is caused by a kind of electricity called static electricity. Did you ever feel
a shock when you touched a metal doorknob? The shock came from static electricity. You
can make static electricity if you scuff your feet across carpet and touch something metal.

1 Lightning is a big electric spark. Sometimes the spark goes between two clouds.
Sometimes the spark goes between a cloud and the ground.

4 Negative charges can build up in a storm cloud. Positive charges can build up in the
ground or in another cloud. Negative and positive charges pull toward each other. Once
enough of them build up, the charges jump toward one another. The jumping charges make
a big electric spark, as you see as lightning.
Adapted from: Microsoft Encarta ® 2008

Variasi:
Answer the questions based on the proper text in Task F.
1. What is the text about?
Jawaban: It is about lightning.
2. What is the purpose of the text?
Jawaban: It is to describe the way things are.
3. What is lightning?
Jawaban: Lightning is a big electric spark.
4. What is lightning caused by?
Jawaban: Lightning is caused by a kind of electricity called static electricity.
5. How do you make static electricity? Give an example.
Jawaban: I can make static electricity by scuffing my feet across carpet and then touching
something metal.
6. Where does static electricity come from?
Jawaban: Static electricity comes from tiny invisible electric charges.
7. How many electric charges are there? Mention them.
Jawaban: There are two charges. They are positive and negative charges.
8. Where can negative charges build up?
Jawaban: Negative charges can build up in a storm cloud.
9. Where can positive charges build up?
Jawaban: Positive charges can build up in another cloud or in the ground.
10. What is a big electric spark that you see as lightning actually?
Jawaban: It is the positive and negative electric charges that jump toward one another.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 165


G. Read the text.
Answer the questions that follow.
Rain forests cover about 10% of the earth, but they contain 90% of the world’s animals
and plants. Rain forests are found in the hottest parts of the earth. They are situated in the
area from the Tropic of Cancer to the Tropic of Capricorn. This is the area on both sides of
the Equator.
These forests are called rain forests because it usually rains there every day. The weather is
always hot and humid. The main rain forests are in America, Africa and Asia. The largest area of
rain forest is Amazonia in South America. It is three times larger than the whole of Indonesia.
Indonesia is covered by rain forests, but many of its forests have been cut down. Some
fire also destroyed the Indonesian forests, especially during the dry season. It is hard now
to reforest the bare land.
Source: Ujian Nasional 2005/2006
Questions:
1. What is the text about?
Jawaban: It is about rain forests in general.
2. What is the purpose of the text?
Jawaban: It is to describe the way things are.
3. In what part of the earth are rain forests usually found?
Jawaban: In the hottest parts of the earth.
4. Where are rain forests situated?
Jawaban: They are situated in the area from the Tropic of Cancer to the Tropic of Capricorn.
5. Why is it called a rain forest?
Jawaban: Because it usually rains there every day.
6. “The weather is always hot and humid.” (Paragraph 2)
What is the bold-typed word best replaced by?
Jawaban: It is damp.
7. Where are the main rain forests situated?
Jawaban: The main rain forests are situated in America, Africa and Asia.
8. “It is three times larger than the whole of Indonesia.” (Paragraph 2)
What does the bold-typed word refer to?
Jawaban: It refers to Amazonia in South America.
9. What happened to many rain forests in Indonesia?
Jawaban: Some of them have been cut down and destroyed by fire during the dry season.
10. What destroyed the Indonesia’s forests especially during the dry season?
Jawaban: Fire.

H. Complete the sentences with proper question tags.


1. It is a warm sunny day, ________?
2. Joni won’t mend the garden, _________?
3. We join the working bee, _________?
4. Pipin and Antin are absent today, ________?
5. Acid rain is dangerous, ________?
6. The waves are big and rough, ________?
7. Floods rarely happen in our town, ________?
8. Weather forecasts are sometimes right, ________?
9. Susi seldom comes late, ________?
10. The villagers never cut down the trees in the forest, _________?

166 UNIT 3 Report


Jawaban:
1. isn’t it 2. will he
3. don’t we 4. aren’t they
5. isn’t it 6. aren’t they
7. do they 8. aren’t they
9. does she 10. do they

I. Complete the sentences with ‘too’ or ‘enough’.


1. The temperature is ________ hot for us. We need an air conditioner.
2. Let’s get a taxi. It’s ________ far to walk home from here.
3. The girl is just 16 years old. She is not old _________ to get to work.
4. These shoes are ________ small for me. I need the bigger ones.
5. This coat is not warm ________ to wear in winter.
Jawaban:
1. too
2. too
3. enough
4. too
5. enough

Variasi:
Continue the sentences based on your own ideas.
See the example.
Example:
The food is too hot ________.
o to eat

1. The current in the river is too dangerous ________.


2. This sofa is not wide enough ________.
3. The cliff is too high ________.
4. The water in the pool is not clean enough ________.
5. The big table is too heavy ________.
Contoh jawaban:
1. to swim in
2. for five people
3. to climb
4. for us to swim
5. for us to move it

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 167


J. Read the text aloud.
Mind your pronunciation.
Tsunami
A tsunami is a series of waves created when a body of water, such as an ocean, is rapidly
displaced.
Earthquakes, mass movements above or below water, some volcanic eruptions and other
underwater explosions, landslides, underwater earthquakes, large asteroid impacts and detonation
of nuclear weapons at sea all have the potential to generate a tsunami. Due to the volumes of
water and energy involved, the effects of tsunami can be devastating. Since meteorites are small,
they will not generate tsunami.
The Greek historian Thucydides was the first to relate tsunami to submarine quakes, but
understanding of the nature of tsunami remained slim until the 20th century and is the subject of
ongoing research. Many early geological, geographic, oceanographic texts refer to “seismic sea
waves”. These are now referred to as “tsunami(s)”.
Some meteorological storm conditions, deep depressions causing cyclones or hurricanes, can
generate a storm surge which can be several meters above normal tide levels. This is due to the
low atmospheric pressure within the center of the depression. As these storm surges come ashore,
the surge can resemble a tsunami. Inundating vast areas of land are not always tsunami.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tsunami (December 30, 2008)

K. Answer the questions based on the text in Task J.

1. What does the text tell us about?


Jawaban: It tells us about tsunami.
2. What is tsunami?
Jawaban: A tsunami is a series of waves created when a body of water, such as an ocean, is
rapidly displaced.
3. What can generate a tsunami?
Jawaban: Earthquakes, mass movements above or below water, some volcanic eruptions
and other underwater explosions, landslides, underwater earthquakes, large
asteroid impacts and detonation of nuclear weapons at sea.
4. “Since meteorites are small, they will not generate tsunami.” (Paragraph 2)
What does the bold-typed word refer to?
Jawaban: Meteorites.
5. Who was the first man to relate tsunami to submarine quakes?
Jawaban: Thucydides was.

Variasi:
A. Complete the text with the correct words in the box.

a. stars b. contains c. different d. universe e. collection

Galaxies
A galaxy is a (1) ________ of stars and other astronomical bodies, including planets,
comets and asteroids, held together by gravity.

168 UNIT 3 Report


Galaxies come in (2) ________ shapes and sizes. These include the spiral, barrel-spiral and
elliptical. Our galaxy, called the Milky Way, is approximately 100,000 light years in width and
(3) ________ over 100 billion of stars.
The center of galaxies can contain many young, very hot stars as well as older (4) ________.
Swirling clouds that have been energized by magnetic forces also exist in the center. At this time, no
one knows the exact number of galaxies in the (5) ________. Astronomers are, however, learning
more and more about them every day.
Source: 1000 Facts on Planet Earth

Jawaban:
1. e 2. c 3. b 4. a 5. d

B. Read the complete text in Task A.


Identify the structure of the text.
Jawaban:
Title Galaxies

General A galaxy is a collection of stars and other astronomical bodies,


Classification including planets, comets and asteroids, held together by gravity.

Galaxies come in different shapes and sizes. These include


the spiral, barrel-spiral and elliptical. Our galaxy, called the Milky
Way, is approximately 100,000 light years in width and contains
over 100 billion of stars.
Description The center of galaxies can contain many young, very hot stars
as well as older stars. Swirling clouds that have been energized by
magnetic forces also exist in the center. At this time, no one knows
the exact number of galaxies in the universe. Astronomers are,
however, learning more and more about them every day.

C. Read the complete text in Task A.


Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
1. What is the purpose of the text? 2. What holds stars, planets, comets and
A. To retell an experience of traveling asteroids?
around the galaxies. A. Galaxies.
B. To entertain the readers with B. Gravity.
a fiction story of galaxies. C. An astronomer.
C. To give information about galaxies. D. Magnetic force.
D. To show the way to galaxies. Jawaban: B
Jawaban: C Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat
Teks di atas menjelaskan tentang galaksi pertama, ”. . . , including planets,
secara umum. Teks tersebut berbentuk comets and asteroids, held together by
report. Jadi, tujuan teks tersebut adalah gravity.” yang artinya ”. . . , termasuk
untuk memberi informasi tentang galaksi planet, komet, asteroid, dikendalikan
secara umum (to give information about oleh gravitasi.”
galaxies).

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 169


3. Below is one of the shapes of galaxies, Jawaban: D
except ________. Kata ’energized’ mempunyai arti yang
A. spiral sama dengan kata empowered, yaitu
B. clouds diberi tenaga/kekuatan. Enlarged artinya
C. elliptical diperluas, encircled artinya dibentuk
D. barrel-spiral lingkaran/dilingkari, dan encouraged
Jawaban: B artinya didorong.
Berdasarkan kalimat “These includes the
5. The word ‘them’ in the last sentence of
spiral, barrel-spirral and elliptical.”, yang
paragraph 3 refers to ________.
bukan termasuk bentuk galaksi adalah
A. astronomers
pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya awan.
B. swirling clouds
4. “Swirling clouds that have been energized C. galaxies
by . . . .” (Paragraph 3) D. stars
The underlined word can be best replaced Jawaban: C
by the word ________. Kata ’them’ mengacu kepada objek
A. enlarged kalimat sebelumnya, yaitu ’the exact
B. encircled number of galaxies’.
C. encouraged
D. empowered

A. Read the text, and then rewrite it using your own words.

Acid Rain
All rain is slightly acidic, but air pollution can turn rain into harmful acid rain.
Chemicals from burning fossil fuels in power stations and vehicles exhausts build up in the
atmosphere. They combine with water to form acid rain.
When acid rain falls on forests and in lakes, it can cause serious damages to local
ecosystems. It can harm and kill plants and fish. Acid rain can cause trees to grow more slowly, or
even die. Acid rain can build up in lakes and poison plant life. It also dissolves stone and corrodes
metal. So, it damages buildings, statues and monuments.
Adapted from: Your Environment: Pollution

B. Write a report text about a natural phenomenon.


You may refer to any sources.
Mind the structure of a report text.

Contoh jawaban:

Title Volcanoes

General Volcanoes are place where magma emerges through the crust and
Classification onto the surface. The word volcano comes from Vulcano Island in the
Mediterranean.

170 UNIT 3 Report


There are many types of volcanoes. The most distinctive are the
cone shape composite volcanoes, which build up from alternating
layers of ash and lava in successive eruptions. Beneath a composite
Description volcano there is typically a large reservoir of magma called a magma
chamber. Magma collects in the chamber before an eruption.
Volcanoes usually erupt again and again. The interval time, called the
repose time, varies from a few minutes to thousands of years.

Source: 1000 Facts on Planet Earth

3.3 Short Functional Texts: Weather Forecasts and Announcements

Spoken Text

Look at the table below and listen to your teacher.


Understand the explanation.
Good morning. Let’s have a look to the
weather forecast in some cities in
Indonesia.
Today, Medan will be cloudy with
occasional rain showers, chance of rain
70%. Jakarta will be cloudy, chance of rain
50%. Kendari will have scattered
thunderstorms, chance of rain 70%.
Jayapura will have sunny skies, chance of
rain 40%.

The text you have heard is a weather forecast.


A weather forecast is a piece of information about the prediction of weather in a certain
place. By listening to a weather forecast, we can predict the weather. Since it’s only
a forecast, sometimes it is right and sometimes it is not.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 171


Written Text

Read the text.


Understand the explanation.

Announcement
To: All students
We will hold a working bee in our school. It will be held:
Time : Tomorrow, after school
Purpose : Planting more trees in our school
Please bring any plants and farming tools you have. Thank you.

Principal

The text you have read is an announcement. It is a statement in a spoken or written form
that makes something known publicly. The text above is an announcement in written form.

Answer the following questions.


1. What do you know about a weather forecast?
Contoh jawaban: It is used to give information about the prediction of weather in a certain place.
2. What benefits can you get from the weather forecast?
Contoh jawaban: We will know whether it will be raining, windy or cold, so we can prepare
ourselves for possible situations.
3. Have you ever read an announcement?
Contoh jawaban: Yes, I have.
4. What is the announcement you have heard recently about?
Contoh jawaban: It is about sports events in my school.

A. Listen to your teacher.


Complete the text based on what you have heard.

Teks yang dibacakan guru dan jawaban:


Good morning, here is the weather (1) forecast for some cities in Indonesia.
Today, Banda Aceh will have windy and (2) sunny skies, chance of rain 40%. Medan will be mostly
(3) cloudy, chance of rain 60%. Padang will be cloudy with some rain (2) showers in the evening,
chance of rain 70%. Lampung will have (5) thunderstorms, chance of rain 70%.

172 UNIT 3 Report


Variasi:
Find the meanings of the words.
Kata-kata yang dikerjakan siswa dan jawaban:
1. sunny = cerah
2. cloudy = mendung
3. rain shower = hujan (ringan)
4. windy = berangin, banyak angin
5. thunderstorm = hujan disertai petir

B. Answer the questions based on the text you have heard in Task A.

1. What is the text about?


Jawaban: It is the weather forecast for some cities in Indonesia.
2. How many cities are mentioned in the text? What are they?
Jawaban: Four cities. They are Banda Aceh, Medan, Padang and Lampung.
3. How is the weather in Banda Aceh?
Jawaban: It’s windy and sunny.
4. What is the chance of rain in Medan?
Jawaban: It is 60%.
5. How is the weather in Padang? Describe it briefly.
Jawaban: It will be cloudy with some rain showers in the evening with the chance of rain 70%.

C. Listen to your teacher.


Decide whether the statements are true (T) or false (F).
Correct the false ones.

Teks yang dibacakan guru:


Good morning, everyone. Let’s have a look to the weather forecast in some cities in
Indonesia. Today, Samarinda will be cloudy with some rain showers in the evening, chance of
rain 70%. Pontianak will have scattered thunderstorms, chance of rain 70%. Banjarmasin will
have windy and sunny skies, chance of rain 40%.

1. ______ According to the forecast, Samarinda will have a sunny day.


2. ______ There will be no rain showers in Samarinda.
3. ______ Pontianak will have scattered thunderstorms.
4. ______ The chances of rain in Samarinda and Pontianak are the same.
5. ______ There will be cloudy skies in Banjarmasin.
Jawaban:
1. F. Samarinda will be cloudy.
2. F. There will be some rain showers in the evening in Samarinda.
3. T
4. T
5. F. Banjarmasin will have windy and sunny skies.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 173


A. Say the weather forcast below aloud.
Mind your pronunciation.

Here is the weather forecast in some places in Indonesia. It will be mostly cloudy in
Bengkulu. Samarinda will be cloudy with some rain in the evening. Kupang is likely clear and
windy. There’ll be sunshine in Ambon all day.

B. Answer the questions based on the text in Task A orally.


1. What is the text about?
Jawaban: It is about the weather forecast in some places in Indonesia.
2. According to the forecast, how is the weather in Bengkulu?
Jawaban: Bengkulu will be mostly cloudy.
3. When will Samarinda have some rain?
Jawaban: In the evening.
4. What is Kupang’s weather likely?
Jawaban: It is likely clear and windy.
5. What is the weather forecast for Ambon?
Jawaban: There wil be sunshine all day.

C. Create a weather forecast based on the data below.


Tell it to your friends.

Contoh jawaban:
Good morning, everyone. Here is the weather forecast for some cities in Indonesia.
Today, Yogyakarta will be cloudy with occasional rain showers. It will be mostly cloudy in Surabaya
and Mataram. Denpasar will have a clear and sunny day.

174 UNIT 3 Report


Variasi:
Create a weather forecast based on the data.
Tell it in front of the class.

Contoh jawaban:
Good morning, everyone. Here is the weather forecast for some cities in Indonesia.
Today, Makassar will have a rainy day. It will be a cloudy day in Palu. Kendari will have
thunderstorms with heavy rain. And, there will be cloudy skies in Manado.

A. Read the announcement aloud.


Mind your pronunciation and intonation.

Announcement

To all students of Grade VII to IX,


We will have an earthquake simulation tomorrow. Before
the simulation, some instructors will teach you how to save
yourselves when an earthquake happens. They will tell what
you should do in the real situation. It will be held:
Time : After the second break
Place : School hall
Please do join the simulation. It will be absolutely useful for you.

Principal

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 175


B. Read the text in Task A.
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
1. What is the announcement about? Jawaban: D
A. An instruction to avoid an earthquake. Acara tersebut akan diadakan besok
B. An instruction to go to the school hall. setelah jam istirahat kedua, yang
C. An instruction to join an earthquake disimpulkan dari kalimat awal teks ”We will
simulation. have . . . tomorrow.” dengan keterangan
D. An instruction to survive in a disaster. waktu ’tomorrow’ dan kalimat ”Time : After
Jawaban: C the second break.”.
Pengumuman tersebut adalah tentang
4. Who writes the announcement?
instruksi untuk mengikuti simulasi gempa
A. A teacher does.
bumi, yang disimpulkan dari kalimat awal
B. One of the instructors does.
teks.
C. The Principal does.
2. Whom is the announcement addressed to? D. A student does.
A. All students. Jawaban: C
B. The captains of Grade IX. Pengumuman tersebut dibuat oleh kepala
C. All teachers at school. sekolah, yang disimpulkan dari penutup
D. The student of Grade IX . pengumuman, yaitu Principal.
Jawaban: A
5. “They will tell what you should do in the
Pengumuman tersebut ditujukan untuk
real situation.”
semua siswa yang disimpulkan dari kalimat
What does the underlined word refer to?
”To all students of Grade VII to IX.”.
A. The students.
3. When will the event be held? B. Some instructors.
A. Today after the first break. C. The Principal and the teachers.
B. Today before the second break. D. Some instructors and the Principal.
C. Tomorrow before the second break. Jawaban: B
D. Tomorrow after the second break. Kata ’they’ dalam kalimat tersebut
mengacu pada kata ganti orang yang
telah disebutkan dalam kalimat
sebelumnya, yaitu ’some instructors’.

Variasi:
Read the text and answer the questions.

Announcement
To all students,
As you all know, some natural disasters have happened in some
parts of our country. Our school will collect donation for the victims of
the disasters. You can donate your money, clothes, blankets, etc.
Place : In the OSIS room
Time : During the breaks, before December 15, 2009
For further information, please come to the OSIS room.

OSIS Chairman OSIS Secretary

176 UNIT 3 Report


Questions:
1. What is the announcement about?
Jawaban: It is about collecting donation for the victims of the natural disasters.
2. Whom is the announcement addressed to?
Jawaban: To all students.
3. What things can the students donate?
Jawaban: Money, clothes, blankets, etc.
4. When should the students donate?
Jawaban: During the breaks, before December 15, 2009.
5. When the students need further information, what should they do?
Jawaban: They should come to the OSIS room.

A. Write announcements based on the topics.


1. OSIS will invite all students and teachers to donate their blood. The event will be held on
Saturday, November 21, 2009, after school in the school hall.
Contoh jawaban:

Announcement
To all students and teachers,
OSIS will hold a blood donation that will be held:
Date : Saturday, November 21, 2009
Time : After school
Place : In the school hall
Please join it. Your blood will save others’ life.

OSIS Chairman

2. Your school library has a new series of science books. Students can find them in the science
section. Announce it to your friends.
Contoh jawaban:

Announcement
To all students,
Our school library has a new series of science books. They
are in the science section. You may come to the library and read
the books. You can also borrow the books and bring them home.

Librarian

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 177


B. Write an announcement.
You are free to choose your own topic.
Contoh jawaban:

Announcement
To students of Grade IX,
The national examination is only three months left. To prepare for the exam, our
school will give additional lessons after school. This program will start next week and
it’s free. Don’t miss it.
Principal

Find an article of a natural phenomenon from any sources.


Rewrite it in your book.

Read and memorize the words. harm : membahayakan


Use them whenever you speak English. increase : meningkat
liquid : cair
aim : tujuan matter : materi
average : rerata melt : mencair
bar : lempengan/batangan natural : alami
coal : batubara pack : bungkus
compound : senyawa pane : kaca (jendela)
cycle : daur persist : berlangsung
deficiency : kekurangan/kahat pollution : polusi
disgusting : menjijikkan precipitation : presipitasi
drop : tetes roof : atap
drought : kekeringan/kemarau salt : asin
panjang scattered : tersebar
estimate : memperkirakan scuff : menggosok-gosokkan
evaporate : menguap solid : padat
exhaust : pembuangan sisa substantial : penting
bahan bakar summer : musim panas
fertile : subur temperature : suhu
freeze : membeku tiny : sangat kecil
fuel : bahan bakar trap : memerangkap
garbage : sampah trigger : memicu
global warming : pemanasan global vapor : uap
widespread : tersebar luas

178 UNIT 3 Report


Jawaban: C
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
Ungkapan yang tepat untuk melengkapi
answer.
percakapan tersebut adalah ungkapan
meminta pengulangan (Sorry, what did
1. Ms. Endah : O.K., class, please be quiet.
you say?).
Titik, do number three.
Titik : ________
4. Antin : Arya, have you done your writing
Ms. Endah : Do number three, please.
assignment?
Titik : Sure, Ma’am.
Arya : Um . . . I have done it last night.
A. That’s very kind of you.
Antin : Really? ________ The assigment
B. I doubt it, Ma’am.
is very difficult indeed. You have to
C. I’m not certain, Ma’am.
tell me how to do it.
D. I beg your pardon, Ma’am?
Arya : Sure. I’ll help you.
Jawaban: D
Antin : Thanks.
Pilihan jawaban yang menunjukkan
A. That’s amazing!
ungkapan meminta pengulangan (I beg
B. Can you repeat your sentence?
your pardon?) benar karena pada kalimat
C. Sorry, I didn’t catch the last word.
berikutnya Bu Endah mengulang
D. You doubt me.
ucapannya.
Jawaban: A
Ungkapan yang tepat untuk melengkapi
2. Mr. Andi : Heru, who is absent today?
percakapan adalah ungkapan yang
Heru : Sekar, Bayu and Tia, Sir.
menunjukkan kekaguman (That’s
Mr. Andi : ________? I didn’t catch the
amazing!) karena Antin merasa bahwa
last name.
tugas itu sulit. Dia kagum bahwa Arya
Heru : Tia, Sir.
dapat menyelesaikan tugas yang sulit itu.
Mr. Andi : O.K. Thank you.
A. What it happened
5. Aldi : Look at this mobile phone. This is
B. Pardon me
new released.
C. Are you sure
Dian : ________
D. Are you certain
Aldi : It is. The features are really cool.
Jawaban: B
Dian : Exactly!
Pilihan jawaban yang menunjukkan
A. I doubt it.
ungkapan meminta pengulangan (Pardon
B. What a nice mobile phone!
me?) benar karena pada kalimat berikutnya
C. Are you sure about it?
Pak Andi mengulang ucapannya.
D. Do you want to buy it?
Jawaban: B
3. Shop assistant : What can I do for you?
Berdasarkan respons yang artinya ”Iya.
Lisa : I want to buy a notebook,
Fitur-fiturnya keren.”, ungkapan yang
a pencil and a rubber.
sesuai diucapkan Dian sebelumnya
Shop assistant : __________?
adalah ungkapan kekaguman, yaitu What
Lisa : I want to buy a notebook,
a nice mobile phone!
a pencil and rubber.
Shop assistant : Oh, sure.
A. Are you O.K.
B. Do you doubt it
C. Sorry, what did you say
D. Are you certain

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 179


6. Mrs. Wijaya : Dear, turn down your Wanda : (9) ________ I can’t catch your
stereo’s volume, please. sentence. It’s too noisy here.
I think it’s too loud. Fitri : Um . . . where did you buy it?
Siska : Would you mind Wanda : Oh, my aunt made it for me.
repeating that, Mom? Fitri : (10) ________ Who made it?
Mrs. Wijaya : Turn down your stereo, Wanda : My aunt did.
please. Fitri : Oh, I see.
Siska : Sure. I’m sorry, Mom.
The bold-typed sentence is the expression 8. A. I’m not certain about my party.
of ________. B. I doubt if my friends will come.
A. showing doubt C. Wow, what a nice dress you are
B. asking about certainty wearing!
C. showing sympathy D. I hope you will get better soon.
D. asking someone to repeat her/his Jawaban: C
words Berdasarkan kalimat sesudahnya yang
Jawaban: D merupakan ungkapan terima kasih dan
Ungkapan soal artinya ”Apakah Ibu tidak juga ucapan Fitri yang artinya ”Gaun itu
keberatan mengulanginya lagi, Bu?” cocok sekali kamu pakai.”, dapat
merupakan ungkapan meminta disimpulkan bahwa Fitri memuji gaun
pengulangan (asking someone to repeat yang dikenakan Wanda. Jadi, ungkapan
his/her words). yang tepat adalah (C) yang artinya wow,
sungguh indah gaun yang kamu pakai.
7. Susi : Wow, this beach is really
marvelous! 9. A. Is it amazing?
Nia : It is. Especially when the sun sets. B. Are you certain?
Susi : You bet! C. Do you doubt it?
The bold-typed sentence expresses D. Pardon me?
________. Jawaban: D
A. amazement Berdasarkan kalimat Wanda selanjutnya
B. sorry yang artinya ”Aku tidak dapat mendengar
C. doubt ucapanmu. Di sini berisik.” dan respons
D. certainty Fitri yang mengulangi kalimatnya, dapat
Jawaban: A disimpulkan bahwa Wanda meminta Fitri
Ungkapan soal artinya ”Wow, pantai ini untuk mengulangi kalimatnya. Ungkapan
sungguh mengagumkan!” merupakan yang tepat adalah (D) Pardon me.
ungkapan yang menunjukkan kekaguman
(amazement). 10. A. I beg your pardon?
B. What can I do for you?
For questions 8 to 10, choose the correct C. Sorry, are you O.K.?
expressions to complete the dialog. D. Are you certain?
Jawaban: A
Fitri : Welcome to the party, Wanda. Berdasarkan ucapan Fitri selanjutnya
Wanda : Thanks, Fit. yang artinya “Siapa yang membuatnya?”
Fitri : (8) ________ dan respons Wanda yang mengulangi
Wanda : Thank you. kalimatnya, dapat disimpulkan bahwa Fitri
Fitri : It really suits you. Where did you buy meminta Wanda untuk mengulangi
it? kalimatnya. Ungkapan yang tepat adalah
I beg your pardon.

180 UNIT 3 Report


Read the text and answer questions 11 to 13. Read the text and answer questions 14 to 16.
Good morning, everyone. Here is the
weather forecast for Jakarta. Today, Jakarta
will be mostly cloudy. Some rain showers in the Announcement
afternoon are possible. So, if you have a plan
to go somewhere, you’d better get your To: All students
raincoat or umbrella ready. Since the flood in our
neighborhood is getting worse, it’s
11. What is the text about? impossible to continue our study in our
A. Traffic report in Jakarta. classes. You can study at home during
B. Rain in Jakarta. the flood. You can come to school
C. Weather forecast for Jakarta. when the weather permits and once
D. Suggestion to bring a raincoat or school informs you to do so.
an umbrella.
Jawaban: C Principal
Teks tersebut merupakan teks tentang
prakiraan cuaca untuk kota Jakarta
(weather forecast in Jakarta).
14. The announcement is about an instruction
12. According to the text, what is the weather to ________.
in Jakarta like? A. study at home
A. Sunny. B. prevent flood
B. Cloudy. C. solve flood in school
C. Windy. D. join an event
D. Clear. Jawaban: A
Jawaban: B Pengumuman tersebut berisi perintah
Dalam teks disebutkan bahwa Jakarta untuk belajar di rumah (instruction to study
akan berawan (cloudy), kalimat ”Today, at home) karena ada banjir.
Jakarta will be mostly cloudy?”
15. What happens to the school?
13. Why does the speaker suggest to get A. It is collapsed.
a raincoat or an umbrella ready? B. It is flooded.
A. Because the weather is fine. C. It is renovated.
B. Because there will be thunderstorms D. It is renewed.
in the evening. Jawaban: B
C. Because it is impossible to rain in the Berdasarkan kalimat awal teks, yaitu ”Since
morning. the flood in our neighborhood is getting
D. Because it is possible to have rain worse, . . .”. yang artinya ”Karena banjir di
showers in the afternoon. lingkungan kita semakin parah, . . . .”, dapat
Jawaban: D disimpulkan bahwa sekolah tersebut
Dalam teks disebutkan ”Some rain kebanjiran (flooded).
showers in the afternoon are possible.”
yang artinya ”Ada kemungkinan hujan 16. “You can come to school when the
ringan turun pada sore hari.”. Jadi, weather permits . . . .”
pembaca berita itu meminta pendengar The underlined word is synonymous with
untuk menyiapkan mantel atau payung the word ________.
karena ada kemungkinan hujan pada sore A. allows B. gives
hari. C. brings D. provides

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 181


Jawaban: A Kata ’they’ mengacu pada hazardous
Kata ’permits’ mempunyai arti yang sama wastes.
dengan kata ’allows’, yaitu mengizinkan
atau memperbolehkan. 19. “But they fill up quickly and . . . .”
(Paragraph 3)
Read the text and answer questions 17 to 20. What does the bold-typed word refer to?
A. Air pollution.
Waste
B. The cheapest way.
Waste is rubbish. Solid waste is the metal, C. Landfills.
paper, plastic that is no longer needed. Liquid D. The environment.
waste is oil and chemicals. Jawaban: C
Much waste is buried in landfills. Some is Dalam teks disebutkan ”Landfills are the
burned creating air pollution. Hazardous wastes cheapest way to get rid of waste. But they
are harmful to people and the environment. fill up quickly and can pollute air.” yang
They are things like paints, oil and household artinya “Tempat pembuangan sampah
cleaners. (TPA) adalah cara termurah untuk
Landfills are the cheapest way to get rid of mengatasi sampah. Namun, tempat-
waste. But they fill up quickly and can pollute tempat tersebut cepat penuh dan dapat
air, soil and water because they contain waste mengotori udara . . . .”. Kata ’they’ dalam
that is not decomposed. kalimat soal mengacu pada subjek kalimat
Adapted from: Your Environment: Pollution sebelumnya, yaitu landfills.

17. The purpose of the text is to ________. 20. “. . . they contain waste that is not
A. amuse the readers with the story of decomposed.” (Paragraph 3)
waste The bold-typed word is best replaced by
B. tell the readers how to handle waste ________.
step by step A. cleaned
C. describe a certain thing B. rotten
D. describe the way things are C. dried
Jawaban: D D. washed
Teks tersebut membahas tentang sampah Jawaban: B
secara umum meliputi jenis dan Kata ’decomposed’ mempunyai arti yang
pengaruhnya terhadap lingkungan. Teks sama dengan kata ’rotten’, yaitu ’membusuk’.
tersebut adalah teks report. Karena
termasuk jenis teks report, tujuan teks B. Complete the sentences with correct
tersebut adalah mendeskripsikan sesuatu question tags.
secara umum (To describe the way things
are). 1. Flood often happens in our town,
________?
18. The examples of hazardous wastes are 2. It is a sunny day, ________?
________. 3. Mr. Gilang never gets angry, ________?
A. paper, steel and water 4. Javanese rhinos are endangered species,
B. metal, paper and plastic ________?
C. paints, oil and household cleaners 5. The scenery is really fascinating,
D. soil, dust and smoke ________?
Jawaban: C
Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
sesuai dengan kalimat ”They are things
like paints, oil and household cleaners.”.

182 UNIT 3 Report


Jawaban: All rocks are made of tiny crystals or
1. doesn’t it grains of naturally occurring chemicals called
2. isn’t it? minerals. Some rocks are made from just one
3. does he? mineral but other are made from six or more.
4. aren’t they Rock may be tough, but exposure to weather
5. isn’t it eventually breaks even the hardest rock into
soft sand and clay. The weather attacks rock
C. Complete the sentences with ‘too’ with moisture, heat and cold and acid
or ‘enough’. chemicals in rain.
Adapted from: Science Library: Planet Earth
1. The water is ________ cold to swim.
2. I don’t have ________ money to buy the Questions:
gadget. 1. What is the text about?
3. These shirts are ________ small for me. Jawaban: It is about rocks in general.
I need the bigger ones. 2. What are rocks?
4. Linda is just a teenager. She is not old Jawaban: They are the hard mass of the
________ to take the responsibility. Earth’s surface.
5. It is only a city car. There is not ________ 3. How many ways do all rocks form? What
space for the eight of us. are they?
Jawaban: Three ways. They are igneous,
Jawaban: sedimentary and metamorphic.
1. too 4. What is igneous rock?
2. enough Jawaban: It is formed from cooled magma.
3. too
5. What is sedimentary rock?
4. enough
Jawaban: It is formed in layers in sea bed.
5. enough
6. What is another name of changed rocks?
D. Read the text. Jawaban: Metamorphic rocks.
Answer the questions. 7. What are minerals?
Jawaban: Tiny crystals or grains of
Rocks naturally occurring chemicals
that make rocks.
Rocks are the hard mass of the Earth’s 8. What make the hardest rocks into soft
surface. sand and clay?
Some rocks are just a few million years Jawaban: The weather exposure.
old. Others formed almost four billion years 9. How does the weather attack rock?
ago. Rocks come in many shapes, colors and Jawaban: The weather attacks rock with
textures, but they all form in three main ways. moisture, heat and cold, and
They are igneous or formed from cooled acid chemicals in rain.
magma, sedimentary or formed in layers in sea
bed, and metamorphic rocks or changed rock. 10. “Rock may be tough, . . . .” (Paragraph 4).
What does the bold-typed word mean?
Jawaban: It means hard.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 183


Kegiatan pembelajaran untuk Review Unit 3:
● Guru perlu mengetahui atau mengukur ketercapaian kompetensi siswa setelah mempelajari Unit 3. Bagian ini
bisa dijadikan model. Selain model ini, guru dapat memberikan soal listening.
● Guru menggandakan soal berikut ini sesuai jumlah siswa.
● Guru membagikan soal dan memberitahukan waktu yang disediakan untuk mengerjakan soal tersebut.
● Siswa disuruh mengerjakan semua soal di kertas soal. Mereka disuruh menuliskan nama dan nomor absensi
kelas di pojok kanan atas.
● Siswa disuruh memeriksa kembali hasil pekerjaan mereka sebelum menyerahkan kepada guru.
● Setelah waktu yang disediakan habis, siswa disuruh mengumpulkan hasil pekerjaan mereka kepada guru.
● Guru memeriksa dan memberi nilai, serta mengembalikan hasil pekerjaan siswa pada pertemuan berikutnya.

184 UNIT 3 Report


5. Tommy : What a nice watch!
A. Choose A, B, C or D for the correct
Adit : ________.
answer.
Tommy : Where did you buy it?
Adit : My father bought it for me.
1. Antin : Wow, . . . what a nice bracelet
A. The watch is nice
you are wearing!
B. I have a new watch
Febby : Thank you.
C. Don’t mention it
What does the bold-typed sentence
D. Thank you
express?
A. Doubt. 6. Nisa : Excuse me, can you tell me
B. Amazement. where the toilet is?
C. Sympathy. Galuh : Go downstairs, it’s under the
D. Certainty. staircase.
Nisa : ________.
2. Mr. Hadi : Siska, please do number five.
Galuh : The toilet is under the staircase.
Siska : Sorry? Would you mind
Nisa : O.K. Thank you.
repeating your sentence,
A. I doubt the information
Sir?
B. I’m not certain with your explanation
Mr. Hadi : Do number five, please.
C. I’m sorry. I didn’t catch the last words
Siska : Sure.
D. The toilet is really clean and
The bold-typed sentence is the expression
comfortable.
of ________.
A. showing certainty 7. Delon : The scenery in this mountain is
B. showing amazement really amazing.
C. asking someone to repeat her/his Citra : ________.
sentence Delon : Do you like it?
D. responding to doubt Citra : Sure.
A. You are right
3. Tiara : Today is a hot day, isn’t it?
B. I’m not sure about it
Uci : ________?
C. Don’t say that
Tiara : It’s a hot day today.
D. This is awful
Uci : Yeah.
A. Pardon me 8. Dian : ________
B. Are you sure Tika : Thanks.
C. Are you certain Dian : Is it yours?
D. Do you follow me Tika : It’s my father’s. He uses the laptop
to do his job.
4. Wahyu : The new mobile phone is really
A. The laptop is not mine.
perfect. It has a high resolution
B. Wow, what a nice laptop!
camera, MP4 player, and
C. I’m certain that the laptop is yours.
internet connection. And the
D. Please forgive me.
best thing is it’s handy.
Tutik : Wow! ________. 9. Mr. Arya : Students, please submit the
A. Don’t buy it assignment tomorrow before
B. I doubt it the second break.
C. That’s common Bunga : ________.
D. It’s fabulous Mr. Arya : O.K. Submit the assignment
tomorrow before the second
break, please.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 185


A. Are you certain with the sentence, 15. Andi : Wow! The cake is big.
Sir? Rio : Yeah. I think it is big ________ for
B. Are you amazed with the assignment, the four of us.
Sir? Didik : Great!
C. Would you please repeat your A. enough
sentence, Sir? B. much
D. Thank you for your information, Sir. C. more
D. too
For questions 10 to 12, choose the correct
16. Rahma : Lin, what do you think of this
words to complete the following dialog.
blouse?
Listy : This beach is really (10) ________!
Lina : Um . . . it’s nice but I think it is
Do you think so?
________ small for you.
Mitha : Yeah. This beach is nice.
A. enough
Listy : I beg your (11) ________?
B. much
Mitha : The beach is nice especially when
C. more
the sun sets.
D. too
Listy : Sorry? I didn’t (12) ________ the last
words.
Read the text and answer questions 17 to 19.
Mitha : When the sun sets, the beach is nice.
Listy : That’s right. No wonder many people Good morning. Here is the weather
like to go to this place. forecast for some cities in Indonesia.
Today, Makassar will partly cloudy with the
10. A. amazing
chance of rain 40%. Ambon will have windy
B. boring
and sunny skies, chance of rain 40%.
C. stressing
Jayapura will be mostly cloudy, chance of rain
D. uninteresting
50%. Next, it will be cloudy with some rain
11. A. attention showers in the evening in Wamena with the
B. pardon chance of rain 70%.
C. respect
17. According to the forecast, which city will
D. interest
have windy and sunny skies?
12. A. say A. Makassar.
B. find B. Ambon.
C. show C. Jayapura.
D. catch D. Wamena.
13. Fahmi : Mr. Hardi gave us some 18. What is the chance of rain in Jayapura?
homework again, ________? A. More them seventy percents.
Arman : Yes, he did. B. Less than forty percents.
A. does he C. Not more than forty percents.
B. he didn’t D. More or less fifty percents.
C. didn’t he
19. When will Wamena probably have some
D. does he
rain showers?
14. Restu : Marvelous! The scenery is really A. At night.
fascinating, ________? B. In the evening.
Galih : Yup! You are right. C. In the afternoon.
A. isn’t it D. In the morning.
B. it isn’t
C. are they
D. does it

186 UNIT 3 Report


Read the text and answer questions 20 to 22. The stratosphere is the layer above the
troposphere. Jet airplanes fly in the
stratosphere because there are few clouds.
Earth’s ozone layer is in the stratosphere. The
Announcement ozone layer absorbs harmful rays from the
To all students, Sun. These harmful rays would probably
As you all know, there was a storm destroy life if they reached Earth’s surface.
yesterday evening. As a result, some The atmosphere gets thinner and thinner in
parts of our school were damaged. The the next layers up, the mesosphere and
hall, the language lab and the gym are thermosphere. The top layer of Earth’s
partly damaged because of the storm. atmosphere is the exosphere. The atmosphere
Please stay away from the buildings for ends here, about 6,000 miles (9,600 kilometers)
your own safety. above Earth’s surface.
Principal Source: Microsoft Encarta ® 2008

23. What is the purpose of the text?


A. To amuse the readers with the story
20. What is the announcement about? of atmosphere.
A. An instruction to collect donation for B. To tell how to protect atmosphere.
fixing the buildings. C. To tell past experiences.
B. An instruction to fix the damaged D. To describe the way atmosphere is.
buildings. 24. What layer is the ozone layer in?
C. An instruction to prepare for the next A. The troposphere
storm. B. The stratosphere.
D. An instruction to stay away from the C. The mesosphere.
damaged buildings. D. The thermosphere.
21. What damaged some parts of the school? 25. “The ozone layer absorbs harmful rays
A. A storm. from the Sun.” (Paragraph 3)
B. A thunder. The bold-typed word is synonymous with
C. Rain. the word ________.
D. An earthquake. A. steady
22. “As a result, some parts of our school B. safe
were damaged.” C. dangerous
The bold-typed word has the same meaning D. hard
as ________. 26. What is the top layer of Earth’s atmosphere?
A. founded A. The mesosphere.
B. improved B. The exosphere.
C. destroyed C. The thermosphere.
D. renovated D. The troposphere.

Read the text and answer questions 23 to 26. Read the text and answer questions 27 to 30.
Earth’s atmosphere extends about Noise is unpleasant sound. Traffic sounds,
6,000 miles (9,600 kilometers) above the airplanes, trains, industry, construction and
surface of Earth, where we live. very loud music all produce noise. Noise that
Most of our weather comes from winds, makes people angry, afraid or stops them from
temperature changes and water vapor in the sleeping is a form of pollution.
layer nearest Earth’s surface. This layer is
called the troposphere. Most of the clouds you
see in the sky are floating in the troposphere.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 187


Noise pollution is a constant problem in
C. Complete the sentences with ‘too’ or
cities. Noise pollution is different from other
‘enough’.
types of pollution. Once the noise stops, it is
gone from the environment. It is different from
1. The swamp is ________ dirty to swim.
chemicals and other pollutants in air, water or
2. The bus is big ________ to carry us all.
soil.
3. I can’t swim. I think the river is ________
Adapted from: Your Environment: Pollution
deep for me.
27. What is the best title of the text? 4. Don’t worry. We have ________ time to
A. Noise pollution. collect the materials for the science
B. Traffic sound. project.
C. Unpleasant sound. 5. A taxi is ________ small for eight people.
D. Our environment.
D. Read the text.
28. How is the noise pollution different from Answer the questions.
other types of pollution?
A. It contains chemicals. Fossils are the remains of living things
B. It poisons environment. preserved for millions of years.
C. It is rotten. Fossils are usually in stone. Most fossils
D. If it stops, it’s gone. are the remains of living things such as bones,
29. “Noise pollution is a constant problem in shells, eggs, leaves and seeds. When
cities.” (Paragraph 2) an animal dies, its soft parts rot away quickly. If
The bold-typed word means _________. its bones or shell are buried quickly in mud,
A. cleared they may turn to stone.
B. changed Paleontologists are scientists who study
C. continued fossils. They tell the age of a fossil from the
D. crushed rock layer in which it is found. They study
fossils to learn about the Earth’s history and
30. “It is different from chemicals and other about the animals and plants that lived million
pollutants in air, water, or soil.” years ago.
(Paragraph 2)
Adapted from: 1000 Facts on Planet Earth
What does the bold-typed word refer to?
A. The noise. Questions:
B. The environment. 1. What is the text about?
C. Chemical. 2. What are fossils?
D. Soil. 3. Who are paleontologists?
4. How do they tell the age of a fossil?
B. Complete the sentences with correct 5. Why do they study fossils?
question tags.

1. The wind blows hard, ________?


2. People like to go to the beach during
holiday, ________?
3. We never climb up a mountain, ________?
4. Mita rarely comes late, ________?
5. I am a student, ________?

188 UNIT 3 Report


Jawaban Review Unit 3 kalimat “This beach is really amazing.”
yang merupakan ungkapan
A. Pilihan Ganda kekaguman.
11. B. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi
1. B. Kalimat soal yang artinya ”Wah,
kalimat soal adalah ’pardon’ sehingga
gelangmu bagus sekali.” merupakan
membentuk kalimat ”I beg your
ungkapan untuk menunjukkan
pardon?”. Ini merupakan ungkapan
kekaguman (amazement).
untuk meminta pengulangan karena
2. C. Kalimat soal yang artinya ”Apakah
kemudian Mitha mengulang
Anda keberatan mengulangi kalimat
kalimatnya.
Anda, Pak?” merupakan ungkapan
12. D. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi
meminta seseorang untuk
kalimat soal adalah ’catch’ sehingga
mengulangi kalimatnya (ask someone
membentuk kalimat ”I didn’t catch the
to repeat his/her sentence).
last words.”. Ini merupakan ungkapan
3. A. Ungkapan yang tepat untuk
untuk meminta pengulangan.
melengkapi percakapan tersebut
13. C. Question tag yang tepat untuk
adalah ungkapan meminta
melengkapi kalimat soal adalah didn’t
pengulangan (Pardon me?) karena
he karena berpola the simple past
Tiara mengulang kalimatnya.
tense.
4. D. Ungkapan yang tepat untuk
14. A. Question tag yang tepat untuk
melengkapi percakapan tersebut
melengkapi kalimat soal adalah isn’t it.
adalah ungkapan menunjukkan
15. A. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi
kekaguman, yaitu It’s fabulous.
kalimat soal adalah ’enough’
5. D. Respons yang tepat atas ungkapan
sehingga membentuk kalimat ”I think
kekaguman tersebut adalah
it’s big enough for the four of us.”.
ungkapan terima kasih (Thank you).
16. D. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi
6. C. Ungkapan yang tepat untuk
kalimat soal adalah ’too’ sehingga
melengkapi parcakapan tersebut
membentuk kalimat ”It’s nice but I
adalah ungkapan meminta
think it is too small for you.”.
pengulangan (I’m sorry. I didn’t catch
17. B. Menurut prakiraan cuaca tersebut,
the last words.) karena Galuh
kota yang akan berangin dan cerah
mengulang kalimatnya.
adalah Ambon, berdasarkan kalimat
7. A. Respons yang tepat atas ungkapan
”Ambon will have windy and sunny
kekaguman tersebut adalah “You are
skies.”.
right.” karena Citra mengiyakan
18. D. Berdasarkan teks, kemungkinan
bahwa dia menyukai tempat itu.
hujan di Jayapura adalah 50% (more
8. B. Ungkapan yang tepat untuk
or less fifty percents).
melengkapi percakapan adalah
19. B. Berdasarkan teks, kota Wamena
ungkapan menunjukkan kekaguman
akan mengalami hujan ringan pada
(Wow, what a nice laptop!), karena
petang hari (in the evening), kalimat
sesuai dengan respons terima kasih.
”. . . some rain showers in the
9. C. Ungkapan yang tepat untuk
evening in Wamena . . . .”.
melengkapi percakapan adalah
20. D. Pengumuman tersebut berisi tentang
ungkapan meminta pengulangan
perintah untuk menjauh dari
(Would you please repeat your
bangunan-bangunan yang rusak
sentence, Sir?) karena Pak Arya
(instruction to stay away from the
mengulang kalimatnya.
damaged buildings).
10. A. Kata yang tepat untuk melengkapi
21. A. Dalam teks disebutkan bahwa badai
kalimat soal adalah ’amazing’ yang
(storm) telah merusakkan beberapa
disimpulkan dari kalimat Mitha, ”This
bangunan di sekolah. Ini sesuai
beach is nice.” sehingga membentuk

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 189


dengan kalimat ”. . ., there was a 29. C. Kata ’constant’ mempunyai arti yang
storm yesterday evening. As a result, sama dengan kata ’continued’, yaitu
. . . .” . terus-menerus.
22. C. Kata ’damaged’ mampunyai arti yang 30. A. Kata ’it’ dalam kalimat soal mengacu
sama dengan kata ’destroyed’, yaitu pada subjek ’the noise’ dalam kalimat
rusak. sebelumnya, yaitu ”Once the noise
23. D. Teks tersebut adalah teks report yang stops, it is gone from the environment.
membahas tentang atmosfir. Tujuan It is different from . . . .”.
teks tersebut adalah mendeskripsikan
atmosfir secara umum (describe the B. Isian
way atmosphere is).
1. doesn’t it 2. don’t they
24. B. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar karena
3. do we 4. does she
sesuai dengan kalimat ”Earth’s ozone
5. aren’t I
layer is in the stratosphere.” yang
artinya ”Lapisan ozon bumi berada di
C. Isian
stratosfer .”.
25. C. Kata ’harmful’ mempunyai arti yang 1. too 2. enough
sama dengan kata ’dangerous’, yaitu 3. too 4. enough
berbahaya. 5. too
26. B. Pilihan jawaban tersebut benar
karena sesuai dengan kalimat ”The D. Uraian
top layer of Earth’s atmosphere is the 1. Fossils in general.
exosphere.”. 2. Fossils are the remains of living things
27. A. Teks tersebut membahas tentang preserved for millions of years.
polusi bunyi, sehingga judul yang 3. They are scientists who study fossils.
tepat untuk teks tersebut adalah 4. They tell the age of a fossil from the rock
noise pollution. layer in which it is found.
28. D. Dalam teks disebutkan bahwa ”Noise 5. They study fossils to learn about the
pollution is different from other types Earth’s history and about the animals and
of pollution. Once the noise stops, it plants that lived million years ago.
is gone from the environment.”. Jadi,
polusi suara berbeda dengan polusi
yang lain karena ketika kebisingan
berhenti, maka lenyap pula suara
tersebut dari lingkungan.

190 UNIT 3 Report


Jawaban: A
Choose A, B, C or D for the correct answer.
Berdasarkan ucapan resepsionis, ”Could
Read the dialog and answer questions 1 and 2. you repeat spelling your name, please?”
Erlin : You’ve got an SMS. Who sent it? yang artinya ”Bisakah Anda mengulang
Donna : Sorry? I didn’t hear you. kembali ejaan nama Anda?”. Itu berarti dia
Erlin : Who sent you the message? meminta Pak Damon Hill mengulang
Donna : Oh, Dewi did. ucapannya. Ungkapan yang sesuai
diucapkan sebelumnya adalah Pardon me?.
1. Donna said, “Sorry? I didn’t hear you.”
4. Mother : That’s too loud, Ben. Turn it
It means ________.
down, will you?
A. Donna asks Erlin to repeat her words
Beni : ________
B. Donna wants to know who has sent
Mother : Turn it down, please. The sound
the message
disturbs me.
C. Erlin wants to repeat her words
Beni : Sure, Mom. Sorry.
D. Donna and Erlin are talking about the
A. What a nice music instrument!
message
B. I didn’t listen to you.
Jawaban: A
C. Did you hear me?
Ucapan Ervina berarti ”Maaf? Saya tidak
D. I’m sorry?
mendengarmu.”. Berdasarkan maknanya,
Jawaban: D
ungkapan ini digunakan untuk meminta Dalam percakapan itu sang ibu mengulang
seseorang mengulang ucapannya (ask ucapannya. Jadi, ucapan Beni adalah
some to repeat his/her words). meminta ibunya mengulangi ucapannya.
2. “Who sent it?” Pilihan jawaban (D) merupakan ungkapan
The underlined word has an opposite yang biasa digunakan untuk meminta
meaning to ________. seseorang mengulangi ucapannya.
A. delivered B. gave
For questions 5 and 6, choose the correct
C. received D. replied
expressions to complete the dialog.
Jawaban: C
Silvy : ________ (5) He can do dunks quite easily.
Kata ’sent’ artinya ’mengirim’. Kata ini
Juan : You’re right. He has made 46 scores so far.
mempunyai makna yang berlawanan
Silvy : ________ (6) Did you say . . . he made
(opposite meaning) dengan kata received
46 scores?
yang artinya menerima. Pilihan jawaban
Juan : Yeah.
yang lain salah. Delivered artinya
Silvy : I think he’ll be the next MPV.
mengirim, gave artinya memberi, dan Juan : I think so.
replied artinya menjawab.
5. A. Is that true?
3. Receptionist : ________ Could you B. What a great player!
repeat spelling your name, C. What a pity!
please? D. Let’s go.
Mr. Hill : Sure. Damon Hill, Jawaban: B
D-A-M-O-N H-I-L-L. Berdasarkan pilihan jawaban yang
Receptionist : Thank you. disediakan, pilihan jawaban (B) yang artinya
The suitable expression to complete the sungguh pemain yang hebat, paling tepat
dialog is ________ karena sesuai dengan kalimat Silvy berikut-
A. Pardon me? B. I agree. nya yang berarti ”Dia dapat melakukan dunk
C. Is that so? D. Do you? dengan amat sangat mudah.”.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 191


6. A. Is that true? Jawaban: A
B. Tell me about it, then. Teks tersebut merupakan teks prosedur
C. Excuse me. yang menjelaskan tentang cara membuat
D. How did he do it? biskuit Anzac. Jadi, tujuan dari teks
Jawaban: C tersebut adalah menjelaskan cara
membuat biskuit Anzac (to tell how to
Berdasarkan pilihan jawaban yang
make Anzac biscuits). Pilihan jawaban
disediakan, pilihan jawaban (C) yang
yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (B)
artinya maaf, paling tepat karena Silvy
artinya untuk melihat bahan-bahan biskuit
tidak mendengar ucapan Juan, sehingga
Anzac, (C) artinya untuk mengumumkan
dia meminta konfirmasi atas ucapan Juan,
resep baru biskuit Anzac, dan (D) artinya
yaitu ”Did you say . . . he has made 46
untuk menyiapkan segala sesuatu untuk
scores?” yang artinya ”Apa kamu katakan
membuat biskuit Anzac.
. . . dia mampu mencetak nilai 46?”.
8. Why do we use a fork to make Anzac
Read the following text and answer Biscuits?
questions 7 to 9. A. To mix baking soda and boiling
Anzac Biscuits water.
B. To press the balls of mixture.
You will need:
C. To put the balls on tray.
2 cups of rolled oats
D. To roll the mixture.
1½ cups of caster sugar
Jawaban: B
4 tablespoons of golden syrup
Pada langkah kesembilan terdapat kalimat
2 tablespoons of boiling water
”Press lightly on top of each with a fork.”
1 cup of plain flour
yang artinya ”Tekanlah dengan lembut
250 grams of butter
di bagian atas setiap bola adonan dengan
1 teaspoon of baking soda
sendok garpu.”. Jadi, fungsi fork dalam
1. Turn oven 160°C. kegiatan ini adalah untuk menekan bola-
2. Lightly grease oven tray. bola adonan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
3. Mix oats, flour and sugar in a large bowl. salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya untuk
4. Melt butter and golden syrup in a pan. mencampur soda kue dengan air
5. Mix baking soda and boiling water in mendidih, (C) artinya untuk meletakkan
a cup. bola-bola di atas nampan, dan (D) artinya
6. Add this mixture to melted butter and untuk menggulung adonan.
golden syrup.
9. “Add this to the oats mixture in . . . .”
7. Add this to the oats mixture in the
What does the word ‘this’ refer to? It’s
large bowl, mix together well.
the mixture of ________.
8. Roll tablespoonfuls of the mixture
A. baking soda, boiling water
into balls. Put them on tray 5 cm
B. oats, flour, sugar and melted butter
apart.
C. melted butter, golden syrup and
9. Press lightly on top of each with a fork.
baking soda
10. Bake for 20 minutes.
D. baking soda, boiling water, melted
butter and golden syrup
7. What is the purpose of the text?
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
A. To tell how to make Anzac biscuits.
Jawaban: D
B. To see the ingredients of Anzac
Kata ’this’ dalam kalimat soal mengacu
biscuits.
pada langkah sebelumnya (langkah
C. To announce a new recipe of Anzac
keenam), yaitu ”Add this mixture to melted
biscuits.
butter and golden syrup.” yang artinya
D. To prepare everything for making
”Tambahkan adonan ini ke dalam mentega
Anzac biscuits.
yang telah dicairkan dan sirup warna

192 Latihan Ulangan Semester


kuning emas.”. Frasa ’this mixture’ dalam 11. How many cities are mentioned in the text?
kalimat tersebut mengacu pada soda kue A. Two. B. Three.
dan air mendidih (baking soda and boiling C. Four. D. Five.
water). Jadi, kata this dalam kalimat soal Jawaban: C
mengacu pada campuran soda kue, air Ada empat (four) kota yang disebutkan
mendidih, mentega yang dicairkan, dan dalam prakiraan cuaca tersebut, yaitu
sirup warna kuning emas. Pilihan jawaban Medan, Jakarta, Kendari, dan Jayapura.
(D) benar. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah 12. What does the text tell you about?
karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks. A. The weather forecast in some cities in
10. Indonesia.
ARTICLES ARE CONSIDERED B. The weather report.
SOLD IF YOU BROKE THEM C. The Indonesia’s climate.
D. The weather forecast in the western
Which of the following sentences best parts of Indonesia.
explains the above sign? Jawaban: A
A. If you break any of the articles, you Teks tersebut merupakan prakiraan cuaca
should pay for it. di beberapa (empat) kota besar di
B. You don’t have to buy the articles Indonesia (the weather forecast in some
that are broken. cities in Indonesia). Hal ini sesuai dengan
C. In this section you will only find kalimat pertama teks tersebut, ”Good
broken articles. morning, here is the weather forecast in
D. The shop sells special broken some cities in Indonesia.”.
articles. Read the text and answer questions 13 to 15.
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007 Whales are sea-living mammals. They
Jawaban: A therefore breathe air, but cannot survive on
Notice tersebut berarti ”Barang-barang land. Some species are very large indeed
dianggap terjual jika kamu memecah- and the blue whale, which can exceed 30 m
kannya.”. Jadi, secara tersirat notice in length, is the largest animal to have lived
tersebut menjelaskan bahwa jika kamu on earth. Superficially, the whale looks like
memecahkan barang, kamu harus a fish, but there are important differences in
membayarnya (if you break any of the its external structure: its tail consists of
articles, you should pay for it). Pilihan a pair of broad, flat, horizontal paddles (the
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban tail of a fish is vertical) and it has a single
(B) artinya kamu tidak harus membeli nostril on top of its large, broad head. The
barang-barang yang pecah, (C) artinya skin is smooth and shiny and beneath it lies
di bagian ini kamu hanya akan a layer of fat (blubber). This is up to 30 cm
memperoleh barang-barang yang pecah, in thickness and serves to converse heat
dan (D) artinya toko ini menjual khusus and body fluits.
barang-barang yang pecah.
13. What is the text about?
Read the following text and answer questions A. Kinds of fish. B. The whales.
11 and 12. C. Sea animals. D. All mammals.
Good morning, here is the weather Jawaban: B
forecast in some cities in Indonesia. Today, Jawaban dapat disimpulkan dari
Medan will be cloudy with occasional rain keseluruhan teks yang membahas
shower, chance of rain 70%. Jakarta will be masalah ’whales’. Hal itu berdasarkan
cloudy, chance of rain 50%. Kendari will have kalimat introduction paragraf ini, yaitu
thunderstorms, chance of rain 70%. Jayapura ”Whales are sea-living mammals.” dan
will have sunny skies, chance of rain 40%. seringnya kata ini dipakai dalam paragraf
ini. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena
hanya sebagai gagasan pendukung.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 193


14. The following are the proofs that Therefore, nature has gifted it with large
whales are not fish, except ________. ears to help it to hear even the fun of drop
A. it has a single nostril sound. The large area of the ear catches
B. it cannot survive on land almost every sound wave produced in the
C. the skin is smooth and shiny air and transfers them into the inner ear.
D. its tail consists of a pair of broad, This makes the rabbit to detect its enemies
flat, horizontal paddles in time and run to safety zones.
Jawaban: B You must have noticed that a rabbit
Jawaban disimpulkan dari kalimat-kalimat washes its ears by repeatedly licking its
akhir paragraf, yaitu ”. . . , but there are forepaws and rubbing them over the surface
important differences in its external of its ears. It does this in order to keep its
structure: its tail consists of a pair of broad, ears clean, and also to take into its mouth
flat, horizontal paddles . . . and it has natural oil which surrounds the ear surface.
a single nostril on top of its large, broad This oil is important in forming vitamin D
head. The skin is smooth and shiny . . . .”. which is necessary for the growth of healthy
Berdasarkan kalimat tersebut, pilihan bones. If the rabbit is not
jawaban (A), (C) dan (D) merupakan bukti allowed to form this, it will develop rickets.
bahwa paus bukanlah seekor ikan. Jadi, Shortened from: Children’s Knowledge Bank,
Look Out, Rohan Book Company
yang bukan merupakan bukti adalah paus
tidak dapat hidup di daratan karena tidak 16. Which part of the rabbit’s body produces
disebutkan dalam teks. natural oil? It’s ________.
A. forepaws B. mouth
15. “. . ., is the largest animal to have lived
C. ears D. tail
on earth.”
Jawaban: C
What does the underlined word above Jawaban dapat disimpulkan berdasarkan
mean? kalimat kedua paragraf tiga, ”. . ., and also to
A. Tallest. B. Fastest. take into its mouth natural oil which
C. Smallest. D. Biggest. surrounds the ear surface.”. Kalimat
Ujian Nasional 2006/2007
tersebut artinya ”. . ., dan juga mengambil
Jawaban: D ke dalam mulutnya minyak alami yang
Kata ’largest’ dalam konteks kalimat mengelilingi bagian permukaan telinganya.”.
tersebut berarti ’terbesar’. Kata tersebut Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan
mempunyai arti yang sama dengan kata jawaban (A) artinya kaki/cakar depan, (B)
’biggest’ yang artinya ’terbesar’. Pilihan artinya mulut, dan (D) artinya ekor.
jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban
17. What is the main idea of paragraph 2?
(A) artinya tertinggi, (B) artinya tercepat,
A. How enemies surround a rabbit.
dan (C) artinya terkecil.
B. How a rabbit detects its enemies.
Read the following text and answer C. Why a rabbit has many enemies
questions 16 to 18. D. Why a rabbit likes lighting.
What is the Significance of Rabbits’ Jawaban: B
Large Ears? Yang menunjukkan main idea dari paragraf
A rabbit is a small fury mammal with dua adalah kalimat terakhir paragraf dua,
a short tail and pointed ears. Rabbits live in ”This makes the rabbit to detect its
burrows in the ground. Each burrow is the enemies in time . . . .”. Kalimat tersebut
home of a single family. The first fossils artinya ”Ini membuat kelinci mendeteksi
which can be attributed to this family came musuh sebelumnya . . . .”. Pilihan jawaban
from North America, but now they are found yang lain salah. Pilihan jawaban (A)
in every part of the world. Compared to its artinya bagaimana musuh mengelilingi
small body, a rabbit has large-sized ears. kelinci, (C) artinya mengapa kelinci
A rabbit is a weak and timid animal and memiliki banyak musuh, dan (D) artinya
is always surrounded by many enemies. mengapa kelinci suka bertarung.

194 Latihan Ulangan Semester


18. The purpose of the text is ________. 20. Rafi : Akmal, look here!
A. to amuse the readers Akmal : What is it, Rafi?
B. to retell rabbit habitat Rafi : It is a picture of the Grand
C. to describe rabbit’s ears Canyon. Beautiful, ________?
D. to describe rabbits in general Akmal : Yeah, really.
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008 A. wasn’t it B. isn’t it
Jawaban: D C. aren’t they D. hasn’t it
Teks tersebut adalah teks report. Tujuan Ujian Nasional 2005/2006
dari teks tersebut adalah mendeskripsikan Jawaban: B
kelinci secara umum (to describe rabbits in Kalimat ”Beautiful, . . .?” sebenarnya
general). Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. kependekan dari ”It’s beautiful, . . .?”,
Pilihan jawaban (A) merupakan tujuan teks dengan subjek kalimat ’it’ dan predikat ’is’,
naratif, sedangkan (B) dan (C) merupakan sehingga tag yang sesuai untuk kalimat
bagian dari teks, bukan tujuan keseluruhan tersebut berbentuk negatif, yaitu isn’t it.
teks. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena
19. Choose the most suitable answer to tidak sesuai dengan subjek dan predikat
complete this message. kalimat tersebut.
21.

Dear little sister,


I have to practice for
the coming speech
competition.
My experiment on the
plant ________ if it is not
watered. So, please help
me to water it at 5 sharp
this afternoon. Based on the graph above, there are
Thanks, ________ students who can swim under
Brendan water than those who run fast.
A. fewer
B. the most
C. more
A. is failed D. less
B. will fail Ujian Nasional 2005/2006
C. failed Jawaban: C
D. fail Berdasarkan data dalam grafik tersebut
Ujian Nasional 2005/2006
diketahui bahwa siswa yang dapat
Jawaban: B berenang di bawah air berjumlah 5 orang,
Kalimat tersebut merupakan kalimat sedangkan siswa yang dapat berlari
pengandaian tipe 1. Oleh karena itu, kata dengan cepat berjumlah empat orang.
kerja yang tepat untuk melengkapi kalimat Jadi, jumlah siswa yang dapat berenang
tersebut adalah will fail. Pilihan jawaban di bawah air lebih banyak (more)
yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai dibandingkan jumlah siswa yang dapat
dengan pola kalimat pengandaian tipe 1, berlari cepat. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
yaitu Subject + will + verb + if + subject + salah. Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya lebih
verb + object/complement. sedikit, (B) artinya paling banyak, dan
(D) artinya kurang.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 195


Read the text and answer questions 22 and 23. adanya kontes ini (to announce the
Student Writing Contest). Pilihan jawaban
yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai
dengan isi pengumuman tersebut. Pilihan
Student Writing Contest
jawaban (A) artinya untuk mendeskripsi-
THE ATLANTIC MONTHLY invites kan kontes menulis untuk siswa,
submission of poetry, fiction, and (C) artinya untuk menghibur siswa dengan
personal or journalistic essays for this kontes menulis, dan (D) artinya untuk
year’s Student Writing Contest. menceritakan kembali kepada siswa
CATEGORIES tentang kontes menulis.
Poetry, fiction, and personal or 23. The following are required for the works
journalistic essays. that the participants should prepare,
except that they are ________.
MANUSCRIPTS should be typewritten
A. original B. unpublished
(one side only, please) double-spaced,
C. easy to read D. typewritten
and accompanied by a cover sheet with
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
the following information: title, category,
Jawaban: C
word count, author’s name, address,
Yang merupakan ketentuan hasil karya yang
phone number, e-mail address (if
diikutsertakan dalam kontes menulis ini
available), and academic institution.
adalah asli buatan sendiri (original) dengan
Of this information, only the title should
diminta mencantumkan nama pengarang
appear on the manuscript itself.
yang tak lain adalah nama pengirim, belum
POSTMARK SUBMISSION BY diterbitkan (unpublished), dan diketik
1st DECEMBER AND SEND TO: (kalimat ”Manuscripts should be typewritten
Student Writing Contest . . . .”). Jadi, yang bukan merupakan syarat
The Atlantic Monthly adalah mudah dibaca (easy to read) karena
77 N. Washington Steer tidak disebutkan dalam pengumuman itu.
Boston, MA 02114 Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena
termasuk persyaratan.
24. The boys arrange the classroom neatly
Source: WWW.theatlantic.com/about/contest.htm and beautifully.
22. What is the purpose of the text? The girls arrange the classroom neatly and
A. To describe the student writing beautifully.
contest. It means ________.
B. To announce the student writing A. not only the boys, the girls arrange the
contest. classroom neatly and beautifully
C. To amuse the students with writing B. not only the boys and the girls arrange
contest. the classroom neatly but also
D. To retell the students about writing beautifully
contest. C. the boys but also the girls arrange the
Jawaban: B classroom neatly and beautifully.
Tujuan teks tersebut terdapat di kalimat D. the boys and the girls arrange the
awal teks, yaitu ”THE ATLANTIC classroom not only neatly but also
MONTHLY invites submission of poetry, beautifully
fiction, and . . . for this year’s Student Jawaban: D
Writing Contest.” yang artinya ”THE Kedua kalimat soal itu artinya ”Anak-anak
ATLANTIC MONTHLY mengundang siapa laki-laki mengatur ruang kelas mereka
pun untuk menyertakan puisi, fiksi, dan . . . dengan rapi dan indah.” dan ”Anak-anak
dalam Lomba Menulis untuk Siswa tahun perempuan mengatur ruang kelas mereka
ini.”. Jadi, pengumuman itu tentang dengan rapi dan indah.”. Not only – but

196 Latihan Ulangan Semester


also digunakan untuk menggabungkan ‘mama’. Her father and her brothers do not
dua hal yang sama. Berdasarkan pilihan sleep in the same honai. ________ (28) sleep
jawaban yang tersedia, pilihan jawaban in a bigger honai. It is near Margarita’s
(D) yang artinya anak-anak laki-laki dan honai.
anak-anak perempuan mengatur ruang 26. A. floor B. roof
kelas mereka tidak hanya rapi tetapi C. room D. ceiling
juga indah, paling tepat karena Jawaban: B
menggabungkan adverbs of manner Berdasarkan gambar rumah honai
(’neatly’ dan ’beautifully’) dengan tersebut, tampak bahwa atap (roof) rumah
menggunakan not only – but also. itu terbuat dari ’sali’, sejenis rumput.
25. The players work hard. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan
The coach works hard. jawaban (A) artinya lantai,
It means ________. (C) artinya ruang atau kamar, dan
A. not only the players but also the (D) artinya langit-langit ruangan. Lantai
coach work hard rumah, ruangan, dan langit-langit ruangan
B. not only the players, the coach works tidak tampak pada gambar.
hard 27. A. looks B. seems
C. the players but also the coach works C. keeps D. happens
hard Jawaban: C
D. not only the players and the coach Ayah Margarita menempatkan kayu bakar
work hard di lantai untuk menjaga rumah tetap
Jawaban: A hangat karena suhu sangat dingin kira-kira
Berdasarkan kalimat soal, pilihan jawaban 18° C. Jadi, kata yang tepat melengkapi
(A) benar karena penggunaan konjungsi kalimat itu adalah keep yang artinya
not only – but also benar dengan menjaga. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah.
menggabungkan subjek kalimat yang Pilihan jawaban (A) artinya terlihat,
sama dari kedua kalimat tersebut. Kata (B) artinya tampaknya, dan (D) artinya
kerjanya sesuai dengan subjek kalimat terjadi.
yang mendahului.
28. A. I B. We
For questions 26 to 28, choose the suitable C. He D. They
words to complete the text below. Ujian Nasional 2007/2008
Margarita lives at Jawaban: D
Baliem Valley in Papua Jawaban dapat disimpulkan dari frasa di
Province. Look at her kalimat sebelumnya, ’her father and her
house! It is called brothers’ yang artinya ’ayah dan saudara
‘Honai’. The wall is laki-lakinya’. Jadi, kata ganti orang yang
made of wood and the tepat untuk mereka adalah they. Pilihan
________ (26) is made jawaban yang lain salah karena tidak
of ‘Sali’, a kind of grass. sesuai dengan konteks kalimat.
Margarita’s skirt is made Study the text and answer questions 29 and 30.
of ‘Sali’ too. There are two floors inside the
honai. The first floor functions as the source
of heat. Margarita’s father puts some Tika, I use your calculator.
firewood on the floor. It ________ (27) the Mine is broken.
house warm because the temperature is Don’t worry. Everything will
very cold. It is about 18 Celcius. There isn’t be all right.
any furniture on the first floor. There is only Thanks,
some grass and a ladder. Margarita sleeps
Danti
on the second floor. She sleeps with her
sisters and her mother. She calls her

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 197


29. The purpose of the text is ________.
Steps:
A. to tell Tika that Danti uses her
1. Cut onions into quarters.
calculator
2. Put cubes of lambs, squares of green
B. to ask Tika to use Danti’s calculator
pepper and onion squares on bamboo
C. to tell Danti that Tika uses her
skewers and marinate them in Tikka’s
calculator
seasoning.
D. to ask for clarification about
3. Grill them.
a calculator
4. Serve them with a salad (curry like
Jawaban: A
seasoning from India).
Teks soal merupakan pesan singkat/
pendek (short message). Pesan tersebut
31. What does the writer write the text for?
artinya ”Tika, saya menggunakan
A. To inform how to serve a salad.
kalkulatormu. Kalkulator saya rusak.
B. To explain how to make a salad.
Jangan khawatir. Semua akan baik-baik
C. To tell how to make Tikka Kebab.
saja. Terima kasih. Danti”. Kesimpulannya,
D. To discuss how to make cubes of lamb.
teks tersebut berisi pemberitahuan kepada
Jawaban: C
Tika bahwa Danti memakai kalkulatornya.
Teks tersebut merupakan teks procedure
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah. Pilihan
yang disimpulkan dari struktur teks yang
jawaban (B) artinya meminta Tika meng-
terdiri atas Ingredients dan Steps. Tujuan
gunakan kalkulator Danti, (C) artinya
teks procedure adalah menjelaskan cara
memberi tahu Danti bahwa Tika meng-
membuat sesuatu atau cara melakukan
gunakan kalkulatornya, dan (D) artinya
sesuatu. Jadi, pilihan jawaban (C) tepat
meminta klarifikasi tentang sebuah
karena sesuai dengan kalimat ini. Pilihan
kalkulator.
jawaban (A) salah karena pilihan jawaban
30. The writer uses Tika’s calculator itu artinya memberitahukan cara
because ________. menghidangkan salad. Pilihan jawaban (B)
A. she has lost her calculator salah karena pilihan jawaban itu artinya
B. she wants to use it cara membuat salad, sedangkan salad
C. her own calculator is broken menjadi salah satu bahan. Pilihan jawaban
D. she doesn’t have a calculator (D) salah karena pilihan jawaban itu
Jawaban: C artinya mendiskusikan cara membuat
Pilihan jawaban ini sesuai dengan kalimat potongan-potongan kecil daging kambing,
kedua pada pesan tersebut, yang artinya sedangkan potongan-potongan kecil
”Kalkulator saya rusak.”. Pilihan jawaban daging kambing menjadi salah satu bahan.
yang lain salah karena tidak sesuai
32. How many ingredients are needed to
dengan isi pesan tersebut. Pilihan jawaban
make Tikka Kebab?
(A) artinya dia kehilangan kalkulatornya,
A. Three.
(B) artinya dia ingin menggunakannya, dan
B. Four.
(D) artinya dia tidak memiliki kalkulator.
C. Five.
Read the text and answer questions 31 to 33. D. Six.
Jawaban: C
Tikka Kebab Jawaban ini dapat dilihat pada penjelasan
Ingredients: bahan-bahan itu di bagian Ingredients, yaitu
1. Cubes of lamb (1) Cubes of lamb, (2) Squares of green
2. Squares of green pepper pepper, (3) Onions, (4) Salad, dan (5)
3. Onions Tikka’s seasoning mixture. Jadi, ada lima
4. Salad (five) bahan. Pilihan jawaban yang lain
5. Tikka’s seasoning mixture salah karena tidak sesuai dengan isi teks.

198 Latihan Ulangan Semester


33. What does the word ‘them’ in step 2 young for about 20 to 22 months;
refer to? (6) Within an hour of birth, the baby
A. Cubes of lamb and onions. elephant can stand on its own feet; (4) The
B. Onion, bamboo skewers and salad. baby elephant is usually about one metre
C. Squares of green pepper and onions. high and weighs about one hundred
D. Cubes of Iamb, onions and squares kilograms; (7) Newly born elephants
of green pepper. usually have thick hair all over their bodies;
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008 (3) When they grow up, the hair becomes
Jawaban: D sparser; (8) Adult elephants have almost
Kata ganti ’them’ tersebut menggantikan no hair. Bandingkan susunan kalimat pada
kata benda jamak yang telah disebutkan pilihan jawaban yang lain!
dalam kalimat sebelumnya, ”Put cubes of 35. Do you know skunk? It will send out
lambs, squares of green pepper and onion a terrible bad smeel ________ it is in danger.
squares, . . . .”. Berdasarkan langkah ke-2 A. because B. before
tersebut, kata ’them’ menggantikan ’cubes C. when D. after
of Iamb, onions and squares of green Jawaban: C
pepper’. Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah Berdasarkan konteks kalimat soal, skunk
karena bukan kata yang dimaksud. akan mengeluarkan bau busuk ketika dia
34. 1. A female elephant carries her unborn dalam bahaya. Dengan demikian, dia bisa
young for about 20 to 22 months. bebas dari bahaya itu. Jadi, kata
2. Although they have huge bodies penghubung (conjunction) yang tepat
and great power, their movements adalah ketika (when). Pilihan jawaban (A)
are smooth and gentle. digunakan untuk menghubungkan dua hal
3. When they grow up, the hair yang menunjukkan sebab-akibat,
becomes sparser. sedangkan (B) dan (D) digunakan untuk
4. The baby elephant is usually about menghubungkan dua hal yang ada
one meter high and weighs about keterkaitan waktu.
one hundred kilograms. 36. Plants use sunlight to join carbon dioxide
5. Elephants are the largest mammals gas from the air with water to make food.
in the world. ________ the sun is shining, the leaves
6. Within an hour of birth, the baby take in carbon dioxide from the air for
elephant can stand on its own feet. photosynthesis and release oxygen.
7. Newly born elephants usually have A. because B. before
thick hair all over their bodies. C. when D. after
8. Adult elephants have almost no hair. Jawaban: D
Which one is the best arrangement of Tanaman akan melakukan proses
the sentences above? fotosintesis dengan bantuan sinar
A. 1–2–4–7–6–8–5–3 matahari. Jadi, daun akan melakukan
B. 5–2–1–6–4–7–3–8 proses itu setelah (after) matahari bersinar.
C. 5–3–2–4–1–7–6–8 37. Mr. Rahmat often works ten hours a day.
D. 7–4–1–6–3–8–2–5 Mr. Bagus often works ten hours a day.
Ujian Nasional 2007/2008 It means ________.
Jawaban: B A. Mr. Rahmat and Mr. Bagus often
Susunan kalimat pada pilihan jawaban (B) works both ten hours a day
akan membentuk teks report yang padu B. both Mr. Rahmat and Mr. Bagus often
sebagai berikut. (5) Elephants are the work ten hours a day
largest mammals in the world; (2) Although C. Mr. Rahmat and Mr. Bagus often work
they have huge bodies and great power, ten hours a day both
their movements are smooth and gentle; D. Mr. Rahmat and Mr. Bagus often both
(1) A female elephant carries her unborn work ten hours a day

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 199


Jawaban: B average temperatures of the tropical zones are
Konjungsi both–and digunakan untuk 27°C, just like our country. The climate is cool
menghubungkan dua hal yang sama. near the Poles. Temperate climates are mild
Kata kerja dan complement kedua kalimat climates in the temperate zones between the
tersebut sama, sehingga both – and tropics and the polar region. A Mediterranean
digunakan untuk menggabungkan climate is a temperate climate with warm
subjeknya, Mr. Rahmat and Mr. Bagus. summers and mild winters.
Pilihan jawaban yang lain salah karena Adapted from: 1000 Facts on Planet Earth
struktur kalimatnya tidak benar. 40. The text tells you about ________.
38. Both orang utan and Sumatran tiger are A. climate
endangered species. B. Equator
It means ________. C. what tropical climates are
A. orang utan is endangered species, D. different weather in the South and
and Sumatran tiger is too North poles
B. orang utan is endangered species, Jawaban: A
and neither is Sumatran tiger Pilihan jawaban (A) benar karena sesuai
C. neither orang utan nor Sumatran tiger dengan kalimat ketiga bacaan tersebut.
are endangered species Kalimat-kalimat berikutnya merupakan
D. orang utan is endangered species, gagasan pendukung topik utama teks.
but Sumatran tiger isn’t 41. Which statement is NOT TRUE according
Jawaban: A to the text?
Kalimat soal itu artinya ”Baik orang utan A. Climates are cool near the Equator.
maupun harimau Sumatra merupakan B. The climate is cool near the Poles.
spesies yang dilindungi.”. Itu berarti C. Our country has tropical climate.
orang utan adalah hewan yang dilindungi, D. Climates are warm near the Equator.
begitu pula harimau Sumatra. Hal ini Jawaban: A
seperti yang terungkap pada pilihan Pilihan jawaban (A) yang artinya iklim di
jawaban (A). Pilihan jawaban (B) salah dekat khatulistiwa cukup sejuk
karena neither digunakan untuk bertentangan dengan kalimat ”Climates
menggabungkan dua kalimat negatif, are warm near the Equator.”.
(C) salah karena kalimat itu bermakna 42. “The average temperatures of the tropical
negatif, dan (D) salah karena tidak sesuai zones are 27°C, . . . .”
dengan kalimat soal. The underlined word can be best replaced
39. Both volcano eruption and earthquake by ________.
________ natural disasters. A. underneath B. normal
A. was B. am C. above the limit D. more or less
C. are D. is Jawaban: B
Jawaban: C Kata ’average’ artinya ’biasa’ atau ’rata-
Kalimat yang menggunakan both–and rata’. Pilihan jawaban yang mempunyai
diikuti kata kerja untuk subjek jamak. kesamaan arti adalah pilihan jawaban (B)
Berdasarkan pilihan jawaban yang normal yang artinya biasa.
tersedia, pilihan jawaban (C) are benar.
Read the text and answer questions 43 and 44.
Read the text and answer questions 40 to 42. Floods happen when a river or the sea
Good morning, everyone. Do you know rises so much that it spills over the surrounding
what climate is? Well, . . . climate is the typical land. River floods may occur after a period of
weather of a place over long time. Climates are heavy rain. Flood size is described in terms of
warm near the Equator. You know, . . . tropical frequency. Small floods are common but big
climates are warm climates in the tropical floods are rare. Floods can destroy homes and
zones on either side of the Equator. The wash away soil from farmland.

200 Latihan Ulangan Semester


43. What is the text about? Jawaban: D
A. A land slide. Kata ’them’ merupakan kata ganti benda
B. A natural disaster. jamak. Kata ini menggantikan kata benda
C. A river. jamak yang berfungsi sebagai objek
D. Floods. kalimat yang telah disebutkan
Jawaban: D sebelumnya. Objek kalimat yang telah
Teks tersebut merupakan teks report yang disebutkan sebelumnya adalah eggs.
menjelaskan tentang flood (banjir) secara
Read the text and answer questions 47 and 48.
umum. Kalimat-kalimat berikutnya adalah
pendukung pokok pikiran utama tentang Attention, please.
banjir (flood). The Pelangi Airlines flight number PA 089 to
Kupang will be delayed for an hour because of
44. “Small floods are common but big floods
a technical problem. Sorry for the
are rare.”
inconvenience Thank you.
The underlined word has an opposite
meaning to ________. 47. You heard the announcement ________.
A. common A. in a travel agency
B. tame B. in an airport
C. special C. in a harbor
D. scarce D. at school
Jawaban: A Jawaban: B
Kata ’rare’ artinya ’jarang’ atau ’langka’. Pengumuman itu berisi penundaan
Lawan katanya adalah common yang penerbangan yang dilakukan oleh Pelangi
artinya umum (ditemukan). Tame artinya Airlines dengan nomor penerbangan
jinak, special artinya khusus, dan scarce PA089 karena alasan teknis. Jadi,
artinya jarang. pengumuman itu dapat didengarkan
di bandara (airport).
Read the text and answer questions 45 and 46.
48. What does the announcement tell about?
Birds are creatures that have feathers, two
A. Flight delay.
wings and two legs. Not all birds can fly, but
B. People lost.
most birds can. Birds lay eggs and sit on them
C. Flight departure.
to keep warm until they hatch.
D. Flight information.
45. Why do birds sit on their eggs? Jawaban: A
A. To protect them. Pengumuman itu berisi penundaan
B. To save them. penerbangan (flight delay) yang dilakukan
C. To keep them warm. oleh Pelangi Airlines dengan nomor
D. To accompany them. penerbangan PA089. Hal ini sesuai dengan
Jawaban: C kalimat pertama pengumuman tersebut.
Alasan burung mengerami telurnya adalah
49. Do you know chameleon? The arm
untuk menjaga telur-telur itu hangat (to
forces imitate its tactics.
keep the eggs warm). Hal ini disimpulkan
In the jungle, the troops ________
dari kalimat ”Bird lay eggs and sit on them
themselves with leaves and twigs. It makes
to keep warm until they hatch.”.
their enemies not detect their coming.
46. “Birds lay eggs and sit on them to keep A. protect
warm until they hatch.” B. hide
The underlined word here refers to ________. C. fight
A. birds D. camouflage
B. two wings and two legs
C. most birds
D. eggs

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 201


Jawaban: D Jawaban: A
Tentara meniru tingkah laku bunglon yang Menurut konteks kalimat, rusa itu berlari
menyesuaikan warna kulitnya sesuai terlalu cepat sehingga cheetah itu tidak
dengan tempat berpijaknya. Ketika di dapat menangkapnya. Pilihan jawaban (B)
hutan, tentara menyamar (camouflage) yang artinya cukup, salah karena tidak
dengan daun dan dahan agar tidak mencerminkan kecepatan rusa pada saat
diketahui lawan, bukan protect menyelamatkan diri. Pilihan jawaban (C)
(melindungi), hide (bersembunyi), dan (D) digunakan untuk menunjukkan
dan fight (bertarung). jumlah sesuatu.
50. Look! The deer runs ________ fast that the
cheetah can’t catch it. What a lucky day!
A. too B. enough
C. several D. some

202 Latihan Ulangan Semester


Reading Materials

Unit 1 Report

Petunjuk Umum:
Berikut ini disajikan beberapa teks report yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti
reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/
paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi
noun phrases dalam teks.

Text 1
Rock Music
Rock music is part of popular music today. It is played and listened in almost every
countries in the world. Rock and roll was the name given to the music that developed in the early
1950’s. It is believed that the term rock and roll was first used by a disk jockey, Alan Freed.
In 1955, records of a young singer from Tennessee, Elvis Presley, were heard across the
US. After he appeared on nation-wide television, Elvis Presley’s singing and performing style
came to mean rock and roll all over the world. Then, came Bill Haley and The Comets. Rock
mainly became the music of the young. They understood its beat and sound as well as its lyrics.
The 1970’s were the time of big developments in the rock industry. Rock became a very big
business, earned more money annually than any other form of entertainment including the film
industry.
Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

Text 2
The Chinese Influence in Indonesian Visual Art
Chinese culture played a truly significant role in the development of visual art in Indonesia;
although, not as strong as the Hindu, Buddhist or Muslim influences. Many Chinese culture
forms of artistic expressions were adapted and assimilated into indigenous forms. The Chinese
influence was restricted to an adapted form.
The architectural elements in some temples for example, reveal Chinese influence. It is
identical to the original models found in mainland China. In Gianyar Bali, strong links between
the Chinese and local people are evidenced by the Chinese-style roofing on the palace that was
rebuilt at the end of the last century. In Cirebon, Chinese designs were copied by local ceramics
and paintings. Chinese influence also occurs in textile, furniture and household objects.
Source: English in Focus for Grade IX Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

Text 3
The Amazing Night Flyers
Did you know that a bat is a mammal? A bat has fur or hair on its body. A baby bat is born live.
The babies nurse from their mom. Bats have arms, hands and feet. They are warm-blooded.
Bats produce high-pitched sounds. These sounds cannot be heard by humans or other
animals. The sound waves bounce off the food they hunt, such as insects, then back to the bats,
telling the bats where the food is.
Most bats sleep during the day, hanging upside down in caves or other dark places. Many
bats find trees to be the perfect place to roost and spend time taking care of their babies. Some
bats actually live under big leaves. By using camouflage they can hide from harm and danger.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 203


There are other bats that roost under the bark of trees, while still others just hang from the
branches.
Bats are very helpful animals. They help farmers to control the insect population, reseed cut
forests, and pollinate plants that provide food for humans. People learn about sonar from bats.
Bats are different from birds. Birds are hatched from eggs. Birds have feathers, not fur or
hair. Babies are fed from mom’s mouth. They have wings, but no hands and fingers.
So, are bats and birds different? Yes, they are. A bat is the only mammal that can truly fly
even though it is not a bird! Aren’t bats really amazing?
Source: 1000 Facts on Animals

Text 4
Astronaut
The word astronaut comes from the Greek, astron meaning ‘star’ and nautes meaning
sailor. Astronauts are the men and women who pilot, navigate and fly in spacecraft. Russian
‘star sailors’ are called cosmonauts, kosmos means ‘universe’.
The first space flight was made in 1961 by the Russian, Yuri Gagarin. It lasted almost just
over 89 minutes. The first woman in space was also Russian, Valentina Tereshkova. In 1963,
her flight lasted almost three days. The first ‘space walk’ was made by another Russian, Aleksei
Leonove, in 1965, though he was still tethered by a line to his space craft. It was nineteen years
later, in 1984, that the American Bruce McCandless made the first, independent excursion in
space. The oldest of all the space travelers so far is the American Karl Henize, who was fifty-
eight during his flight in 1985.
Astronauts have to undergo extensive training before they are allowed into space. As there
is no gravity in space, they have to become accustomed to the sensation of weightlessness and
to learn how to walk and to eat and to drink when their food could be floating along in front of
them. Some people who have wanted to become astronauts have been unable to do so because
weightlessness has made them ill.

Text 5
Newspapers
I’ve once heard someone who said that “All I know is what I read in newspapers.” This is
an uncommon expression, but I’m sure it is true that newspapers are important sources of
information. Many people begin their day by reading the papers. In this way they learn what is
going on in the world. However, sometimes they don’t have time to read the news carefully and
must be satisfied with a quick look at the front page; at other times they may be in such a hurry
that they only have time to glance at the headlines.
There are newspapers to satisfy every reader. In big cities there are many types of papers,
with several different editions every day. Some years ago, in small towns there were fewer
newspapers and perhaps only one edition each day, but now the situation is different. In some
areas, the papers are printed weekly.
Most newspapers have several sections, especially on Sunday when the edition is larger than
usual. There are, in addition to the front page with the most important news, the sports section, the
society page, the comics, the amusement section, the business page and the editorial.
Another type of publication which helps people keep informed is a magazine. Some
magazines are published weekly; others are issued monthly. There are news magazines and
magazines for special interests such as photography, sport, art and music. Some are primarily
for men, others for women, and there is a selection of children magazines too.
Source: Ujian Nasional

204 Reading Materials


Unit 2 Procedure

Petunjuk Umum:
Berikut ini disajikan beberapa teks procedure yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan,
seperti reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun
kalimat/paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan
mengidentifikasi noun phrases dalam teks.

Text 1
Recycling Paper
Equipment:
● old paper, magazines or newspapers
● blender or food processor
● bucket
● insect screens or strainers
● wire
● bleach
● white glue
● iron
● water
Directions:
First, shape wires into a rectangular shape. Then, cover the wire frame with insect screens
and sew it. After that, rip the paper into small pieces. Then, put the torn paper in a bucket and fill
it with warm water. Add one table spoon of bleach. Soak the paper for a half an hour. Next, put
a cup of soaked paper in a blender, add some bleached water and blend it. Then, pour the
blended paper in a large rectangular container, e.g. sink or tray. After that, repeat step 5 and 6
until all of the soaked paper are blended. Then, add and mix two table spoon of white glue to the
blended paper. After that, dip the screen frame into the blended paper. Lift and rinse the water
for a minute. Then, dry the paper (with the screen frame still on) in the sun. Next, peel the
papers out of the frame screens when it’s dry. Finally, iron the paper.
Source: Scaffolding English for Junior High School Students Grade IX

Text 2
Germinating Petunia Seeds
You will need:
● a packet of petunia seeds
● a seed ray or mall pots
● loamy friable soil or potting mix
● water
● fertilizer
Follow these instructions to germinate petunia seeds.
1. Fill seed tray with soil.
2. Incorporate fertilizer into soil.
3. Scatter seeds on the surface of the soil.
4. Cover seeds with a 3 mm layer of soil. Press firmly.
5. Spray water to moisten the seed bed.

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 205


6. Place seed tray in warm, sunny position (at least 25 degrees C).
7. Keep soil moist by watering gently while seeds are germinating. Seeds will germinate in
approximately 10–14 days.
Source: Contextual Teaching and Learning Bahasa Inggris SMP/MTs Kelas IX Edisi 4

Text 3
Chocolate Ice Cream
Ingredients:
● 2 oz unsweetened chocolate
● 1/3 cup unsweetened cocoa powder
● 1½ cup milk
● 2 large eggs
● 1 cup sugar
● 1 cup whipping cream
● 1 t vanilla extract
Follow the instructions below.
1. Melt the unsweetened chocolate on top of a double boiler over hot, not boiling, water.
Gradually whisk in the cocoa and heat, stirring constantly, until smooth. (The chocolate may
“seize” or clump together. Don’t worry, the milk will dissolve it.) Whisk in the milk, a little at
a time, and heat until completely blended. Remove from the heat and let cool.
2. Whisk the eggs in a mixing bowl until light and fluffy, 1 to 2 minutes. Whisk in the sugar,
a little at a time, then continue whisking until completely blended, about 1 minute more.
Pour in the cream and vanilla and whisk to blend.
3. Pour the chocolate mixture into the cream mixture and blend. Cover and refrigerate until
cold, about 1 to 2 hours, depending on your refrigerator.
4. Transfer the mixture to an ice cream maker and freeze following the manufacturer’s
instructions. Make 1 quart.
Source: http://www.makeicecream.com/chocicecream.html (April 1, 2008)

Text 4
Make an Underwater Volcano
You will need:
● small bottle
● paint brush
● hot and cold water
● string
● scissors
● large glass jar
● red food coloring
Directions:
1. Cut a long piece of string. Tie one end firmly around the neck of the bottle.
2. Tie the other end of the piece of string around the neck of the bottle to make a loop.
3. Pour cold water into the large glass jar until it is about three-quarters full.
4. Fill the bottle with hot water. Add food coloring to turn the water bright red.
5. Hold the bottle by the loop of string. Lower it gently into the jar of cold water.
6. The hot red water rises from the bottle like smoke from an erupting volcano.
Source: English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School (SMP/MTs)

206 Reading Materials


Text 5
How to Cook Rice Using a Rice Cooker
You’ll need:
● a rice cooker
● some amount of rice
● water
Steps:
1. Weigh the exact amount of rice which will be poured.
2. Wash the rice. Put it in the inner pot and adjust the quantity of water.
3. At the same time, you can cook another meal, like vegetables. Put them in the steam pot.
4. Plug in the cable into the electricity socket and push the ‘cook’ button. A red light will turn on.
5. When the rice is well cooked, the ‘cook’ button will turn into the ‘warm’ button.

Unit 3 Report

Petunjuk Umum:
Berikut ini disajikan beberapa teks report yang dapat dijadikan sebagai bahan untuk kegiatan pengayaan, seperti
reading comprehension (pertanyaan pemahaman teks), cloze exercises, jumbled exercises (menyusun kalimat/
paragraf acak), melanjutkan paragraf menjadi teks yang utuh, mengidentifikasi struktur teks, dan mengidentifikasi
noun phrases dalam teks.

Text 1
Tornado
A tornado is defined by the Glossary of Meteorology as “a violently rotating column of air,
in contact with the ground, either pendant from a cumuliform cloud or underneath a cumuliform
cloud, and often visible as a funnel cloud . . . .”. In practice, for a vortex to be classified as
a tornado, it must be in contact with both the ground and the cloud base. Scientists have not yet
created a complete definition of the word. There is disagreement as to whether separate
touchdowns of the same funnel constitute separate tornadoes.
A tornado is not necessarily visible. However, the intense low pressure caused by the high
wind speeds and rapid rotation due to cyclostrophic balance usually causes water vapor in the
air to become visible as a condensation funnel. The tornado is the vortex of wind. It is not the
condensation cloud.
Occasionally, several tornadoes are spawned from the same large-scale storm system.
If there is no break in activity, this is considered a tornado outbreak; although, there are various
definitions. A period of several successive days with tornado outbreaks in the same general area
which is spawned by multiple weather systems is a tornado outbreak sequence, occasionally
called an extended tornado outbreak.
Adapted from: http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Tornado (December 30, 2008)

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 207


Text 2
Earth’s Atmosphere
Earth’s atmosphere extends about 6,000 miles (9,600 kilometers) above the surface of
Earth, where we live. Most of our weather comes from winds, temperature changes and water
vapor in the layer nearest Earth’s surface. This layer is called the troposphere. Most of the
clouds you see in the sky are floating in the troposphere.
The stratosphere is the layer above the troposphere. Jet airplanes fly in the stratosphere
because there are few clouds. Earth’s ozone layer is in the stratosphere. The ozone layer
absorbs harmful rays from the Sun. These harmful rays would probably destroy life if they
reached Earth’s surface.
The atmosphere gets thinner and thinner in the next layers up, the mesosphere and
thermosphere. The top layer of Earth’s atmosphere is the exosphere. The atmosphere ends
here, about 6,000 miles (9,600 kilometers) above Earth’s surface.

Text 3
UFO
An unidentified flying object (UFO) is any light or object seen in the sky that can’t be
explained.
Hundreds of UFO sightings are reported every year. More than nine-tenths of them are later
identified as ordinary objects. They might be planes, satellites or planets. They might be
balloons, kites, clouds, or birds. Some are deliberate fakes. But some UFOs remain unidentified.
So some people believe that they come from other planets. Some even claim to have met aliens
and been brought aboard their spacecraft. It is indeed possible that intelligent life might exist
somewhere beyond the solar system. But no one has ever produced proof of visitors from outer
space. No photograph of a spaceship has ever been accepted as genuine.

Text 4
What is the Significance of Rabbits’ Large Ears?
A rabbit is a small fury mammal with a short tail and pointed ears. Rabbits live in burrows in
the ground. Each burrow is the home of a single family. The first fossils which can be attributed
to this family came from North America, but now they are found in every part of the world.
Compared to its small body, rabbit has large-sized ears.
A rabbit is a weak and timid animal and is always surrounded by many enemies. Therefore,
nature has gifted it with large ears to help it to hear even the fun of drop sound. The large area
of the ear catches almost every sound wave produced in the air and transfers them into the inner
ear. This makes the rabbit to detect its enemies in time and run to safety zones.
You must have noticed that a rabbit washes its ears by repeatedly licking its forepaws and
rubbing them over the surface of its ears. It does this in order to keep its ears clean, and also to
take into its mouth natural oil which surrounds the ear surface. This oil is important in forming
vitamin D which is necessary for the growth of healthy bones. If the rabbit is not allowed to form
this, it will develop rickets.
Source: Ujian Nasional

208 Reading Materials


Text 5
Plants
All living things on the earth belong to the plant or the animal family. The plant family get
their food and water from the soil. They also need sunlight to grow. Some of them live in water
and get their food from the water. There are thousands of plants.
We can divide plants into two groups. There are the plants without stems, roots or leaves.
These are the algae and the mosses. Both kinds of plants need a lot of water. So, algae is
usually found in water and moss is found in wet places.
The non-flowering plants have spores growing on the leaves. When they are dry, they are
carried by the wind. Those spores that fall on wet soil start to grow again. These are some of the
ways that plants live and multiply.
Source: Ujian Nasional

PG PR Bahasa Inggris Kelas IX Semester 1 209


Azar, B.S. 1993. Understanding and Using English Grammar (Second Edition). New Jersey:
Prentice hall, Inc.
Blundell, J., J. Higgens and N. Middlemiss. 1992. Function in English. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Doff, A. and C. Jones. 1994. Language in Use Intermediate. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press.
Echols, J. M. and H. Shadily. 1989. Kamus Inggris–Indonesia. Jakarta: Gramedia.
Jardon, J. 2002. 1000 Facts on Planet Earth. Essex: Miles Kelly Publishing Ltd.
________. 2002. 1000 Facts on BUildings and Transport. Essex: Miles Kelly Publishing Ltd.
________. 2004. Science Library: Planet Earth. Essex: Miles Kelly Publishing Ltd.
Hornby, A.S. 2002. Oxford Advanced Learner’s Dictionary. Oxford: Oxford University Press.
Leaney, C. 2005. Your Environment: Polution. London: Franklin Watts.
Mustriana, B.B., C. Kurniawati, J. Siswanto, Y. Dwi Arini. 2007. New Let’s Talk Grade IX for Junior
High School (SMP/MTs). Bandung: Pakar Raya.
Priyana, J., A. R. Irjayanti and V. Renitasari. 2008. Scaffolding English for Junior High School
Students Grade VIII. Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.
Tan, L. ?. Week by Week English Practice Papers Primary 2. Singapore: Success Publications Pte, Ltd.
Wardiman, A., M.B. Jahur, M.S. Djusma. 2008. English in Focus for Grade VIII Junior High School
(SMP/MTs). Jakarta: Pusat Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.
Widiati, U., G.H. Sulistyo, N. Suryati, S. Setiawan, P. Ratnaningsih. 2008. Contextual Teaching and
Learning: Bahasa Inggris Sekolah Menengah Pertama kelas VIII Edisi 4. Jakarta: Pusat
Perbukuan Departemen Pendidikan Nasional.

210 Reading
Daftar Pustaka
Materials